[RSArchive Icon] Rudolf Steiner e.Lib Home   1.0c
 [ [Table of Contents] | Search ]


[Spacing]
Searching Rudolf Steiner Lectures by Location (Dornach)
Matches

You may select a new search term and repeat your search. Searches are not case sensitive, and you can use regular expressions in your queries.


Enter your search term:
by: title, keyword, or context
   


   Query type: 
    Query was: beings
  

Here are the matching lines in their respective documents. Select one of the highlighted words in the matching lines below to jump to that point in the document.

  • Title: Lecture: The Alphabet
    Matching lines:
    • evil in human beings, but then something else can also be perceived,
    • realm of the hierarchies, as here we live among the beings of the
  • Title: Lecture: Soul and Spirit in the Human Physical Constitution
    Matching lines:
    • observation very much astray. As earthly human beings we perceive the
  • Title: Lecture: The Moral as the Source of World-Creative Power
    Matching lines:
    • or of the fixed stars, they were speaking of spiritual beings.
    • the other heavenly bodies — they were seen as Spirit Beings. We
  • Title: Lecture: The Path to Freedom and Love and their Significance in World Events
    Matching lines:
    • deed, of action. Only through the fact that we are thinking beings are
    • In so far as we are contemplative beings, thought operates in
    • us; in so far as we are doers, that is to say, social beings,
    • can picture ourselves as beings of thought, also as beings of will.
    • merely rays into our life since birth. As thinking beings, we have
  • Title: Lecture: Search for the New Isis, the Divine Sophia: The Quest for the Isis-Sophia
    Matching lines:
    • unknown gods should come to the aid of human beings without their active
    • involvement, and that such aid should come just where human beings consider
    • The Egyptian was permeated by luciferic powers, as were all human beings
    • moves and surges within human beings, just as Lucifer moved and surged
    • then human beings see their picture of the world in a luciferic form. How
    • ahrimanic-typhonic light, so modern human beings, because they are
    • wind and weather, in the storms of winter, so modern human beings, if they
    • ahrimanic. Modern human beings must understand the mystery of Christmas in
    • human beings find the power represented by the holy Sophia. The modern age
    • This anthroposophical community could become a community of human beings
    • of human beings. We should learn to say to ourselves: If we can manage to
    • understanding the one who appeared among human beings on the first
  • Title: Evil and the Future of Man
    Matching lines:
    • as a simple characterisation, so that human beings may see what kind
    • is the education which human beings can receive from it for certain
    • will learn to know one another as Ego-beings.
  • Title: Lecture: The Human Heart
    Matching lines:
    • and death. Long before this, as I said, we were beings of soul and
    • outer causation. Simply as human beings on earth, we are bound to
  • Title: Lecture: The Invisible Man Within Us
    Matching lines:
    • being, two beings can be clearly distinguished. You will recall that
  • Title: Lecture: Outlooks for the Future
    Matching lines:
    • evolution of the earth, the human beings will therefore be born with
    • expression from the series of our incarnations. The human beings will
    • is followed also in the future! Unless the human beings of to-day take
    • human beings of the sixth post-Atlantean epoch will only be able to
    • strength to make of us individual human beings.
  • Title: Lecture: Social Understanding Through Spiritual Scientific Knowledge
    Matching lines:
    • happen if a time were to come when human beings completely lost hold
    • another, but live entirely within themselves. Human beings can only
    • human beings to develop really social impulses. And one of these social
    • other people. The kind of education that makes human beings of people
    • also enables them to recognize people as human beings. But it is
    • impossible to recognize people as human beings if you do not develop a
    • beings. This can only be the sort of thought life that breaks away from the
    • That is the important thing, that is what is vital! Whole human beings
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Emptiness and Social Life
    Matching lines:
    • already present in human beings, subconsciously, by the end of the
    • reached a parting of the ways. Spiritual Beings of higher worlds are
    • horizontal. Whereas the distribution of human beings over the earth
    • — with the human beings belonging to it.
    • being bred in human beings who are made to learn from the sketchy maps
    • space because of the characteristics of the human beings inhabiting
  • Title: Lecture: The Sun-Mystery in the Course of Human History
    Matching lines:
    • all social endeavor should be to prevent human beings from becoming
  • Title: Lecture: Truth Beauty and Goodness
    Matching lines:
    • where, in communion with higher Beings, he is engaged in building up
    • demonic beings who would like to make man forget his pre-earthly
  • Title: The Individuality of Elias, John, Raphael, Novalis
    Matching lines:
    • Let us now bring before our souls beings who are intimately connected,
    • sense in which we have described it here. Let us direct our gaze to beings
    • great numbers of their fellow-men, beings who, however, only show themselves
    • one another in time, beings who are brought together into a unity when
    • Jupiter and Saturn. And we know that when, together with the beings of these
    • meets these Moon Beings, and he meets too all the souls with whom he has
    • connection in which it is able to stand when it passes through the Beings of
    • If, in the near future, in four times twelve human beings, the Michael
    • Thought becomes fully alive — four times twelve human beings, that is, who
    • Dornach — if in four times twelve such human beings, leaders arise having
    • Ye, the radiant Beings of Aether-Worlds,
  • Title: Lecture: Exoteric and Esoteric Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • beings who descended to the earth from higher worlds could impart
    • their teachings to human beings — in a spiritual way, of course
    • were taught by the divine beings themselves, who descended to the
    • dreaming state, but in a living intercourse with divine beings which
    • took place spiritually, and where they received what these beings
    • which I have just described, the gods taught human beings what the
    • human beings learnt to know death. They learnt to know death more and
    • and Moon it would never have been able to develop beings who know
    • concerning death. As human beings, we must immerse ourselves into a
  • Title: Lecture: The Origin of Speech and Language
    Matching lines:
    • roughly how nutrition and breathing work in human beings. We also
    • other day how we can observe human beings. We do not need to
    • interesting connection: Human beings can speak because they have a
    • cannot just tinker with human beings and their development. In
  • Title: Lecture: The Sense-Organs and Aesthetic Experience
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual world among the beings of the several Hierarchies,
    • moral balance towards the beings and influences found in the
    • today, and other things even more. Nowadays, when human beings have
    • Real aesthetic life in human beings consists in this, that the
    • important truth about human beings, for it enables us to understand
  • Title: Lecture: A Turning-Point in Modern History
    Matching lines:
    • ideal for human beings. If a mutual permeation of rational necessity
    • for individual human beings, and also for the State and the social
    • beings in whom rational necessity permeates sensual necessity, and
    • these human beings form a social order, it will turn out to be a good
    • structure, human beings will develop as they should.
    • sense-perceptible world are the beings of the Third Hierarchy: Angels,
    • this; hence it is necessary that all human beings should be concerned
    • on either side. We have to breathe; but we are not human beings unless
    • structure has three members. You cannot live as human beings without
    • from what human beings produce spiritually. This spiritual
    • human beings through sense-perceptions.
  • Title: Lecture: Elemental Beings and Human Destinies
    Matching lines:
    • ELEMENTAL BEINGS AND HUMAN DESTINIES
    • become involved in all that is going on among the elemental beings
    • outside us, including such elemental beings as I described to you
    • are thus thrown up, elemental beings plunge; they mix themselves up,
    • in the meantime elemental beings have concerned themselves with it,
    • outside you of which the elemental beings took hold, you receive also
    • the influences and workings of these elemental beings. Man spreads out
    • elemental beings — he and they mutually affect one another. All
    • connected with these beings. For even within this life we have a kind
    • fact is how our destiny is moulded. Elemental beings who feel
    • beings. One of the most beautiful that has been preserved is a poem
    • elemental beings from the Elf King's realm intervene in the destiny of
    • the elemental beings have found to do with them. Just as we live
    • of the elemental beings. And in that sphere is shaped as much of our
    • of this interplay with the elemental beings. In respect of our head
    • life alone we are not involved in the realm of the elemental beings.
    • ocean of elemental existence, in which as human beings we perpetually
    • elemental beings; but this sphere is interwoven for us with the Christ
    • human beings we must lift ourselves up by our own efforts if we are to
    • We pass as individual human beings through the gate of death into the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Three Stages of Sleep
    Matching lines:
    • solution would be a matter of course. Human beings would never
    • and etheric bodies. In normal circumstances when human beings
    • however, enables human beings to live in those forces of the
    • human beings live in this world without consciousness. You can
    • which are creatively active in the cosmos. Human beings can
    • existing kinds. When human beings consider their waking
    • which reveal cosmic mysteries showing that human beings indeed
    • beings pass in light sleep, though they know nothing of it. The
    • and harmony but as the deeds and activities of those beings who
    • spiritual beings who guide and direct the world out of the
    • of spiritual cosmic beings. And this world of the revelation of
    • spiritual cosmic beings is the second element of sleep, as
    • are revealed the deeds of cosmic beings who belong to the
    • of which human beings have as a rule no sort of awareness. They
    • are in the lightest sleep human beings are still actually
    • beings live in the inner being of the mineral world.
    • beings wholly out of their bodies and places them within the
    • Archangeloi and of all those beings whom we otherwise perceive
    • the world of manifestation, the revelation of spiritual beings,
    • we live within the divine spiritual beings themselves.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Wisdom in the Early Christian Centuries
    Matching lines:
    • in all, four hundred and seventy-four Divine Beings of different
    • Beings. As Christianity began to find its way into Roman culture, the
  • Title: Lecture: The Recovery of the Living Source of Speech
    Matching lines:
    • the relationship of man's faculty of speech to those Beings in
    • the evolution of higher spiritual Beings. We need only learn how to
    • Beings, and we can arrive at a clear perception of how the continuous
    • Atlantean evolution — it was not the same Beings of the
    • Intuitions, is created by these Beings. The Archangels move on
    • receive through the inspiration of Beings of the First Hierarchy,
    • Hierarchy beyond the first. Certain Archangel Beings were therefore
    • Beings who had either remained behind in evolution or pressed forward
  • Title: Lecture: Gnostic Doctrines and Supersensible Influences in Europe
    Matching lines:
    • preceded by that of other Beings, that the creation of man had
    • Creator of the world who sends forth other Beings from Himself. The
    • Beings sent forth by the Demiurgos were ranked in successive stages,
    • of these Beings, however, was held to be entirely free from the
    • rank and so on. The Aeons were Beings who had issued from the
    • individualised Beings. And at the lowest level, at the lowest stage
    • interest to human beings in those days than the physical world —
    • influences of which pour down upon human beings. And so, Eastward of
    • practised by certain spiritual beings who in their etheric and astral
    • earthly world, terrible etheric-astral Beings are to be seen,
    • Ahrimanic beings who practise an earthly, materialised form of magic.
    • And these forces work upon human beings who are unskilled in such
    • happenings, these beings were not the creations of fantasy as modern
    • centuries of our era these astral beings withdrew into regions lying
    • of beings belonging to an astral world — beings who attracted
    • material lusts of human beings which a pure and developed technique
    • nourishment for certain astral beings who set out to direct the
    • access to certain Luciferic beings indwelling the astral world. The
    • thoughts of these astral beings by whom the Western world was
    • obsessed just as the East was now obsessed by astral beings whose
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture I: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • happier life than in later times. The later human beings are the
    • had this consciousness: up above rules Zeus, but we human beings
    • created me. For human beings were already there, as we have said,
    • Well, they were not beings which went about among men under ordinary
    • a half-divine, half-human connection with men, and such beings, so it
    • ancient times when human beings could have Imaginations in a
    • disappeared: the beings who can still have real Imaginations, these
    • their Gods: there were Beings who could imagine. But the time
    • is past when such Beings as can ‘imagine’, can enter into
    • So said the Greeks to themselves: we are governed by a race of Beings
    • given to their Gods by the Greeks. And those Beings who had remained
    • Beings who remained at the Inspiration stage. Hera and Zeus remained
    • The eldest Gods, Gaea and Uranus, were Beings whose whole inner
    • against them. And again the inspiring Beings wished to remain at
    • beings and above us the Imaginings. Now you know that in the
    • mental life. He connected the ancient Intuitional Beings with Gaea,
    • in man. Human beings, so said the Greeks, and their priests of the
    • Sulphur are ancient; human beings, through their evolution have
    • into human beings, when they were present. But that time has gone by
    • beings live, but man meets them after death. Thus the Egyptian too
  • Title: Lecture II: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • the ruling spiritual beings, as we described yesterday. Men in the
    • Beings in existence, who are not human beings, who live in
    • consciousness. The Greeks saw such Beings in the individuals of the
    • nothing in it but what was shown physically. Beings live in it which
    • These Beings were for
    • there were Beings in the air. But all this — the fact that
  • Title: Lecture III: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • told you that the divine spiritual Beings who stand at the
    • Testament. The search of many human beings to find their right way
    • Group of beings: the Representative of Man, then — Luciferic
    • in ancient times, when human beings entered on the age of maturity,
    • physical beings of the line of descent. Fundamentally the so-called
    • every day, then this really means a meeting with spiritual beings,
    • just as it means a descent from physical beings, that one is born and
  • Title: Lecture IV: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • beings today we are not able to enter into a perceptive and sensitive
  • Title: Lecture VI: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • children today into complete human beings, into all-round developed
    • my dear friends, not mere human beings will hate. Central and Eastern
  • Title: Lecture VII: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • cosmos, together with the purely spiritual beings who dwell there, we
    • filled with spirit and spirit-beings — and the earth on which
    • universe through our birth, we are physical human beings. By giving
    • beings in the period between death and a new birth. That is the
    • as sum of spiritual beings, does not die with the earth; humanity
    • piece what is to form this new planetary existence. We human beings
    • during the Greco-Roman civilization. Human beings had then, of
  • Title: Lecture: The Dual Form of Cognition During the Middle Ages and the Development of Knowledge in Modern Times
    Matching lines:
    • human beings who were no longer able to rise to great heights of
    • say, it was not in any way possible to convey to the human beings the
    • significant training through which the human beings had to pass, so
    • thinking, evolved up to the fifteenth century. That human beings were
    • extraordinary influence upon modern human beings and discipline their
    • dogmas. The highest truths required by the human beings were sought
    • Even if the human beings are no longer fully conscious of them, they
    • became more and more necessary for the human beings to convince
    • from the old dogmas. In addition to this fact, the human beings were
    • beings investigated the sensory world, they always felt that
    • But the human beings
    • the human beings acquired the tendency to become thoroughly absorbed
  • Title: Lecture: The Remedy for Our Diseased Civilisation
    Matching lines:
    • regard to all the thought-forms connected with what the human beings
    • as human beings, we may be soundly materialistic within our life
    • unsocial feelings in the human beings. Just as those who speak a
  • Title: Lecture: Goethe and the Evolution of Consciousness
    Matching lines:
    • back to an age when human beings were quite differently constituted
    • modern historian infers that human beings must always have possessed
    • the affairs of human beings. But he really did not feel at home in
    • life, of constant change in living beings. When we conceive of a
    • about it. This compassion, this love for and in all beings — in
    • feeling of other sentient beings. There is every justification for
    • among the Greeks. He shares in the life of feeling of other beings
    • life of other beings and when he is inwardly sensitive not only to
    • experience the sentient life of all beings.
    • were thus able to experience the sentient life of other beings.
    • of feeling in other beings, through the age of sharing in the
  • Title: Lecture: Salt, Mercury, Sulphur
    Matching lines:
    • with the spiritual Beings of the cosmos. Just as here on earth a man
    • enters into conscious relationship with other human beings, so did
    • these ancient sages enter into relation with spiritual Beings. And
    • from these spiritual Beings they learned something else, namely that
    • spiritual Beings with whom the ancient sages could have real
    • — lost together with that union with the spiritual Beings who
    • certain sense, saw in advance that human beings would lose this
  • Title: Lecture: Some Conditions for Understanding Supersensible Experiences
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual world, from the Beings of the higher Hierarchies, but
    • Angeloi, Archangeloi, Archai, and the other Beings of the
    • Hierarchies; in them you live. And because these Beings
  • Title: Lecture: The Relation of the Movement for Religious Renewal to the Anthroposophical Movement
    Matching lines:
    • countless human beings of the present day are also feeling; and I
  • Title: Lecture: Concerning the Origin and Nature of the Finnish Nation
    Matching lines:
    • cultural stratum in which the human beings were constituted in such a
    • powerful beings, that do not belong to the physical plane, but are
    • beings of Nature. They reveal themselves, coming from the West; they
    • the human beings belonging to that older race were connected with it
  • Title: Perception of the Nature of Thought
    Matching lines:
    • Thus there die not only beings
    • different. Beings are evolving and they make use of human
    • man and his works pass other beings with other laws than those of
    • Human beings, passing from
    • opportunity for beings who have stayed behind to make use of the
    • Sun existence; beings who remained behind during
    • you see, it is as if we look there into differing ranges of Beings,
    • to living Beings who surround us even though we are unaware of them.
    • living beings.
    • By off'ing to un-erring Beings resistance,
    • as it were, one can grasp the Beings who approach us out of the dark
  • Title: Lecture: The Spiritual Individualities of the Planets
    Matching lines:
    • to begin with as a gathering of spiritual Beings living in great
    • The spiritual Beings peopling this innermost sphere of the Moon are
    • Beings who shut themselves off in strict seclusion from the rest of
    • the teachings, of those Beings who have withdrawn into seclusion in
    • the Beings who have now withdrawn into the Moon fortress in the
    • memory was preserved of what these Beings had once revealed to the
    • Moon-mystery of the universe — we realise that these Beings who
    • spirit and soul. True, the hosts of Beings indwelling Saturn lend
    • of the Moon Beings if we are to learn anything from them about cosmic
    • cultivated by all the Beings in his cosmic domain. Creative thoughts
    • different orders of cosmic Beings. Whereas Saturn tells of the past,
    • and especially astral hindrances, the Jupiter Beings come to the help
    • and he is particularly active when human beings talk in sleep or in
    • course of the evolution of humanity instigates human beings in
    • The truth is that human beings on Earth can do nothing in the secrecy
    • gazes deeply into the hearts of human beings, for that is what
    • and being of man. The Moon, which enshrines the Beings living in
    • spiritual Beings who, in complete seclusion, muse upon what is
    • It is because the Moon Beings remain so firmly entrenched in their
    • as free beings.
  • Title: Lecture: The Elemental World and the Future of Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • consists of etheric forces and beings. Man draws together these
    • the world rhythm, then we shall rediscover the elemental beings
    • Thus, in the solid earth element live spiritual beings of an
    • elemental kind who are very much more clever than human beings. Even
    • beings who, as super-sensible entities, live in the realm of solid
    • do these beings consist of cleverness, of super-cleverness.
    • astute beings a suitable earthy object contains, then one can
    • counting these gnome-like beings is a difficult task. If one
    • that. Thus these beings defy being counted. It must be acknowledged
    • impressive. But these super-intelligent beings show a mastery
    • The elemental beings dwelling in the fluid element — i.e., in
    • backward compared with these beings. We may take pleasure in a red
    • beings go with the fluid which as sap rises in the rose bush and
    • The elemental beings of air have developed to a high degree what
    • on. But elemental spiritual beings are active behind all this, and
    • — these elemental beings were pushed to one side, as it were.
    • there was not much they could do, and because the elemental beings
    • the intellect to man, they also held back the beings of water and
    • that these elemental beings will gather together to form a kind of
    • If it should happen that the elemental beings come under the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: A Picture of Earth-Evolution in the Future
    Matching lines:
    • enigmatically, of the need to recognise and welcome certain beings, “not of the
    • the Spiritual Beings who guide earthly evolution as to what must happen to man.
    • outcome of a decision on the part of the Spiritual Beings who guide and direct
    • Human beings are coming to a point when their development of body and soul will
    • of the Event of Golgotha, human beings in general were capable of development
    • decisive event, so too will be its re-entry. It is true that as human beings we
    • in the spiritual world. Whereas in the days of old Atlantis human beings came
    • down to the earth from Saturn, Jupiter, Mars, and so on — that is to say, beings
    • seventies of last century, other Beings — not of the human order — have been
    • definite relationship with human beings. Since the eighties of the nineteenth
    • century, super-earthly Beings have been seeking to enter the sphere of
    • so now Vulcan Beings are actually coming into the realm of earthly existence.
    • Super-earthly Beings are already here, and the fact that we are able to have a
    • that Beings from beyond the earth are bringing the messages from the spiritual
    • so very shabbily to these Beings who are appearing from the cosmos and coming
    • centuries more and more Spiritual Beings will be among us — Beings whose
    • the nineteenth century Spiritual Beings from the cosmos have been coming into
    • find it if human beings are imbued with the thought of their existence. This
    • are speaking of concrete fact when we say: Spiritual Beings are seeking to come
    • if opposition is maintained in human existence to the advent of these Beings.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Spiritual Communion of Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • beings in man's environment are permeated by the divine-spiritual He
    • the thoughts which in reality other Beings are thinking —
    • Beings who are higher than man but who inspire me, who live in me,
    • Beings, as it were through his feelings. And this was done in the
    • celebrate Christmas as honest human beings; again there will be
  • Title: Lecture: Technology and Art: Their Bearing on Modern Culture
    Matching lines:
    • way through the tumult and din of the Ahrimanic beings into the
    • borne in mind. As human beings we do not sleep only by night. We
    • coherence of Nature is maintained. Elemental spiritual beings are
    • materials, we again transfer certain spiritual beings into what is
    • spirit. In producing it we create a soil for other spiritual beings,
    • and the spiritual beings we have now enticed into our machinery
    • Beings who work for his good, the normally evolving Beings of the
    • misunderstand the word — the lawful spiritual Beings of the
    • and therefore teems with spiritual beings. Spiritual beings live and
    • spiritual beings press into them. On the wings of words, spiritual
    • beings fly through the area where men are conversing with one
    • are ordained for us by the spiritual Beings who guide and direct this
  • Title: Lecture: The Inexpressible Name, Spirits of Space and Time.
    Matching lines:
    • beings accordingly. This has a great significance in human life, but
  • Title: Lecture: Modern and Ancient Spiritual Exercises
    Matching lines:
    • On previous occasions I have mentioned that, from the masses of human beings
    • lightning and thunder, in every star, in the beings of the different
    • perceived spiritual beings even if of a lower kind, in all solid matter,
    • that of man in ancient times, if we believe that the spiritual beings
    • spiritual beings connected with the water of the river flowing in that
  • Title: Lecture: The Meaning of Easter: St. Paul and the Christ Impulse
    Matching lines:
    • is, among what sort of beings is he the highest? This pride leads man to
    • the beings of which you can form an idea. The ultimate consequences of
  • Title: Lecture: The Universe
    Matching lines:
    • because we are human beings able to draw the spatial laws
    • a very small measure, we cease to become human beings.
    • Although we are human beings, we become inwardly dust, so
    • of man are set forth as independent beings, because in a
    • rudimentary. Three human beings are thus contained in man.
    • three human beings which are linked together. They
  • Title: Lecture: The Templars
    Matching lines:
    • human beings are called upon to penetrate into the secrets of existence, not
    • allowed, if good impulses alone worked in history, human beings would never
    • evolution of humanity in order that human beings may become not only good,
    • by human beings. The spiritual element in
    • human beings, as we live on earth, it is only in our physical body that we
    • spiritually, it is different. Human beings here on earth only provide the
    • For that to be possible, human beings will have to lift themselves to a
    • the Harmony of the Spheres, would be misused by human beings in the most
    • the ether bodies come to the human beings who are incarnating — of how
    • years that we live in physical and in ether body as human beings — we
    • beings have to experience these errors, and they will gradually come to see
    • the time has come when this insight must be developed and human beings must
    • beings, only with another spiritual body. So that anyone who observes and
    • human beings bearing physical bodies of the earth; and when we accept
    • between the lower and the higher forces. When we are able, as human beings,
  • Title: The Year as a Symbol of the Great Cosmic Year
    Matching lines:
    • existence spiritual and psychic beings are everywhere active. We are
    • when we consider the consciousness of these two entities or beings.
    • distinct. They are throughout the whole year two separate beings. But
    • these are not only two distinct Beings, for at one season they unite,
    • Divine Beings who accompany our souls from aeon to aeon, as the
  • Title: Lecture: Evil and the Power of Thought
    Matching lines:
    • knowledge of the outer world and of the spiritual facts and beings
    • the dryness and sleepiness of modern times, the relation human beings
  • Title: Lecture: The Seeds of Future Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • composed of atoms and molecules but of spiritual Beings. This world
    • world, a world wherein spiritual Beings of higher Hierarchies work
    • and weave. To begin with, he perceives these Beings by means of
    • the tapestry of the senses and sees beyond; and the Beings who reveal
    • surrender — these Beings he comes to perceive with the help of
  • Title: Lecture: Exoteric and Esoteric Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • mind to understand, is that the first human beings who lived on
    • Divine Beings who descended spiritually to the Earth from the
    • Beings, receiving the wisdom imparted by these Beings. This
    • beings in the state of consciousness I have described. And the
    • human beings around him, die. You will not accuse me of comparing
    • beings had remained as they were in ancient times when they had
    • The Beings of the
    • beings could develop who, knowing death, are able to unfold
    • must be recalled that in ancient times human beings were aware of
    • beings themselves there was no death in the real sense, for they
    • beings, leading on to the esoteric significance of the Mystery of
  • Title: Lecture: Realism and Nominalism
    Matching lines:
    • reality indeed descended from earlier quite real beings, but people
    • of the ancient Persian Archangeloi-Beings, who lived and operated in
    • the universe as Anschaspans. They were very real beings. For Plato
    • with the divine spiritual creator of the beings. This implies that
    • in our quality of modern human beings, we cannot feel ourselves as
    • complete human beings. The Father sent the Son to the earth in order
  • Title: Lecture: Fundamentals of the Science of Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • ideas required by us as human beings are given to us when we grasp
    • the human beings obtained it in such a way (you know that they
    • times when the human beings who looked up to the stars really
    • moral laws for the human beings. This is something extraordinarily
  • Title: Lecture: Cosmogony, Freedom, Altruism
    Matching lines:
    • beings made their workings felt. The commonest everyday
    • They knew that they were not merely beings who had gone
    • and supernatural beings exist after the fashion of these
  • Title: Lecture: Brunetto Latini
    Matching lines:
    • all the spiritual beings who are living there — the
    • manifold Nature-spirits, and Beings who belong to the
    • that happens in the world, not only those forces and beings
  • Title: Lecture: The Shaping of the Human Form out of Cosmic and Earthly Forces
    Matching lines:
    • — between, that is, what we are as earthly beings toned
    • down by the Cosmos and what we are as cosmic beings toned
    • human understanding. Human beings can understand them, but
  • Title: Lecture: Hygiene - a Social Problem
    Matching lines:
    • the human being himself. Human beings are treated just as if
    • beings. And this is why our whole conception of the social question
    • superstitions of devils and demons passing in and out of human beings
    • relation of human beings to each other than there is to-day when men
    • if understanding for the health and ill-health of our fellow-beings
    • general ordering of life affects the health of human beings
    • power working deeply into human beings. Intellectualism remains
    • which the abnormal attitude of human beings to waking and sleeping
    • intimately connected with the personal life of human beings, have a
    • will do the healing, but reasonable human beings will bring
  • Title: Lecture: Speech and Song
    Matching lines:
    • with Beings of the Higher Worlds between death and a new birth. Yet
    • Beings of the Hierarchies — a relation manifold and
    • understanding as between human beings, all of whom are living on the
    • civilisation. By speech, human beings come together here on
    • spiritual Beings. On all sides it is a world of spiritual Beings.
    • yonder side the spiritual Beings.
    • hears the Beings, who have their dwelling in these heavenly bodies,
    • as human beings speaking upon earth.
    • Beings join their activity together. The one provides the instrument,
  • Title: Lecture: The Problem of Jesus and Christ in Earlier Times
    Matching lines:
    • beings to understand the coming of Christ into the world as a
    • were less able than ever to speak, as human beings, about the Christ.
    • beings, but not in the earthly sphere. The only ones who could reach
    • enabled them to leave the physical body. When human beings left their
    • expressed this by saying that human beings were, of course, inspired
    • real being united with earthly evolution, human beings had the
    • beings through angels. If people developed the capacity to understand
    • beings in many and various forms. Later, however, he appeared in the
    • theirs are not entirely unreal, because human beings are complicated.
    • human beings: evolution.
    • beings themselves were now completely lost. During that entire
    • beings were exposed to luciferic temptation. Consequently, their
    • that human beings had lived without the luciferic impulse. In that
    • case, human beings would have lived in a different way in their ether
    • We know that human beings die; that they pass through the portal of
    • being; and that human beings then continue along whatever path them
    • earth. Thus, we have the ether bodies of human beings; they are
    • saying today also refers to them. So we may repeat: Human beings are
    • temptation had never taken place; after death, human beings would
    • luciferic temptation, human beings leave behind a far more dried-up
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: On the Dimensions of Space
    Matching lines:
    • as human beings in the life of soul — we must
  • Title: Lecture: Thinking and Willing as Two Poles of the Human Soul-Life
    Matching lines:
    • the case of human beings who die prematurely things are somewhat different.
    • At the moment however we are speaking of normal human beings. Such people,
    • thoughts are carried by beings is something about which I shall have
    • human beings of the present day. One listens. One even takes part in
    • as human beings, take our head-organisation and the rest of the organisation
    • make us into non-corporeal beings; he would fain lift us right out of earthly
    • beings we are placed in the most intimate relationship with
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 1: The Driving Force Behind Europe's War
    Matching lines:
    • image of the region into which human beings enter when they
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 2: Humanity's Struggle for Morality
    Matching lines:
    • the ego acts like salt during sleep. Human beings thus have
    • world to bear in the present time. As a result, human beings
    • become moral. Human beings acquire morality by living here on
    • provided for if human beings gradually let the moral element
    • beings encounter the Christ impulse here on the physical
    • of our life on earth. The gods did not intend human beings to
    • threads which truly connect human beings with the spirit. And
    • before the Mystery of Golgotha — when human beings were
    • left to nature. In the past, human beings naturally remained
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 4: The Elemental Spirits of Birth and Death
    Matching lines:
    • be made known to human beings under certain conditions. They
    • enemies of everything human beings seek and desire for their
    • everything was done just to suit the wishes of human beings
    • provides for the welfare of human beings here in the physical
    • about birth and death for human beings.
    • and every hour here on earth. The moment human beings cross
    • the mysteries which human beings have to discover today. And
    • particular sphere of elemental spirits and then human beings
    • the Atlantean age, when human beings were still flexible in
    • beings. Human beings gained control of certain divine powers
    • fellow human beings to use all kinds of creative powers on
    • work of the gods had to become the work of human beings. This
    • of mind in which we consider the world. Human beings will
    • catastrophe may be brought about. Human beings must use these
    • something which comes to human beings directly from the world
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 5: Changes in Humanity's Spiritual Make-up
    Matching lines:
    • the Mystery of Golgotha when human beings essentially related
    • environment. Human beings were intimately bound up with the
    • behind it all? The fact that human beings now relate to their
    • beings of the present time really and truly have become more
    • inward. On the other hand human beings of today may be said
    • a long time before human beings are prepared to grasp this
    • gradually, however. For the time being, human beings still
    • stages. Human beings therefore have to find a different way
    • evolution progresses, human beings will be less and less able
    • human beings are becoming more and more inward and we must
    • to get human beings to accept these things, and this can only
    • which influence human beings out of the spirit.
    • time when human beings were not fully in control of their
    • that human beings should be produced on the basis of certain
    • the growing inwardness of individual human beings. Sometimes
    • around us and, above all, other human beings. One of the
    • to learn to understand human beings so that we may give due
    • beings very complex today.
    • And if human beings are not prepared to take up impulses
    • One will be meeting ahrimanic demons. Human beings will not
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 6: The New Spirituality
    Matching lines:
    • being and how human beings are part of historical evolution.
    • First of all we consider the fact that human beings have the
    • shall not understand how human beings really relate to their
    • Elohim, when they created human beings as dwellers on earth
    • the same way as our getting up. Human beings truly are made
    • human beings would be an outward manifestation of the Elohim
    • beings as they are on earth. The highest principle in human
    • beings, the spiritual principle coming from the cosmos, has
    • more to human beings than mere sensuality — which, in
    • beings will just reflect, they can think about anything,
    • have to be waited for and expected; then human beings are not
    • beings and the gods was much more of an exterior thing; today
    • it has become much more intimate. Human beings are always
    • Human beings
    • always associate with the gods as whole human beings, and
    • nature of human beings here on earth and also to that of the
    • relationship which some human beings have to the world of the
    • beings related differently to the world around them than they
    • beings had made their elemental spiritual nature sensual. All
    • human beings. But you will also find many children who are
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 7: Working from Spiritual Reality
    Matching lines:
    • the innermost nature of the materialistic human beings of the
    • enter into human beings or they will become unsure. The
    • Human beings
    • to train human beings to be intelligent human beings.
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 8: Abstraction and Reality
    Matching lines:
    • matter, human beings do, of course, have to apply the
    • organism, this makes individual human beings into cells,
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 9: The Battle between Michael and 'The Dragon'
    Matching lines:
    • human beings more in peace; when they were driven out of the
    • spiritual realms they came upon human beings. And if we
    • into human beings when they had to leave the realms of the
    • of human beings. Before this they were more of a general
    • threatens human beings from this direction. This is the
    • this how unconsciously human beings are, in fact, being
    • impulses which act as numerous ties to hold human beings to
    • influences from the spiritual world on human beings here in
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 10: The Influence of the Backward Angels
    Matching lines:
    • beings, and this is specifically the case in the epoch in
    • abstract as: ‘Human beings must fight Ahriman.’ Such an
    • can only thrive if human beings enter into the real
    • human beings are filled with spiritual wisdom, these are
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 11: Recognizing the Inner Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • between human beings and the universe. People today believe
    • It is not true, however. Human beings are closely bound up
    • with human beings. In the living human body only the head has
    • Being lifted out, human beings are in a position (this does,
    • composition, for human beings have approximately as many
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 12: The Spirits of Light and the Spirits of Darkness
    Matching lines:
    • our temperaments. Human beings will be unable to get even a
    • can the events in which human beings are caught up be really
    • those early times, they wanted human beings to have the
    • was done by taking human beings from the heights of the
    • reality, human beings were being placed in the stream of
    • beings were to be educated on earth, brought to full
    • attached to human beings, as it were, and this connected them
    • laws which did, of course, come from human beings but were
    • way I have just described, have been among human beings from
    • beings to develop independent ideas, feelings and impulses
    • find extremely unpalatable. For millennia, human beings have
    • rebellious feeling of independence in human beings at the
    • characteristics and inculcate human beings with the attitudes
    • spiritual bonds between human beings which will take the
    • element of decline is natural. Human beings cannot remain
    • post-Atlantean age onwards — for human beings are
    • human beings, the older they get, will need to take in
    • including the earth (see diagram, violet); human beings
    • made human beings — I am using crosses to indicate them
    • continued. We are now at the time when human beings live on
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 13: The Fallen Spirits' Influence in the World
    Matching lines:
    • beings. Present-day events can therefore only be understood
    • themselves to human beings in many more places than one would
    • and more: spirituality will come to human beings because
    • down here among human beings from the autumn of 1879. They
    • will take root among human beings.
    • beings and into human brains and let illusions stream through
    • gain ground if human beings are on their guard against the
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 14: Into the Future
    Matching lines:
    • human beings.
    • system in such a way that human beings began to go out from
    • complexity of human beings becomes apparent when you consider
    • human beings are naturally capable of further development
    • ado in human beings; then, in the twenty-eighth year, between
    • way. This is the age when human beings must take affairs into
    • the spirits of darkness want human beings to have. It does
    • human beings have parts of the body which are like this. Some
  • Title: Lecture: Man's Fall and Redemption
    Matching lines:
    • habits of thinking were alive, were living elementary beings during our
    • on earth. Then, we lived in these thoughts as living beings, just as
    • beings, also, have their origin in the spirit, but they have not
    • human beings. Here on earth human beings do not look as if they had
    • beings have fallen completely into sin, as far as their thoughts
  • Title: On the Mysteries of Ancient and Modern Times: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • elemental beings to arise at the same time. At any rate, he
    • elemental beings were thoroughly effective; and, if
    • Human beings
    • this connection. But in compensation for this, human beings
    • beings did in antiquity. Only they come into being in a very
    • that is, with language. To the human beings of that moment
  • Title: On the Mysteries of Ancient and Modern Times: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • financial affairs and so forth, the Ahrimanic elemental beings are produced.
    • aspects through which human beings have to live between death
    • the mere outcome of human beings “sniffing things
  • Title: On the Mysteries of Ancient and Modern Times: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • said, when ancient charts depict all manner of Beings in the
    • Heavens, such Beings are no mere figment of human fancy. They
  • Title: Lecture: Man and Cosmos
    Matching lines:
    • unreal to the human beings of the present time. From these
  • Title: Lecture: Human Freedom and Its Connection with the Mystery of Golgotha
    Matching lines:
    • — the higher beings of the kingdoms of Nature: plants,
    • themselves, and then all the beings, rising as far as man. And
  • Title: Lecture: Knowledge Pervaded with the Experience of Love
    Matching lines:
    • ideal-intellectualistic way and believed to be human beings in
    • existence, with the ever-changing, living beings.
    • were human beings. Those who do not distort Oriental culture in
    • Gods as if they were idealized human beings. This way of setting
    • feel this divine essence within us, as did the human beings of
    • the spiritual world for all human beings, simply because this is
  • Title: Lecture: The Christmas Thought and the Secret of the Ego
    Matching lines:
    • easily show how far human beings in our time still are from that love
    • against enemy, opponent against opponent, how human beings can bring
    • beings on earth. And so it is nevertheless a thought of infinite
    • the Christ Jesus who harmonizes human beings no matter what their
    • and how human beings thereby began earthly existence in a different
    • beings; out of human deeds there arises something that has the
    • achieve again the earth's original goal and aim as human beings
    • Golgotha, perceptible for all human beings on the stage of history,
    • many great human beings, that right into their oldest age they are
  • Title: Lecture: On the Nature of Butterflies
    Matching lines:
    • who is pursued by human beings, not ghosts. Now I will take you to the
  • Title: Lecture: Factors of Karma, Deficiencies in Psychoanalysis
    Matching lines:
    • incarnation, especially in young human beings. But above
    • from the way in which we lived with other human beings. In our
    • connection with fresh human beings in a given life
  • Title: Lecture: Hereditary Impulses and Impulses from Previous Earth Lives
    Matching lines:
    • beings who have also passed through the gate of death and who
    • time: there are many human beings in our time who have a real
    • many places in modern history, we find human beings who had an
    • Human beings, in their social life together, will more and more
    • human beings sacrificed are the mere bridge for those who
    • the connection is. For many human beings, the connection can
  • Title: Lecture: The Relation of Man to the Hierarchies
    Matching lines:
    • Hierarchies, with Beings existing in the spiritual World,
    • spiritual Beings between man and the Godhead — Beings who
    • Hierarchies and Beings is a lapse into some old Polytheism, or,
    • through other spiritual Beings; we will rise from our own souls
    • Take to begin with the Beings of the lowest Hierarchies: the
    • Take only these, the lowest Beings. We need but remember what
    • Beings whom we call Archangels. Their mission is to bring about
    • Angeloi — the Beings immediately above man —
    • do we stand face to face with Beings who regulate the
    • other hand are essentially those Beings who regulate the
    • amongst human beings, and the consequences are simply the
    • and where the Beings of the Hierarchies are living. What I am
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture I: The Michael Imagination
    Matching lines:
    • nature-beings who spend the winter there. Then, when spring comes,
    • earth there is a surging of life among the elemental beings who had
    • cosmic waking-sleep, with the elemental beings to the region where
    • beings, and he will become aware of what this really
    • specially enhanced condition. Material substances in different beings
    • cosmos when in summer human beings shine inwardly with the
    • being of light to the etheric eyes of other planetary beings. That is
    • the sulphurising process. At the height of summer human beings begin to
    • shine out into cosmic space as brightly for other planetary beings as
    • human beings shine out into the cosmos during high summer, but at the
    • human beings shining in the astral light and tries to ensnare and
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture II: The Christmas Imagination
    Matching lines:
    • nothing else than a reflection of what human beings feel in relation
    • in-breathing, occurs, and the elemental beings are drawn back into
    • elemental beings who are united with the Earth have, one might say,
    • expressed in man himself. What part do we as human beings have in the
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture III: The Easter Imagination
    Matching lines:
    • speak of all such substance as vivified, ensouled beings. Thus we can
    • elemental beings who dwell in the Earth. But the limestone is
    • for, as you know from previous accounts, the elemental beings now
    • power of attraction for the Ahrimanic beings. Whenever spring
    • beings. But when spring draws near, the impression which the
    • beings play over the Earth like an astral wind, and how the Ahrimanic
    • beings strive with all their might to call down an astral rain, as it
    • the Ahrimanic beings every spring, and every spring it is
    • surely by now the Ahrimanic beings must have become clever enough to
    • give up these hopes. But the world is not just as human beings
    • imagine it to be. The fact is that every spring the Ahrimanic beings
    • outer nature these hopes are shattered, but the Ahrimanic beings long
    • subtle, intimate ways — to the Ahrimanic beings. In spring he
    • where the elemental beings of the Earth ascend, where they unite
    • March approaches, and down below the Ahrimanic beings are at work,
    • the elemental beings — who are wholly spiritual, immaterial,
    • there, among the active elemental beings, is permeated by Luciferic
    • beings. Just as the Ahrimanic beings nourish their hopes and
    • experience their illusions down below, so the Luciferic beings
    • beings, we find they are of etheric nature. And it is impossible for
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture IV: The St. John Imagination
    Matching lines:
    • the intelligence not of single beings but of many beings who live
    • Its meaning first dawns upon the mind when as human beings we learn
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture V: The Working Together of the Four Archangels
    Matching lines:
    • the Beings who appear in conjunction with these imaginative pictures.
    • yourselves how from all these Beings, Gabriel, Raphael, Uriel,
    • quite definite way from those Beings whom I have pictured in
    • Archangel, at Michaelmas Raphael works in human beings
    • have described, their effects are active in human beings
    • cosmos, but into the activities of those cosmic Beings I have
    • Archangel Beings who, in conjunction with the forces of nature,
  • Title: Lecture: Pythic, Prophetic and Spiritual-Scientific Clairvoyance
    Matching lines:
    • the deeds of the Beings of the higher Hierarchies, a real raising of
    • lecture given January 3, 1915: “Beings of the Future Jupiter
  • Title: Lecture: Pythic, Prophetic and Spiritual-Scientific Clairvoyance
    Matching lines:
    • within the deeds of the Beings of the higher Hierarchies, a real
  • Title: St. Augustine
    Matching lines:
    • human beings will not admit this. They like to have truths
    • there still lived in human beings something of an echo of the
    • was not the case for human beings, (as it became later in the
    • unconsciously, Those human beings of the 4th Post
    • another part of the world, and other human beings, we see that
    • honoured as the cause of death. The fact that beings had to die
    • everywhere, but still in countless human beings, Augusts Comte
    • the demonological stage. Human beings imagined that behind the
    • sensible phenomena of Nature super-sensible Spiritual beings
    • they first thought demons, elementary beings, were behind all
    • human beings would take such ideals as those of Augusts Comte
    • one day: “Human beings have really only acquired on the
    • everything which human beings can Think and Feel and Will is
    • of human beings. The study of Auguste Comte gives a very
  • Title: World History: Lecture I: Evolution of the Soul and of Memory
    Matching lines:
    • human beings were childlike, that they believed in all kinds of
    • and concepts, so human beings always possessed these, as far
    • beings who did not have ideas, concepts, thoughts at all in
  • Title: World History: Lecture II: Mysteries of 'Asia'
    Matching lines:
    • the rivers; but I live also with the elemental beings of the
    • now comes the fourth realm where human beings live, the realm
    • world. And in this weaving he perceived the Beings of the Third
    • Beings of the higher Hierarchies.
    • sleep, while the body rested, they experienced the Beings of
    • not feel this while immersed in the Beings of the Third
    • East were to re-appear, inhabited by human beings having the
    • beings; on the contrary, they make us weak, unconscious. The
    • living spiritual Beings moving in the sky, and the sharp line
    • procession of spiritual Beings hurrying forward over or in
    • sees the host of elementary beings riding through the air. But
    • spiritual Beings that were the Pictures of the forest, the
    • compensation of meeting in the forest Beings of the First
  • Title: World History: Lecture III: Asiatic Mysteries of Ephesus, Gilgamesh and Eabani
    Matching lines:
    • knew that Angels, Archangels and other Beings up to the highest
    • Spiritual Beings of the higher Hierarchies; for, as I told you
    • presence of Divine-spiritual Beings and had intercourse with
    • on Earth as Spiritual Beings, had long ago withdrawn and
    • cosmic world of those Spiritual Beings Who were the first great
    • teachers of earthly humanity, the Beings Who once brought to
    • Spiritual Beings in this cosmic colony, Who were once the
    • Earth. So that the human beings were all — as I have
  • Title: World History: Lecture IV: Atlantean Wisdom in the Mysteries of Hibernia, Gilgamish and Eabani at Ephesus, Logos Mysteries of Artemis at Ephesus
    Matching lines:
    • the end of my lecture yesterday that these same human beings
    • them from the flowers a whole world of flower-beings
    • beings that were actually present to them before they entered
    • Earth the kingdoms of the elemental beings.’ How different from
    • plants, animals and human beings come forth to new life on the
    • newborn beings. Thus is the Moon the shaper and moulder
    • of beings.
  • Title: World History: Lecture V: Mysteries of the East, West, and of Ephesus
    Matching lines:
    • the Spiritual Beings who guide the worlds of the planets, who
    • Beings of Intelligence in the planetary processes, he was led
    • has come about through the breathing of human beings, we can
    • but phantoms none the less; no longer the Divine Beings, no
    • the great world-events and of the great world-Beings.
    • with the Macrocosm and with the Divine-Spiritual Beings of the
    • of the human beings who are living there, and to think their
  • Title: World History: Lecture VI: Mysteries of the Ancient Near East Enter Europe
    Matching lines:
    • across the years to human beings who still knew that as surely
    • burning torch into the Temple of Ephesus, demonic beings were
    • hands. For these demonic beings had determined to let nothing
    • opposition to the working of these beings. For what was it they
  • Title: World History: Lecture VIII: The Burning of the Ephesian Temple and the Goetheanum
    Matching lines:
    • God was applied to all beings of a super-sensible nature,
    • differentiated. The Divine-Spiritual Beings who are most
    • of time, the same Beings Whom we recognise in the majesty of
    • Divine-Spiritual Beings can never be jealous. Nevertheless in
    • to pass that certain other divine Beings, Luciferic-Ahrimanic
    • divine Beings were made aware, that man was being drawn nearer
    • super-sensible Beings — who are jealous of the
    • find the sacrifice done by human beings, and in the sacrificing
    • body. Only the divine spiritual Beings can build it up —
    • the Beings of the hierarchy of Dynamis, Exusiai and Kyriotetes.
    • again can only be created by Beings of the third Hierarchy
    • a form of speech as needed to be found for the Spiritual Beings
  • Title: World History: Lecture IX: World History in the Light of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • way that is possible spiritually and observe these human beings
    • beings have resulted in knowledge calling for great
    • last third of the nineteenth century hardly any human beings
    • sleeping human beings confronting the Guardian of the Threshold
    • the human beings living to-day appear on Earth in new
    • incarnations, the Earth will become barbaric. Human beings will
    • Dornach there must be a place where for those human beings who
    • forces, actual Beings of the spiritual world. Here there must
    • beings are placed when confronting the Guardian of the
    • May human beings hear it!
    • May human beings hear it!
    • the Beings of all Worlds, craving for Light.
    • May human beings hear it!
  • Title: Goethe, Comte and Bentham
    Matching lines:
    • time there is working into his Ego those Beings of the third
    • himself the Beings of the Angels, Archangels and the Time-Spirits.
    • Now because those Beings work in us, my dear
    • We might also say, that because these Arch-Angelic Beings shine
    • And because the Beings of the Archai, the
    • Intuition, therefore we feel ourselves as earthly human beings
    • beings. Let us once more make quite clear how it is that we feel
    • You would at once cease to feel yourselves as personal beings if
    • Archai) that remains for most human beings something really quite
    • about by the various Beings of the 3rd Hierarchy, the Archai, the
    • the consciousness of most human beings, that their personality can
    • human soul and spirit-being by the Beings of the third Hierarchy,
    • connection with the Beings of the third Hierarchy. That comes from
    • living interchange with the Beings of the third Hierarchy. In the
    • man really had a living consciousness of the Beings of the third
    • bound up with the Beings of the third Hierarchy,
    • bound up with external nature, together with the Beings of
    • his body. The reason he cannot see the Beings of the Angels,
    • Beings were there and that his soul was bound up with them, could
    • that the Beings of the third Hierarchy were bound up with the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Whitsuntide in the Course of the Year
    Matching lines:
    • growth, only development in us as physical beings, we could
    • never be conscious beings in the physical world. In this
    • sprouting, the spiritual works within the beings, not
    • beings, processes of destruction must take place. The spirits
  • Title: Meditation and Concentration
    Matching lines:
    • our head, and also the beings active and creative in these
    • will, to a connection with the actions of spiritual beings of
    • elemental beings ... and these whirl and struggle in us. So
    • experience the LIFE OF BEINGS. We plunge our head
    • the life of beings.
    • the way described and in the beings in them. We send our
    • we perceive the beings of Venus, or Saturn, it is as I have
    • beings slip in. We ought not to be the least afraid of having
    • of life in the higher Hierarchies. Human beings carried this
    • is generally deduced, abstract truths and beings would form
    • Saturn and Uranus-beings would then be the inhabitants of
    • inhabitants. These heavenly beings would insert themselves
    • spiritual beings, beings who merely express the nature of
    • beings is extinguished, as in an atmosphere, un breathable
    • beings then were to enter into our thoughts, our spirit would
    • Spiritual science has come. As human beings under the
    • follow, if thoughts ceased to be thoughts, if the beings of
    • spirit is not brought about however by heavenly Beings, who
    • has been caused by human beings, by their uniting with
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • human beings in his plays. We may say that a revolutionary
    • when these human beings were alone, they sought for a special
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • would have become entirely different human beings if only small
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • wisdom than other beings, and is thus distinguished from them.
    • beings are much freer, and so it is possible for them to
    • prized in the future. In their being, human beings are, of
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • with what was willed by beings who guide life from regions
    • specially qualified personalities was then inspired by beings
    • was learned from these beings determined the course of
    • spiritual scientist it is not possible to flatter human beings
    • incarnation of spiritual beings. At present, during this earth
    • stage, these spiritual beings are, to be sure, still of an
    • degree. But they will have become elemental beings of the third
    • becomes the external sheath for elemental beings who thereby
    • way in which the machines work. Human beings will blend with
    • movement. The elemental beings that are created and released
    • human beings will again perform their work from different
    • human beings when they understand how to observe the signs of
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • entire ranks and classes of human beings. The ambition, vanity,
    • of human beings. Thus, it is possible to decipher them only
    • beings, and we bear with us what evolves from this process
    • human beings during our life according to our karma depends
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • as possible from human beings. I have called your attention to
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • over to descendants, but human beings are so constructed from
    • relationship to life. Since, however, human beings must become
    • for, and human beings will be sacrificed for the sake of
    • have described, to prevent human beings from attaining clarity
    • beings.
    • there are various ways of keeping human beings in a fog of
    • beings.
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • is, for the beings of the higher hierarchies. So it is with the
    • connection between human beings and animals, but the endeavor
    • foolish to wish to improve human beings.
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • number of hierarchies that embrace beings standing above man in
    • beings who have their place between man and the real Godhead,
    • which is far above humanity and those beings who have their
    • their beings represents a relapse into an ancient polytheism
    • fix our attention first on the beings of the lowest hierarchies
    • we direct our attention to these beings who are relatively the
    • those beings whom we call archangels whose mission is to
    • fact that it is only the archangels who are beings who control
    • also conceive of angels as beings who really control the life
    • human beings with those gods who are common to all has become
    • nature. Human beings do stand at least in a sort of
    • remains an aberration among human beings in a certain way, and
    • even archangels, if the luciferic beings have taken the place
    • of the progressive beings. But one cannot so conduct oneself in
    • for two human beings who are hostile to one another to confess
    • quality, their power. When human beings spoke to one another in
    • live in what human beings said to one another. As evolution has
    • beings to whom he spoke; that is, in a spiritual sense, but
    • arisen among human beings; in a way, their souls would have
    • into the worlds in which human beings live between death and a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • last lecture as to how human beings may establish a
    • many that a number of human beings already have a relationship
    • be a time in which human beings gradually descended from a
    • death and a new birth. As these human beings looked up to him,
    • beings worshipped the etheric bodies of their forefathers to
    • Thus we may say that polytheism, when human beings worshipped
    • human beings descend still further to the period in which the
    • superhuman was especially cultivated. Human beings were
    • human beings. This was the period coinciding with the
    • time of the Mystery of Golgotha human beings had degenerated so
    • human beings, it was necessary for the Divine Man to appear.
    • beings in an entirely different way from that of the gods of
    • the community of human beings, to the whole of human
    • that we, as human beings, face each other. Just as we have
    • ought to have taken place: human beings within the mysteries
    • beings would never have been able to render the service to the
    • its fate. Why is it, then, that human beings did not follow
    • endeavored to spiritualize human beings, they were too strongly
    • beings reverencing what is earthly, what is an earthly
    • to their opposite. Blavatsky was misled by certain beings who
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mysteries of the Sun: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • other beings. If you would paint all that your hands and legs
    • discussions about whether there are spiritual beings or not,
  • Title: Mysteries of the Sun: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • to these questions: why do some human beings die early, some
    • beings die as mere children, many in old age, others in
  • Title: Differentation of Primeval Wisdom into East, Middle, West
    Matching lines:
    • only mention that human beings, with reference to their
    • to believe that, simply from being Born as human beings on
    • That what the human beings of the different races upon earth
    • course, it is true that human beings have emancipated
    • from the East as Spiritual truths. Human beings living in
    • human beings, than by not permeating merely the earth
    • interesting fact that such things are said by human beings,
    • Ludendorf way of thinking, and those human beings who guided
    • human beings who approach them with such differentiations.
    • Just think how on all sides to-day human beings tend to shut
    • certain point of view, for human beings tend to such
    • life itself demands from human beings to-day many untrue
  • Title: Man and Nature: Intellect in Man and Nature Bereft of the Gods
    Matching lines:
    • the Gods — the spiritual Beings — are no longer
    • divine-spiritual Beings who work creatively in mankind, is
    • contained in this external world. Elementary beings,
    • spiritual beings of a lower order, are there, of course; but
    • the creative spiritual Beings who should live in our
    • to his own life. It is often the destiny of human beings to
    • the Gods; where are the creative spiritual Beings? If I were
    • creeds mystify human beings with apocryphal utterances
    • activity in human beings. Inner activity leads to a real
    • Spiritual Beings whose nature in some way resembles the
    • nature of man. From these Beings the Divine pours its
    • grasp the fact that the Beings who there constitute the
    • beings of soul and Spirit in the world.
  • Title: Lecture: Human Knowledge and Its Significance for Man and the Cosmos
    Matching lines:
    • time human beings are living through incarnations in which they can
    • it is there in order to nourish human beings but rather in order to
    • its value in the nourishment of human beings. There is a fundamental
    • to nourish human beings. Knowledge lives within us for another purpose
    • in man and in respect to which human beings do not differ so very much
    • It is only now and then in dreams that human beings have a fleeting
    • as the grains of wheat that are used as food for human beings are diverted
    • it were otherwise, those human beings who are always hunting for sensation,
    • a foodstuff for human beings? There is an inner analogy here which we
    • of supplying human beings with food. These grains of wheat, as we have
    • They are used for the purpose of food for human beings and this has
    • are used as foodstuff for human beings, just as they receive compensation
    • for human beings.
    • extent, but as human beings begin to understand the sense in which Christ
    • can become the means of nourishing higher Spiritual Beings. Our concepts
    • become food for these higher Spiritual Beings. In other words, we must
    • grows in order that human beings may find nourishment.
    • once again. For good reason, human beings have been living through an
    • Spiritual Beings. The decay of a grain of wheat is a very real process.
    • Beings who are his servants, Ahriman then incorporates it into the world-process
  • Title: Contrasting World-conceptions of East and West
    Matching lines:
    • beings connected with the earth.
    • of human evolution the divine-spiritual beings on earth
    • divine-spiritual beings directed their activities. When the
    • divine-spiritual beings.
    • These beings ordered man's nervous processes in accordance with
    • beings did not inspire him directly, when he was awake.. They
    • might be said: At that time, the divine-spiritual beings still
    • that while human beings were asleep, they arranged the trust
    • great majority of men, the gods, the spiritual beings, were, so
    • contemplation of divine-spiritual beings a belief in ghosts
    • divine-spiritual beings is very ancient. The belief in ghosts
    • Luciferic beings lie hidden within him, but these are spiritual
    • beings!
    • have said that the divine-spiritual beings have their earthly
  • Title: Year's Course as a Symbol for the Great Cosmic Year
    Matching lines:
    • these two beings. We can speak of a consciousness
    • human beings we do not notice that there is a certain
    • consciousness. It is the same with us human beings. But we do
    • the year they are two separate beings. Yet they are not ONLY
    • two beings, for they permeate each other, so that one is filled
    • cosmos in the form of thought. Whereas we human beings walk
    • mysteries pursued, by spiritual Beings who surge and weave
  • Title: Spiritual Relations in the Configuration of the Human Organism: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • I have described to you up to now. Namely we would have to be beings
    • not be able to be earthly beings. We would be a kind of mouth flying
    • beings. That we can be earthly beings is brought about by oxygen which
    • the possibility stays with us to be earthlike (flesh-like) beings here
    • so that we can be earthly human beings, has to be inserted into the
  • Title: Social Question as a Problem: Lecture I: The Inner Experience of Language
    Matching lines:
    • human beings in their earliest years; one must indeed develop
    • approaching luciferic beings, and on the other
  • Title: Social Question as a Problem: Lecture II: The Inner Experience of Language
    Matching lines:
    • beings walking about on the physical earth, but with men
    • life because we happened to be speaking human beings; but we
    • human beings will come to develop in their way a healthy
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture I: The Difference Between Man and Animal
    Matching lines:
    • unconsciously. Innumerable human beings go through What the depths of
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture II: St. John of the Cross
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual beings and does not speak in the pantheistic general may about
    • beings of the higher hierarchies are spoken of in this way as being
    • individual beings of the hierarchies with nature, is concerned.
    • have tremendous influence today upon millions of human beings. We must
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture III: Clairvoyant Vision Looks at Mineral, Plant, Animal, Man
    Matching lines:
    • fellow men. He is not surrounded by the real beings into whom he must,
    • among beings who belong neither to the mineral and plant kingdoms, nor
    • this is what I meant were there beings who on being examined anatomically
    • but if these beings were able to move at will like the animals, or were
    • among these beings. Here in his earthly existence man would really be
    • able to comprehend such beings. But again the remarkable thing is that
    • for their part these beings could not exist on earth, these beings are
    • and men. And the beings he would directly perceive in their whole constitution
    • beings who, when observed by man, reveal only a certain side of themselves
    • came into a sphere where it seemed—as if certain beings had flown
    • world one is dogged by the feeling that one misses certain beings which
    • these beings are lacking. And if one comes down through birth, these
    • beings are there in the minerals and in the plants, but as though banished,
    • as if these beings were banished from the world just left, as if they
    • we long to know certain exiles. We only know there are banished beings,
    • are looking at beings exiled from the spiritual world, from the regions
    • you can absorb only about beings who are living in banishment here in
    • are not there of just these beings experienced here after birth, that
    • as the world of human beings. Education in Spiritual Science consists
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture 4: Human Qualities Which Oppose Antroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • can be learnt about this question by hearing what the things and beings
    • we are sun beings, but so far we cannot endure what it entails to be
    • sun beings. Therefore as with our external physical eyes we have to
    • experiences spiritually with the things, beings and events of the spiritual
    • light up in human beings, when we see it is necessary we shall punish,
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture 6: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation
    Matching lines:
    • than that of today. They were more instinctive beings. And the men of
    • beings.”
    • simply placed the living beings in juxtaposition, in a row as Linnaeus
    • even though the nineteenth century has not yet produced human beings
  • Title: The Building at Dornach (Bn/GA 289): Lecture II: Bau Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • organs like the sword appendix; the fan of lower organic beings which
    • organic beings is developed physically. Just in the same way as (see
    • human beings these people are. If we are not able to see right through
  • Title: The Building at Dornach (Bn/GA 289): Lecture III: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • a world of beings spring up, that the colour itself through its own
    • inherent forces will develop into a world of beings. I might say: as
    • a world of beings in embryo if we have a right sense for the world of
    • the elemental beings which develop their forms of themselves out from
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture I: The Problem of Faust
    Matching lines:
    • living beings. Future and past are dove-tailed together in a
    • cosmic and spiritual beings realise that when wisdom is being
    • is it that distinguishes man from all other beings? The fact
    • group-souls of all the beings that accompany Mephistopheles
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture II: The Romantic Walpurgis-Night
    Matching lines:
    • physical body; Will-o'-the-wisps are elemental beings who
    • spiritual beings that we are shown, in the Goethe lets us see
    • other retarded beings of that ilk. Notice this — a
    • beings to appear among the witch-souls. And then comes a
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture III: Goethe's Feeling for the Concrete.
    Matching lines:
    • beings, and even something higher. It was of this that Goethe
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture IV: Faust and the "Mothers"
    Matching lines:
    • realise how Goethe knew that spiritul beings were playing
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture V: Faust and the Problem of Evil
    Matching lines:
    • beings of the fifth epoch (as you know, we are still more or
    • and Death stood before the human beings of that evolutionary
    • Graeco-Latin epoch must also become impulses of human beings
    • during this fifth post-Atlantean epoch certain human beings
    • human beings live in ideas that are proved absurd by the
    • the human beings do not see through what lives as spectral
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture VI: The Helena Saga and the Riddle of Freedom
    Matching lines:
    • beings will have to learn to know all that the soul must
    • subject to the power of individual human beings. I have
    • in our epoch, in the fifth, human beings will have to grapple
    • in a gigantic way. In the resistance which human beings will
    • touch on interests of human beings which they do not wish to
    • have molested. In this respect, human beings are divided. On
    • beings those Beings whom I characterised as fallen Spirits of
    • Darkness — Beings of the hierarchy of Angeloi. In the
    • fourth post-Atlantean period, these Beings were still
    • are in the realm of men, and as Angel-beings who have
    • beings, to make effective in a retrogressive way — and
    • the fifth post-Atlantean epoch. These Beings who stand
    • Angel-beings — are able to approach the individual
    • Beings rebelled precisely against the bonds of blood: They
    • loosen human beings from blood- kinship. You can derive it
    • how the Graeco-Latin epoch met these rebel-beings. For in
    • beings: “Avoid these rebel natures! Avoid the Ahrimanic,
    • Luciferic spiritual Beings!” They did not say this to them;
    • place these Beings Nvherc they were and to use them. It is a
    • spoken of this. Knowledge was brought to the human beings of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture VII: Some Spiritual-Scientific Observations
    Matching lines:
    • particular spiritual creators, on those beings among the
    • those beings with whom man, as man, must therefore feel
    • several beings of the higher hierarchies, as they are made
    • creative beings set themselves the task of so forming man
    • interplay of earthly forces, I mean that these divine beings
    • beings may indeed be pictured by one who knows them. But no
    • still remain. And among the beings associated with the
    • Sirens belong to those elemental beings who are the other
    • these two were one. And among those beings who were related
    • unequal in their evolutionary stages are the beings who live
    • nothing, of this world, when we consider these beings
    • beings projected into our epoch, though by their form they
    • companions for these ants, he makes other strange beings. For
    • beings that Goethe introduces as Pygmies, as dwarfs, as
    • more closely akin to them than to the beings of the present
    • a quite unique way. The beings whom Mephistopheles finds next
    • beings these Phorkyads are, and particularly what an
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture VIII: Spiritual Science Considered with the Classical Walpurgis-Night
    Matching lines:
    • with all the human beings with whom we have any karmic
    • by Pigmies, that is to say, at home in all that such beings
    • intimate relation with other beings (I have described this to
    • you before) also with other men; these beings do not appear
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture X: Faust's Knowledge and Understanding of Himself
    Matching lines:
    • beings belonging to the third elemental world, from which our
    • each other and yet not found each other. Human beings and
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture XI: The Vision of Reality in the Greek Myths
    Matching lines:
    • the mystery of the Sirens' song, lies in these demonic beings
    • become living, as demonic beings of the sea, only when the
    • changes in the living form, from the lowest order of beings
    • that is demonic, the elemental beings of a spiritual nature,
    • souls of human beings; at the same time they are servants in
    • Dorides are demonic beings of the sea, the sailors, human
    • beings. Goethe is wishing to show how man is abel to approach
    • spiritual beings from the other side of existence, and how
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture XII: Goetheanism In Place of Homunculism and Mephistophelianism
    Matching lines:
    • beings, were we not to think about things and about
    • beings we are so constituted that we cannot, on the one hand,
    • supersensible, from those human beings who are constantly
    • cosmic sound, in cosmic life, a meeting with the beings of
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • those human beings ascribed
    • Consciousness Soul. The human beings of whom I am now speaking
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • developed in most human beings. Also in such a person the love of
    • human beings must know themselves. And they demand complete knowledge
    • tremendously magnificent, with spiritual beings moving within
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • beings are not allowed to see the super-sensible world, but I have
    • spiritual beings that were present. First they tell of the feeling of
    • have the feeling that spiritual beings come to them, but that they
    • beings, these people experience them as simply a presence, as
    • — such as normally human beings only experience when they are
    • illness being treated not by human beings but by spiritual beings.
    • One kind of treatment is the kind human beings evolve: that is,
    • The spiritual beings that have to do with humanity treat illness
    • that happens to a person today is so shaped by spiritual beings that
    • will never be able to call human beings free, for by their very
    • nature of human beings from the viewpoint of materialism, you do not
    • study human beings from a spiritual viewpoint, you come to the
    • determination of the will by God or by spiritual beings; you do not
    • movement. And it is the same with human beings: whether you consider
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • two ingredients. Human beings come out of the spiritual,
    • beings, with physical body, etheric body, astral body, and ego
    • First, human beings
    • thing that is changed at this time. For the fact is that human beings
    • basic statement can be made for the first seven years. Human beings
    • Only invisible spiritual beings make an impression on the child,
    • beings who have something to do with an ego nature, above all, beings
    • of the spiritual hierarchies higher than human beings, but also the
    • animal group-souls, and the group-souls of the elemental beings. In
    • human beings have access to what could not reach them at all in the
    • forces of our astral body. Thus at the change of teeth human beings
    • oriented toward nothingness. It is this that makes us free beings;
    • constitution that we are responsible free beings, because at the
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • the presence of spiritual beings.
    • first type. Individuals who feel the presence of spiritual beings,
    • spiritual beings. We had there the bringing of waking-sleep into
    • affects organic beings, but as it affects inorganic things. This then
    • the physical world, forces against which they, as human beings,
    • spiritual beings to a third stage, being present in the spiritual
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • beings constantly play. He is a distinguished poet. Moreover one may
    • carriers of elemental beings of anxiety. The breathing irregularities
    • Such elemental beings
    • beings. Then it can be used for healthy people and sick people. One
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • does not reach as far as the human being. Human beings have a soul
    • proceeding inward from the cosmos. Human beings do not merely inhale
    • beings to the finer breathing process that takes place higher up in
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • as far as it can be seen in human beings
    • general weaving spirituality, now there appear beings of the second
    • the other side. Look first at the moon activity in human beings. See
    • continually to lift human beings out of themselves, to show them
    • physical sun is always present in human beings. We can add to that
    • way that human beings perceive in everyday physical life the
    • beings, and before they have any thought of the macrocosm, we hold
    • place as human beings in the macrocosm, but wanting to plant the
    • together of human beings.
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • As human beings we
    • beings with the temple research. We must find the way to change over
    • priest's mission as guiding human beings in their approach to the
    • priest has to find what can lead human beings toward the spiritual
    • led back into human beings, and the relation is established in them
    • somnambulists must now be again established by human beings
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • beings are educated in such a way that they simply are not allowed to
    • as physical human beings we breathe our astral body and ego out. When
    • aspect of warmth and cold. Human beings live life within this
    • But human beings cannot do this. We have, in a certain sense, to
    • beings on the earth between our ego and our physical body, between
    • the large natural processes human beings change their form, so that,
    • beings between these two farthest boundaries. But in between we can
    • one acquires a direct acquaintance with the beings of the cosmos and
    • that the ruling world beings are rather shy. They do not appear at
    • begins. Beings come out of the pictures and make themselves known. We
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 11
    Matching lines:
    • that show that human beings indeed have more to do with the
    • whom should be concerned with the healing of human beings on earth.
    • elemental beings, beings of higher hierarchies at various stages of
    • gods come to human beings. They have been thought of as working in
    • beings, first in day-waking consciousness, then in night-sleeping
    • when human beings sleep. When we are asleep our physical and etheric
    • foundation of all beings through the fact that there is a human race.
    • follow all that is experienced by human beings when they leave their
    • beings that will help them to enter the spiritual world? Theology
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • developed in most human beings. Also in such a person the love of
    • human beings must know themselves. And they demand complete knowledge
    • tremendously magnificent, with spiritual beings moving within
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • beings are not allowed to see the supersensible world, but I have
    • spiritual beings that were present. First they tell of the feeling of
    • have the feeling that spiritual beings come to them, but that they
    • beings, these people experience them as simply a presence, as
    • — such as normally human beings only experience when they are
    • illness being treated not by human beings but by spiritual beings.
    • One kind of treatment is the kind human beings evolve: that is,
    • The spiritual beings that have to do with humanity treat illness
    • that happens to a person today is so shaped by spiritual beings that
    • will never be able to call human beings free, for by their very
    • nature of human beings from the viewpoint of materialism, you do not
    • study human beings from a spiritual viewpoint, you come to the
    • determination of the will by God or by spiritual beings; you do not
    • movement. And it is the same with human beings: whether you consider
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • two ingredients. Human beings come out of the spiritual,
    • beings, with physical body, etheric body, astral body, and ego
    • First, human beings
    • thing that is changed at this time. For the fact is that human beings
    • basic statement can be made for the first seven years. Human beings
    • Only invisible spiritual beings make an impression on the child,
    • beings who have something to do with an ego nature, above all, beings
    • of the spiritual hierarchies higher than human beings, but also the
    • animal group-souls, and the group-souls of the elemental beings. In
    • human beings have access to what could not reach them at all in the
    • forces of our astral body. Thus at the change of teeth human beings
    • oriented toward nothingness. It is this that makes us free beings;
    • constitution that we are responsible free beings, because at the
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • the presence of spiritual beings.
    • first type. Individuals who feel the presence of spiritual beings,
    • spiritual beings. We had there the bringing of waking-sleep into
    • affects organic beings, but as it affects inorganic things. This then
    • the physical world, forces against which they, as human beings,
    • spiritual beings to a third stage, being present in the spiritual
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • beings constantly play. He is a distinguished poet. Moreover one may
    • carriers of elemental beings of anxiety. The breathing irregularities
    • Such elemental beings
    • beings. Then it can be used for healthy people and sick people. One
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • does not reach as far as the human being. Human beings have a soul
    • proceeding inward from the cosmos. Human beings do not merely inhale
    • beings to the finer breathing process that takes place higher up in
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • HUMAN CONSTITUTION as far as it can be seen in human beings
    • general weaving spirituality, now there appear beings of the second
    • the other side. Look first at the moon activity in human beings. See
    • continually to lift human beings out of themselves, to show them
    • physical sun is always present in human beings. We can add to that
    • way that human beings perceive in everyday physical life the
    • beings, and before they have any thought of the macrocosm, we hold
    • place as human beings in the macrocosm, but wanting to plant the
    • together of human beings.
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • As human beings we
    • beings with the temple research. We must find the way to change over
    • priest's mission as guiding human beings in their approach to the
    • priest has to find what can lead human beings toward the spiritual
    • led back into human beings, and the relation is established in them
    • somnambulists must now be again established by human beings
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • beings are educated in such a way that they simply are not allowed to
    • as physical human beings we breathe our astral body and ego out. When
    • aspect of warmth and cold. Human beings live life within this
    • But human beings cannot do this. We have, in a certain sense, to
    • beings on the earth between our ego and our physical body, between
    • the large natural processes human beings change their form, so that,
    • beings between these two farthest boundaries. But in between we can
    • one acquires a direct acquaintance with the beings of the cosmos and
    • that the ruling world beings are rather shy. They do not appear at
    • begins. Beings come out of the pictures and make themselves known. We
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 11
    Matching lines:
    • that show that human beings indeed have more to do with the
    • whom should be concerned with the healing of human beings on earth.
    • elemental beings, beings of higher hierarchies at various stages of
    • gods come to human beings. They have been thought of as working in
    • beings, first in day-waking consciousness, then in night-sleeping
    • when human beings sleep. When we are asleep our physical and etheric
    • foundation of all beings through the fact that there is a human race.
    • follow all that is experienced by human beings when they leave their
    • beings that will help them to enter the spiritual world? Theology
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture I: Easter: The Festival of Warning
    Matching lines:
    • point is, among what sort of beings is he the highest? This pride
    • are the highest of all the beings of which you can form an idea. The
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture II: The Blood-relationship and The Christ-relationship
    Matching lines:
    • of human beings realise that unless a wave of spiritual revival passes
    • wherever sense-objects, wherever human beings themselves are, on the
    • world reveals to me that objects and beings come from the gods, that
    • knew: before our birth we were beings of spirit-and-soul; therefore
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture IV: Spirit Triumphant
    Matching lines:
    • beings we are connected with the spiritual and super-sensible.
  • Title: Lecture I: Human Questions and Cosmic Answers
    Matching lines:
    • of the Divine-Spiritual Beings behind all cosmic processes. Men
    • which expressed the purposes of the Divine-Spiritual Beings whose
    • all the human beings living on earth — into the cosmos. And when
    • human beings, plants and animals — while he turns his senses in
    • with spiritual Beings, must first be laid by him within the stream of
    • spiritual Beings, with cosmic Beings. He must not remain a hermit in
    • out into the cosmos by human beings are, as it were, burned up and
    • human beings who are desirous of being possessed by them. In matters
    • of human beings, the souls of the dead stream out into cosmic
  • Title: Lecture II: Human Questions and Cosmic Answers
    Matching lines:
    • we ourselves, but other beings, beings of the future, were to evolve
    • assume, then, that in a distant future such beings conceive of a
    • beings of the future look back, it would have to be assumed — in
    • will formulate this example by assuming that these beings who might
    • conceived at some future time by beings of whom I have spoken. In that
    • the beings of the (Old) Moon-existence.
    • directly to the divine-spiritual Beings.
    • the initiates were conscious of speaking to actual Beings,
    • divine-spiritual Beings, and of receiving utterances individually from
    • the spiritual Beings in the cosmos.
    • cosmic Beings themselves. The old initiates knew that if, for example,
    • Venus-forces were not in the world you would be obliged as beings of
  • Title: Lecture III: Human Questions and Cosmic Answers
    Matching lines:
    • manifold ways with processes and with beings of the cosmos. If what I
    • strange fact is that the manifoldness presented by human beings
    • is gained from letting other human beings be as the are, trying to
    • What here on earth is a plurality — namely, human beings
  • Title: Lecture IV: Human Questions and Cosmic Answers
    Matching lines:
    • living world of plants and human beings. To have such a conception of
    • Sun-existence was such that no definite plants or animal beings could
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual beings that lived and still live in the cosmos. But the
    • like living beings, permeating everything with spirit and speaking to
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • slain beings can be pieced together again. But this does not bring
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • themselves so there are no corpses. The propagation of such beings
    • unicellular beings are immortal. This is the immortality of
    • unicellular beings that was famous in nineteenth-century biology. Why
    • beings that produce no corpses are immortal.
    • unicellular beings.” What sort of concept would an ancient
    • unicellular beings, he would simply have thought that the two
    • the thought of death. If he had known about unicellular beings and
    • get back to our own nature and comprehend ourselves as living beings.
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • Century science has taken the world of living beings and separated
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • that in all areas of technology human beings experience this inner
    • will emerge the living spirit, if human beings have the right
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture II: Exercises of Thought, Feeling and Volition
    Matching lines:
    • externals, and let the soul sink into those Beings which manifest
    • with beings of a spiritual world. These experiences of intuition are
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture III: Methods of Imaginative, Inspired and Intuitive Knowledge or Cognition
    Matching lines:
    • the former, pictures appear of spiritual beings who live and move in
    • Moon, Planets and Fixed Stars, these we find again as Cosmic beings;
    • in contributes to its shape and life, but also the beings who work
    • beings. He attains a condition of experience which alone on earth the
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture V: Experiences of the Soul in Sleep
    Matching lines:
    • soul. And the connection with other spirit-beings, which live in the
    • activity of those spirit beings which have their physical counterpart
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture VI: Transference from the Psycho-Spiritual to the Physical Sense-life in man's Development
    Matching lines:
    • existence of other spiritual beings is at the same time his own
    • growth, its mobility, but filled with spiritual beings.
    • complete fusion with the spiritual beings of the cosmos now becomes
    • only a revelation of these beings. One might say that while at one
    • spirit-beings with whom it lived before. One might say that at
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture X: On Experiencing the Will-Part of the Soul
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual beings of the supernatural world must take place unhampered
    • spirit in which he himself and not the spiritual moon beings are
  • Title: Bridge between the Ideal and the Real: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • human beings will not admit this. They like to have truths
    • lived in human beings something of an echo of the old atavistic
    • for human beings, (as it became later in the 5th epoch), that
    • beings of the 4th Post-Atlantean epoch knew that, from sleeping
    • another part or the world, and other human beings, we see that
    • honoured as the cause of Death. The fact that beings had to die
    • everywhere, but still in countless human beings, Auguste Comte
    • the demonological stage. Human beings imagined that behind the
    • sensible phenomena of Nature supersensible Spiritual beings
    • they first thought demons, elementary beings, were behind all
    • human beings would take such ideals as those of Auguste Comte
    • one day: “Human beings have really only acquired on the
    • everything which human beings can Think and Feel and Will is
    • circles of human beings. The study of Auguste Comte gives a
  • Title: Bridge between the Ideal and the Real: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • Ego those Beings of the third Hierarchy to which I have just
    • around him, but would immediately feel in himself the Beings of
    • because those Beings work in us, my dear friends, we have in
    • also say, that because these Arch-Angelic Beings shine into our
    • because the Beings of the Archai, the Spirits of Time, pulsate
    • feel ourselves as earthly human beings — that means
    • of thought we feel ourselves as individual beings. Let us once
    • would at once cease to feel yourselves as personal beings if
    • which comes from the Archai) that remains for most human beings
    • various beings of the 3rd Hierarchy, the Archai, the Spirits of
    • enter the consciousness of most human beings, that their
    • Beings of the third Hierarchy, is something of which men would
    • connection with the Beings of the third Hierarchy. What comes
    • inactive, They are then in living interchange with the Beings
    • the Beings of the third Hierarchy, and because he knew: —
    • of his body, but that it was bound up with the Beings of the
    • external nature, together with the Beings of the third
    • with his body. The reason he cannot see the Beings of the
    • consciousness that these Beings were there and that his soul
    • with his body; the man of old believed that the Beings of the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Revelation of the Cosmic Christ
    Matching lines:
    • sectarian teaching, destined for this or that circle of human beings.
    • was poured into human beings born on earth as a gift of the Gods —
    • world is presented to man to-day. Human beings live here on the earth.
    • count upon the egotistical impulses in human beings when they want to
    • impulses. Human beings are not so egotistical in their desire for
    • Blood sets human beings at variance with one another. Blood fetters to
    • peoples of the earth. The Divine Beings are revealed in the heights,
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • bring the beings of the spiritual world near to man so that he may
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • The Influence of Luciferic and Ahrimanic Beings on Historical
    • The Influence of Luciferic and Ahrimanic Beings on Historical Development. The clear Perception of the Sensory World and Free Imaginations as the Task of Our Time. Genghis Khan and the Discovery of America
    • work so strongly on the human beings of the Greek civilization that
    • earthly gravity did not exist, but where human beings would dwell with
    • fantasy. It was the hope of the luciferic beings to create a planetary
    • beings would have been born, the earth would have fallen into
    • Now, the luciferic beings would have been unable to achieve anything
    • at all without the help of the ahrimanic beings. In all their
    • Just as the luciferic beings were disappointed in Greece, so were the
    • ahrimanic beings disappointed in Rome and the way it developed. The
    • luciferic beings wanted to lead Grecian souls away from the
    • earth-planet and the ahrimanic beings wanted to contribute their
    • particular form. The ahrimanic beings exerted their strongest efforts
    • in Rome, just as the luciferic beings did in Greece. They calculated
    • been habitable for egoless human beings who would have remained on
    • an age the backward beings cannot work strongly. As yet, we are only
    • which individual human beings are situated in the world process. The
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • Vitzliputzli. He is a human person who, among all these beings who
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • spirit that is ruling and working within these little beings that we
    • What is the nature of this dead element? It is not human beings, that
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • human beings. In this way he would have been of assistance to Lucifer.
    • make men into ego-less beings was frustrated. It was precisely the
    • receive its stamp. But in this same epoch human beings will have to
    • human beings will desire to depart. The attempt, therefore, consisted
    • medical art of a certain character. Such beings are always described
    • beings who only manifested in etheric bodies. The name given to this
    • mechanical contrivances but would have made human beings themselves
    • this fifth epoch is such that the human beings lives in a middle
    • beings in the several regions of the earth are led in different ways
    • beings on earth may be as happy and prosperous as possible. The
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • which the outer world has brought to us. We are really human beings
    • beings, even the so-called thinkers of today in reality only get so
    • human beings and so on. We may perhaps think of much more also; but
    • he has united himself is borne by spiritual Beings, and in these
    • spiritual Beings he gradually comes to recognize the features of that
    • conditions under which these beings of the third Hierarchy live, if,
    • active spiritual beings of light, and so on. It sees in the darkness
    • the spiritual beings active therein. So that we can say: the
    • earth; and we learn how the Beings of the first Hierarchy work. When
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • The Influence of the Luciferic and the Ahrimanic Beings on Man
    • beings.
    • lived super-human beings who were the first great Teachers of
    • These Beings found their way into the moon-existence and
    • only able to see those beings like unto himself, because he can only
    • super-sensible, super-physical beings, but always such as are similar
    • through an Ahrimanic world has in the case of certain human beings a
    • Besides the Beings of the higher Hierarchies whom we
    • with the whole cosmic evolution those Beings who belong to the
    • Luciferic and Ahrimanic kingdoms. These Beings work in the whole
    • Luciferic beings work in such a way that they seek to draw further
    • Luciferic beings work so that they use every opportunity to lift man
    • away from his physical body. The Luciferic beings endeavour to make
    • both of the Luciferic and the Ahrimanic beings. Lucifer seeks to draw
    • of soul and spirit. The Ahrimanic beings on the other hand prefer not
    • Man is on the one hand facing the Beings of the normally
    • The same beings who as the great Teachers brought that
    • life. Why was this necessary? Why did such exalted beings as these
    • Ahrimanic beings their point of attack on the nature of man. The
    • indeed the secret of many human beings that they have within them too
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • than we think we are fashioned as soul-beings by our memories. The
    • alone is taken up during sleep. As regards human beings it is the
    • physiognomy and gesture. With those human beings who express much of
    • the nature-beings.
    • entering into the inner being of nature. We are not beings who only
    • reason those beings whom I have designated as elementary spirits, the
    • those beings into whom we penetrate with our world of gesture; but we
    • also into these Beings. We enter into them. We plunge into the deeds
    • of the Angels through our memories. We enter into the living beings
    • weaving beings of Angels, Archangels and Archai, then from one side
    • there comes another stream of spiritual beings, the second Hierarchy,
    • sat with and amongst other human beings. You sat down and other
    • with these human beings. You have forgotten it long ago but it is
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture IV: The Ephesian Mysteries of Artemis
    Matching lines:
    • human beings who are going through the development between death and
    • beings consisting in heat; beings of heat who, even as early as the
    • happen) that an earthly man were to meet these beings, he could
    • certain time, about the middle of this Saturn period these beings
    • were not merely spiritual beings but they also displayed a physical
    • It would however, be a mistake to suppose that these beings had a
    • as present in the Sun period other beings
    • beings one receives the impression, for instance, that the
    • fundamental things can be experienced in the case of those beings who
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • continents as human beings, and are surrounded by what the earth
    • beings we transfer ourselves through this relationship with the
    • common earth-life. This was the case with all these beings. And out
    • it is connected with those beings who, for the sake of human
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • Thereby it is possible for us human beings to comprehend
    • condensed everything. The chalk became denser, etc. We human beings
    • silica as the plant-beings becoming green and fading away, the
    • These beings themselves mutually answered each other's questions. One
    • being, in this case the animal, puts a question: the other beings, in
    • pain, on the other hand, we as human beings striving after spiritual
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • Those Beings who at that time partly went through their
    • now said as follows: I live wholly in an element with other beings.
    • the primal grace of the Divine Spiritual Beings, which reveals itself
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture X: The Chthonic and the Eleusinian Mysteries
    Matching lines:
    • and that which rules in nature, especially the forces and beings
    • and all the beings which had shared in the previous construction of
    • metal-beings. The corpse has remained of that metal-being which
    • extract of the most ancient holy Mystery-Wisdom. Human beings will,
    • certain human beings in Central Europe. Theophrastus had given his
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture XI: The Secret of Plants, of Metals, and of Men
    Matching lines:
    • the warm air leads one to the Gods, to the Divine Beings in the
    • only been imprisoned in it. In truth, they are beings born of water,
    • and have their real true existence, as beings of water, in a previous
    • peculiar hot climate, and there find human beings who differ
    • One can go over to Asia, and there again find human beings different.
    • For the life of human beings is on account of this
    • They are beings born of the warmth.
    • beings are born of the warmth ether under the influence of the signs
    • developed in the soul the pupil regarded the human beings around him,
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture XII: The Mysteries of the Samothracian Kabiri
    Matching lines:
    • nature was seen directly as the body of divine spiritual beings, who
    • realize that there exists between these two human beings a common
    • planetary bodies they saw each single member of the planetary beings
    • beings revealed themselves to them. This consciousness was awakened
    • divine beings, those Gods who stand there as the Essences, the life
    • and essence of the cosmos. It is the Gods, the Divine Beings, who
    • Gods, those who revealed themselves in the different beings and
    • processes of nature, and the great Gods, who expressed the beings of
    • it was in the heavens that he saw the real beings of substances. It
    • beings can arise. These elements live in every earthly formation.
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture XIII: Transition from the Spirit of the Ancient Mysteries to the Spirit of the Mysteries of the Middle Ages
    Matching lines:
    • asked were gladly answered by divine spiritual beings.
    • Middle Ages. For the spirits of nature, with whom these human beings
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture XIV: Human Soul-Strivings During the Middle Ages the Rosicrucian Mysteries
    Matching lines:
    • beings on the earth and these spiritual beings, these Intelligences
    • the investigators that there formerly existed human beings who stood
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • beings who would understand the contrasts which must be brought forth
    • beings to understand such a thing as this in a really practical sense.
    • We as human beings have our physical bodies, which are heavy just like
    • as automata, certainly not as conscious beings. I have often explained
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • But the moment human beings no longer provide merely for themselves or
    • stands in some relation to other human beings — if only to the
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • prices and values that depend not on the human beings but on the
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • two human beings. The same relationship will also come about if the
    • of by the Spirit of the human beings) will represent a real
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • Associations suitably composed, the human beings who are actually
    • itself, these human beings will find it possible to arrest the
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • past, the Spiritual — or rather, those human beings who work in
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • what happens between human beings is, among other things, the result
    • gone beyond the mastery of human beings. Today we stand before this
    • It must be mastered by human beings, by human beings in
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • own account, and human beings fluctuate up and down according as they
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • beings; it is a compensation for the human mutuality which plays in
    • Labour is divided and distributed, human beings grow dependent on the
    • that there are actually human beings in the economic process — no
    • within it. And this can only happen if human beings are united
    • together — human beings who have the economic process within them
    • once you human beings are good; you must become good.” Think of
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • consumption by all the human beings contained in it. This is the very
    • first premiss: the total consumption by all the human beings
    • there; it is presupposed: the consumption by all the human beings
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • beings, economically speaking, became money. The slaves became money.
    • time, we may say, human beings became money. This is a perfectly
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture XIV
    Matching lines:
    • it is possible for human beings to do, then a different amount will be
    • economic system you are after all always dealing with human beings.
    • products among human beings, and this exchange lives itself out in the
    • beings are in need of free and clear insight into the essentials, for
  • Title: Rosicrucianism/Initiation: Lecture I: Research into the Life of the Spirit During the Middle Ages
    Matching lines:
    • speak of the spiritual Beings, the so-called
    • as of beings one actually meets in life. The people of
    • happened that in this or that enactment they met spiritual Beings,
    • called up, to begin with, of the Beings who may be designated as the
    • Beings of the First Hierarchy: Seraphim, Cherubim, Thrones.
    • The Seraphim would have been characterised as Beings with whom there
    • the same, Beings who would not say: Outside me are things —
    • Beings know only of themselves, and this knowledge of
    • is Beings: in the midst the Thrones; in the circumference
    • essential Being, Beings who move and weave into one another, do,
    • by Beings of the First Hierarchy did verily once take place in the
    • merely the expression of the fact that the Beings are there.
    • Beings are there.
    • must Seraphim, Cherubim and Thrones be there; if the Beings are not
    • Beings of the Second Hierarchy, Kyriotetes, Dynamis,
    • Exusiai, Beings that had been generated by the Seraphim, Cherubim
    • warmth. Thither entered younger, cosmically younger Beings. And how
    • did these cosmically younger Beings work? Whereas the Cherubim,
    • Beings of the second Hierarchy form themselves in the Element of
    • that it is in very deed and truth Beings who thus press their
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Rosicrucianism/Initiation: Lecture II: Hidden Centres of the Mysteries in the Middle Ages
    Matching lines:
    • work, the creation of divine-spiritual Beings. When one looks at what
    • divine-spiritual Beings. But man cannot come through to these
    • spiritual Beings. The pupil, who was a young man somewhere between 25
    • last really spoken to me through her beings; now a moment has been
    • of actually having intercourse with the Beings of the spiritual
  • Title: Rosicrucianism/Initiation: Lecture III: The Time of Transition
    Matching lines:
    • And certain Beings of the
    • the human beings in the world. And when one descends deep down into
  • Title: Rosicrucianism/Initiation: Lecture IV: The Relationship of Earthly Man to the Sun
    Matching lines:
    • Beings of quite definite character and kind.
    • Beings, to whom one could look up with the eye of the soul, when one
    • that the Beings who are united with the single stars are the Beings
    • particular star. And such Beings he called: the Intelligence of the
    • the same time, hindering Beings work from the star, Beings who
    • star and also into it; and these Beings he called Demons of
  • Title: Rosicrucianism/Initiation: Lecture VI: The Tasks of the Michael Age
    Matching lines:
    • the nineteenth century, and into which human beings will have to
    • the thirteenth or fourteenth century. Then human beings began to
    • already there. As human beings we must find our humanity again in the
    • For other beings of
  • Title: Michael Meditation: The Festivals and their Meaning: IV Michaelmas
    Matching lines:
    • Ye, the radiant Beings of Æther-Worlds,
  • Title: Lecture: Michaelmas IV: A Michael Lecture
    Matching lines:
    • human beings will have to enter with increasing consciousness, is
    • the 13th or 14th century. Then human beings began to write in the
    • against what is already there. As human beings we must find our
    • Other beings of the
  • Title: Lecture: Festivals and The Mysteries. The Adonis Mystery. The Easter Thought
    Matching lines:
    • Easter is felt by large numbers of human beings as a festival
    • human beings saw in the image the actual and present God — the
    • spiritual Beings. Henceforth he was allowed to see the world —
    • took place with chosen human beings in the Mysteries. Indeed the cult
    • thousands and thousands of years, human beings have been led through
    • beings, was undergone even in the body by a Being who descended from
    • Earth a sacred deed to which human beings might henceforth turn their
    • For how did it really appear to the human beings in the centuries
    • For all human beings there now exists what existed hitherto only for
  • Title: Lecture: Moon-birth and Sun-birth. Necessity and Freedom. Stages of the Ancient
    Matching lines:
    • Beings in the Moon — belonged really to a later period. The
    • said of the great majority of human beings — and it was
    • the Sun that we, as human beings upon Earth, are able to make anything
    • ways in certain plants upon the Earth, and in other earthly beings and
    • beings looking upward to the Sun — this in their own down-pouring
    • taken place. It was the same transformation which all human beings had
    • the stars, spiritual Beings live. They can be known only if one has
  • Title: Lecture: The Moon-secret Spring and Autumn mysteries
    Matching lines:
    • infinite multiplicity of spiritual beings who express themselves in
    • All the multitude of spiritual beings who live in the stars are
    • The Moon itself in fact contains a multitude of spiritual beings.
    • into cosmic space. There were also those Beings who lived in ancient
    • the Beings who were the primeval Teachers of mankind. These too
    • a unity but a multiplicity of Beings.
    • the Beings who inhabit it look out into the universe around. If I may
    • express myself pictorially I would say: the spiritual Beings of the
    • arrived at by the Beings in the Moon who, living as it were within the
    • deeds of the Moon Beings were determined accordingly. They not only
    • fashioned on the Moon when the Moon Beings look out upon the other
    • Beings of the Planetary system. You owe to what the Moon receives from
    • the fact of the Moon Beings turning their gaze to Mars man receives
    • fact that the Moon Beings can turn their gaze to Mercury, man can
    • mysteries of speech by letting the Moon Beings tell us the
    • Moon Beings into their Mercury experiences we receive from the faculty
    • of wisdom. This we receive through the experiences of the Moon Beings
    • of the Moon Beings with Venus. And what they experience by observing
    • Beings who observed Jupiter. When he was initiated in this way man was
    • his visit to the Moon Beings. He knew that he had taken leave of his
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Mysteries of Ephesus The Aristotelian Categories
    Matching lines:
    • the ancient Mysteries. For a period of time human beings had to stand
    • number of human beings have passed through incarnations in which the
    • once again, human beings will indeed evolve in time what in their dim
    • human beings themselves are the most important factor in the
    • But the human beings of every age live in a particular environment.
    • mankind to carry from one age into another what human beings
    • and minds be impressed by the part which human beings took in such a
  • Title: Significant Facts: Lecture I: A Convulsive Element in Humanity in the Nineteenth Century
    Matching lines:
    • Polish poet was trying to depict the relations of the beings
    • humanity in the future? Must human beings go to pieces physically if
  • Title: Significant Facts: Lecture II: Ancient Occult Magic. The Ahasver Mystery.
    Matching lines:
    • man; they are Ego-less human beings who, because they cannot take the
    • those human beings who have, it is true, acquired the Ego but have
    • were allowed by the normal, progressive spiritual Beings to work in
    • Now we know that there are spiritual Beings actually
    • and Luciferic beings, we can now understand better what is called the
    • Spiritual Beings who had not completed their full development during
    • primitive state. What was subsequently developed by human beings
    • that had been developed for them by the progressive spiritual Beings
    • be explained? It is explained by the fact that Beings who had not
    • otherwise would have been utterly primitive. The spiritual Beings who
    • knowledge. You can imagine what such Beings in human bodies were
    • capable of accomplishing, — Beings who at a level higher than
    • enhanced in these descendants. The Beings whose development had not
    • intensified, enhanced. These higher Beings working in human bodies
    • such Beings in human form, who, if they wished some individuality
    • the Akasha Chronicle,” because Beings surviving from the Old
    • from the knowledge that the incarnating Moon-Beings were united with
    • figures of Moon-Beings incarnated in human bodies. But in Tibet this
    • you have heard, these Beings were actually present in bodies, and if
    • with spiritual Beings — and showed that substances to be found
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Significant Facts: Lecture III: The Tragic Wrestling with Knowledge. The Secrets of the Future Sixth Cultural Period.
    Matching lines:
    • incarnations. Human beings will all be very different, but each will
    • beings, first of all the Christ in an etheric form and after that
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • affect human beings, and for which normal human functions are not in
    • beings, where the weight of the jaws recede and the arms and finger
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • different in individual human beings, but nevertheless it governs and
    • any highly tuberculous individual affects his fellow beings: and if
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • importance for the evolution of the extra-human beings, and especially
    • destroy it. In so far as we are human beings we have gone further than
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • unwelcome. Where the treatment of human beings is in question in the
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • calls for the real beings, etheric beings, which, however in contrast to
    • generation of light in normal human beings. This internal generation
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • physics or of chemistry. And we, as men and as earthly beings, are
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XIV
    Matching lines:
    • We human beings carry with us through life, a framework imprinted into
    • never put on fat. In these cases you see before you human beings in
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XVI
    Matching lines:
    • we are to be human beings. We require constant dosage with fluorine in
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XIX
    Matching lines:
    • in man, so that in normal conditions human beings draw the antimonising
    • vantage as the higher beings of the realms above the vegetable. The
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • to some slight degree, in the majority of human beings. We shall have
    • one day a civilisation were to arise that confined human beings in
    • What would be the result? These human beings would of course by such
    • born defective. Those human beings who live shut off from the world
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • treatment of abnormal human beings is concerned, the law is a
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • to the fact that we human beings, as we go about on the earth, are
    • descend to earth to become physical human beings, bringing with us
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • belief that there is a fixed boundary dividing human beings into
    • human beings. One must not do that — not in our time! We should
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • We have now before us two beings that are the direct polar opposite
    • opposite beings — mediated by the middle part of our organism,
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • conversations with it just as one does with one's fellow beings,
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • excitability. Man has developed as far as the ego, but beings of
    • belongs to human beings in the world. In this connection, you must
    • simply characteristic qualities. There are good beings and there are
    • bad beings. As little as you can say of a lion that he ought, or
    • solely within the organisation of man and where human beings are
    • not a true and full picture of the situation. Human beings, we say,
    • beings with whom we humans have to do, come only as far as the ego
    • necessarily brought into contact with beings who attain to the
    • spirit-self, beings who are further on in evolution than man. If we
    • to have life, then we must appeal not only to the human beings who
    • are congregated there in our school, but also to spiritual beings who
    • are more highly developed than man, spiritual beings who show quite
    • class of such beings, namely, the beings to whom we give the name of
    • “Genius of Language”. Were it left to the human beings
    • enters into man, wherein beings live whose whole life bears
    • bears the stamp of the ego organisation. These beings inspire us;
    • Eurythmy — think how we appeal there to what these beings can
    • those spiritual beings who are of the same kind as the Genius of
    • spiritual beings are verily present among us. Say, we come into the
    • a proof that we are connected with the spiritual beings who bear
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • human beings. There was however somewhere in the antecedents —
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 11
    Matching lines:
    • that the human beings themselves are constantly affording us new and
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 12
    Matching lines:
    • with beings who live in the spirit. More and more does our
  • Title: Lecture: The Cycle of the Year: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • You know that the Earth, with all the beings belonging to it —
  • Title: Lecture: The Cycle of the Year: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • Human beings saw the Christ arise in their realm. The Gods saw the
    • men the Christ appeared; for certain spiritual beings He vanished.
    • certain extraterrestrial spiritual beings, now shining out to them
    • into the spiritual world. Spiritual beings mark the Mystery of
    • these spiritual beings stopped short at the gates of hell. These
    • spiritual beings worked upon man. The forces of man extend even into
    • of these Ahrimanic forces in the spring. The divine spiritual beings
  • Title: Lecture: The Cycle of the Year: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • It means that certain elemental beings which are just as much in the
    • soul in those regions in which it is spring. These beings float and
    • general earthly soul element. We see countless elemental beings in
    • elemental beings are within the soul element of the Earth, where they
    • individuality, flying and floating about as individual beings. During
    • by so doing these elemental beings lose their consciousness to a
    • animals sleep in the winter; these elemental beings sleep in summer.
    • them already as separate beings again.
    • Man needs these elemental beings... This is not in his consciousness,
    • beings with himself, if at a certain festival time — it would
    • beings can so unite ourselves with the cosmic course that we are in a
  • Title: Lecture: The Cycle of the Year: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • festival, if I may call it by the modern name. Human beings sent this
  • Title: Lecture: The Cycle of the Year: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • they thought of themselves as dwelling in their beings altogether in
    • and live spiritual messengers through whom the higher divine beings
    • impulses. But at night, when the higher spiritual beings withdraw, the
    • of elemental beings were also active there who revealed themselves to
    • elemental beings, but they looked for it outside themselves. They
  • Title: Lecture I: The Balance in the World and Man, Lucifer and Ahriman
    Matching lines:
    • similar in some respects to that of sleep. As beings of
    • more common in human beings as evolution leads on into the future.
    • physical body is an experience that will arise in human beings more
    • become too small. The more human beings are led by materialism to
    • impoverished ether-forces, in contrast to those human beings who are
    • external happenings and more as a description of what human beings
  • Title: Lecture II: The Balance in the World and Man, Lucifer and Ahriman
    Matching lines:
    • We are accustomed to speak of ourselves as beings of space, and we are
    • right; as human beings we are spatial beings. When, however, we come
    • beings. Otherwise we would not be I- or Ego-men at all. If, for
    • beings who are involved in a Group Soul. To be an Ego-being we must
    • in space, we are only in this surface, this plane. We are not beings
    • extended in space, we are surface beings, that come about through the
    • We men are thus in reality surface beings wedged between two entities
    • We human beings are creatures of the beings of the higher hierarchies,
    • working. We are beings of surface between left and right because the
    • higher beings have made us so and placed us so into space. It is they,
    • their strife at close quarters.” We human beings have thus been placed
    • that as beings of thought we are actually only surface beings, whilst
  • Title: Lecture III: The Balance in the World and Man, Lucifer and Ahriman
    Matching lines:
    • different beings with this name.” Of course the true answer is that
    • body of man. We human beings are as it were ourselves the resultant of
    • an impulse laid upon him by the Beings of the higher Hierarchies. And
  • Title: Lecture I: Nutrition and Health
    Matching lines:
    • in animals and human beings from what it is in plants. Plants contain
    • the earth either if human beings were not here! So, gentlemen, we
    • poisoned by the carbon dioxide coming from the human beings and
    • they take in the carbon dioxide that human beings and animals exhale.
    • Plants are just as greedy for the carbon dioxide as human beings are
    • the oxygen is breathed out by the plant. Human beings and animals get
    • nature has made, that plants and animals and human beings should
    • Now a question might be raised. You see, human beings have come in the
    • cooking it for them first! But human beings have come of themselves to
    • You can see what a good instinct human beings have had for these
  • Title: Lecture II: Nutrition and Health
    Matching lines:
    • and their white hands. Human beings have a lively, healthy color when
    • weakest human beings are those living in regions where almost nothing
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement: Lecture One: The Homeless Souls
    Matching lines:
    • these paths on which human beings are seeking to realize themselves;
    • after death human beings enter a region where they become
    • consist of working together with the beings of the higher
    • human beings unite on a soul level with the generations at the end of
    • speak: the spiritual world accepted as self-evident, and human beings
    • beings within the spiritual world. I was involved and came to know
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement: Lecture Two: The Unveiling of Spiritual Truths
    Matching lines:
    • Those who were engaged in such a search also included human beings
    • was based on very generalized ideas about the nature of human beings,
    • human beings and human behaviour.
    • very hard as individual human beings. But as a society it hardly
    • human beings develop an awareness that their innermost being is not
    • human beings to speak, for that leads to a theocentric perspective.
    • You see, human beings want a philosophical framework which will
    • to the question: When human beings go beyond mere sensory existence,
    • God in human beings who is thinking, but human beings themselves,
    • else. That is the sum total of the things which human beings can know
    • general feeling that there were human beings in earlier times who
    • ideas of their time about human beings, the cosmos and so on to their
    • beings develop in early life in a way which makes physical
    • human beings could be born with the facility to remember what they
    • human beings are now being born who can recall personally what we
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement: Lecture Three: The Opposition to Spiritual Revelations
    Matching lines:
    • beings participate in the spiritual life as discerning individuals
    • within human beings by some particularly characteristic physical
    • minor stimulus to provoke in human beings tremendous visions of
    • beings to rise to the surface of consciousness.
    • completely devoid of it. They most certainly do not lead human beings
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement: Lecture Four: Spiritual Truths and the Physical World
    Matching lines:
    • She was able to speak of spiritual beings and spiritual processes
    • in the same way that one normally speaks of the beings and processes
    • everything which human beings believe, which they consider to be
    • human beings begin to experience the drive to understand everything
    • Thus, the majority of human beings today are introduced to
    • wants to speak about Christ. Modern human beings did not have the
    • spiritual beings in a spiritual world has disappeared. The world
    • Human beings today are affected in two ways. They can have the
    • The other effect which lives in human beings is a vague feeling
    • Why do human beings in our modern age feel the urge to investigate
    • by her. Human beings were part of a social community which was in
    • Compare that with modern human beings. They are placed in a social
    • This is the fear which lives in modern human beings, the fear that
    • straddling the ages as human beings, making them stronger than the
    • deep-seated, almost will-like, inner feeling of human beings had to
    • certain section of mankind were to learn that human beings live more
    • processes there are beings in the world like themselves, spiritual
    • beings. It was Blavatsky who initially presented this to the world.
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement: Lecture Five: The Decline of the Theosophical Society
    Matching lines:
    • initially encountered by human beings in a hidden way could be
    • the Theosophical Society to describe how human beings went through
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement: Lecture Eight: Responsibility to Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • material, you will see that its essential point is that human beings
    • spiritual beings, not mere abstract concepts, have to be grasped if
    • In those ancient times in which human beings had access to the divine
    • beings an extension of what they perceived as the divine spiritual
    • The same divine spirit penetrated human beings, who received their
    • not a great deal of use to human beings. People simply fail to
    • away when they want to relate to them as human beings.
    • anthroposophy represents what human beings want to develop from
    • It had to be shown where the divine is located in human beings,
    • which human beings are connected in their innermost being.
    • principle within human beings in their capacity as individuals. That
    • Let us assume that we have human beings here. It is rather a
    • primitive sketch but it will do. Human beings are connected with the
    • observing the inner selves of all human beings in combination, we are
    • evolution of physical beings with a certain consistency. That had to
    • beings are at work in such experimentation. The scientist goes to the
    • he has learnt. But a whole group of spiritual beings are working
    • beings are permeated more thoroughly by their astral bodies. The
    • occurs more strongly in human beings in temperate zones. People in
    • Human beings
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Art/Mystery Wisdom: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • referred to. We human beings do not only sleep at night. We
    • well-being belonging to the elemental spiritual beings that
    • elemental spiritual beings. When we plunder nature we squeeze
    • spiritual beings into the things we construct.
    • we make is by no means without its spiritual beings. In
    • beings, but these spiritual beings that we conjure into our
    • machines are beings belonging to the ahrimanic hierarchy.
    • being filled with ahrimanic beings in the course of modern
    • spiritual beings that he needs for his salvation, the
    • ‘rightful’ spiritual beings of the hierarchies
    • present time is that human beings do not sleep and dream
    • human beings have progressed a stage, this progress is always
    • spiritual beings. Spiritual beings live and are active in
    • beings pour into these words. During human conversations
    • spiritual beings fly about the room on the wings of the
    • this, because nowadays human beings really only live in the
    • the spiritual beings that guide this evolution.
  • Title: Art/Mystery Wisdom: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • utter rigidity, if the beings of the higher hierarchies did
    • beings, as possessors of an astral body: what is our nature
    • in this respect? As astral beings we have been created out of
    • astral beings we are musically connected with the cosmos. We
    • cosmos that has brought us into existence as astral beings
  • Title: Art/Mystery Wisdom: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • its beings and as the rest of the cosmos has been coming into
    • the other beings belonging to the higher hierarchies.
    • beings on earth and for the whole of future humanity.
    • multiplicity and dissolve into all the beings out of which
    • wandering through the beings of the cosmos, becoming akin to
    • yourself, beings reposing in the wide expanses of the divine
    • instrument, a tool through which the spiritual beings speak;
    • he becomes the larynx of the divine spiritual beings, he
    • significantly stimulated when human beings begin to engage in
    • no longer be experienced by human beings as it is today, but
    • what the soul must feel will cause human beings to go through
    • participation in the destinies of all those beings who take
    • science is to become for human beings. Spiritual science must
    • their ego beings completely and only to express the laws of
    • we must inevitably make the acquaintance of those beings
    • spiritual science, that one day, when human beings immerse
    • will and purpose of human beings, and if personal matters
  • Title: Art/Mystery Wisdom: Lecture Four
    Matching lines:
    • that just as there are beings below the human level, there
    • are also beings above the human stage of thinking, feeling
    • beings when, as microcosm, he immerses himself in the
    • you know their true nature, where beings exist that have a
    • ourselves relate to the beings of the higher hierarchies in
    • plants, animals and human beings. And we must feel their
    • sheltering protection when we say, ‘The beings of the
    • These beings of the higher hierarchies take hold of us with
    • sleep these beings of the higher hierarchies experienced what
    • the beings of the earth spirit were experiencing (these are,
    • is a host of spiritual beings of the higher hierarchies, into
    • beings of the higher hierarchies who can reveal themselves to
    • not imagine that you can approach spiritual beings in the
    • the spiritual beings. You yourself must live as a universal
    • spiritual world the beings of the higher hierarchies are
    • is nonsense, human beings will find no guidance in these
    • beings we can only find one another in life if we seek the
  • Title: Art/Mystery Wisdom: Lecture Five
    Matching lines:
    • Human beings
    • beings who belong especially to our earth process felt, when
    • beings were far less illiterate in the spirit. But this must
  • Title: Art/Mystery Wisdom: Lecture Seven
    Matching lines:
    • FUTURE JUPITER AND ITS BEINGS
    • beings that reaches a certain stage of development, received
    • period; that is, all the beings that are at a certain level
    • evolution, beings are being prepared to attain their human
    • Archai were involved in the development of human beings, and
    • therefore an obvious question is whether human beings, during
    • beings who will reach their human level during the Jupiter
    • could either help, or omit to help, the beings who might
    • beings to arise through our deeds?’ We must of course
    • question concerning the beings who will reach the human level
    • the breath reminds one of beings that do not exist on earth
    • at all as yet. These beings are a preparation for the ones
    • future, for these beings are the first advance shadow images
    • of the beings who will reach the human level on Jupiter.
    • of spiritual life to know that Jupiter human beings of the
    • earthly human beings also contains the first germinal
    • beginnings of the beings who will become human on Jupiter.
    • But Jupiter human beings can only arise from the kind of
    • creation of Jupiter human beings, if we do not act in a moral
    • behaviour and the spiritual beings — spiritual in so
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Art/Mystery Wisdom: Lecture Eight
    Matching lines:
    • We get closest to this if we do what human beings
    • beings of the higher hierarchies, whereby one truly lifts
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • beings. He goes on to consider a wide range of questions about Chinese
    • human beings but were tiny beetles crawling about on a decaying
    • corpse and could think like human beings, we would regard the bones
    • could be no human being. Human beings are parasites, as it were, on
    • further, there was even a great number of cosmic beings animating the
    • bones; we human beings have marrow-filled bones, very different from
    • earlier air-like bird-beings transformed in such a way as to become
    • fishlike — because of the water. To the bird-like beings were
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • beings. He goes on to consider a wide range of questions about Chinese
    • will have to say: Well, beings such as we have today could not have
    • human beings in their present form, would have sunk — nor could
    • are alive too. It was one life, and the various beings lived in a
    • beings of the dense air and those of the dense fluid, between the
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • beings. He goes on to consider a wide range of questions about Chinese
    • each summer joined on to the one before. We human beings are
    • complement each other! We human beings need the oxygen out of the
    • I spoke last time, the bird-like beings and the heavy, coarse
    • animal-beings, breathed out this poisonous acid, and the plants
    • next to him, they are both human beings; they stand beside each
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • beings. He goes on to consider a wide range of questions about Chinese
    • then did human beings ever arrive on this earth at all?
    • perfected themselves and became human beings. That is the view
    • so very long ago, 10,000 to 15,000 years, human beings must, of
    • today's human beings.
    • beings could have had only soft cartilage, like sharks. Also they
    • jelly-like beings. And the further we go back in earth evolution, the
    • beings half man, half fish, that one could — after all —
    • man-like beings who were left behind, are man's ancestors. They are
    • say: Yes, but earlier human beings were far less perfect than they
    • But the beings who were once men with a soft structure, soft bodies,
    • far back and have found human beings who really consisted only of
    • matter. We present human beings can do this only with the softest
    • this gas through its own forces formed itself into the human beings
    • where there is sea today there was land. The human beings who lived
    • farmers, shepherds did human beings develop history. That is where we
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • beings. He goes on to consider a wide range of questions about Chinese
    • Indian culture, for instance — veneration for beings who are
    • invisible but who seem to resemble human beings on earth. It is the
    • invisible beings as manlike.
    • growth of the plants is different and human beings have to live in a
    • Inasmuch as human beings still retain something of the
    • only later to mankind. Human beings in that early China thought only
    • beings as the Indians thought of them, you see them represented with
    • human beings are conscious of their bodies only in those organs that
    • upon us. We experience ourselves as upright human beings when we walk
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • beings. He goes on to consider a wide range of questions about Chinese
    • greatly it differs in animals and human beings from what it is in
    • could not live on the earth either if human beings were not here! So,
    • coming from the human beings and animals. For this evolution has been
    • human beings and animals exhale. Plants are just as greedy for the
    • carbon dioxide as human beings are for oxygen.
    • the plant, and the oxygen is breathed out by the plant. Human beings
    • human beings should complement one another in this way! They
    • Now a question might be raised. You see, human beings
    • beings have come of themselves to cooking the grains. And now,
    • You can see what a good instinct human beings have had
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • beings. He goes on to consider a wide range of questions about Chinese
    • between their faces and their white hands. Human beings have a
    • introduced. And the weakest human beings are those living in regions
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • beings. He goes on to consider a wide range of questions about Chinese
    • beings lived in earlier times. As you know, even from a superficial
    • Now it is characteristic of human beings to forget
    • that human beings were originally like the savages of today. The
    • We are descended from those apes. Ah! but when human beings had their
    • present savages have fallen from the level of the human beings of
    • primeval times, so the apes are beings who have fallen still lower.
    • find human beings formed in the way I described here recently, out of
    • a soft element-not out of our present animals. Human beings can never
    • certain human beings to have an ape-like nature in the future, but
    • not yet in existence. The apes themselves are degenerate beings; they
    • used for clothes. Human beings were late in acquiring the intellect
    • By whom, then? Not by human beings at all, but by wasps! Just look at
    • beings arrived at it through their intellect.
    • human beings of those ancient times devised and organized out of
    • particularly by the human beings living in Atlantean times when there
    • people are right who contend that human beings have arisen from
    • human beings had spirit without intellect; then the spirit gradually
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • beings. He goes on to consider a wide range of questions about Chinese
    • the different races of human beings must have acquired their smell.
    • beings. Also, we must not forget, minerals have different odors. Now
    • belonging to the different beings of nature are related to the origin
    • of these beings.
    • beings, therefore, are sensitive to smells in different ways. This
    • delicate sense of smell than human beings. And you know to what use
    • Such beings do exist. There are beings that can actually
    • a soul like human beings. That, of course, is nonsense. I spoke about
    • organ. Poor human being! He has everything that the beings of outer
    • everything from the start. Human beings, having one-sidedly developed
    • finally human beings would be utterly incapacitated, going about with
    • beings would someday be no more than round heads rolling around the
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • beings. He goes on to consider a wide range of questions about Chinese
    • beings become fully grown? When do we stop in the process of our
    • epoch and therefore also has upon it those living beings, those
    • animal beings which the earth had upon it at that time. And “human
    • beings” on Mars are as they were on the earth at that time —
    • human beings with our coarse noses do not smell it.
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • beings. He goes on to consider a wide range of questions about Chinese
    • human beings. And so in earlier times the changes that come about
    • that were not tethered ran away quickly. Human beings stayed where
    • advance. Human beings with their crude noses and other crude senses
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • beings. He goes on to consider a wide range of questions about Chinese
    • fled because they already scented what was coming; human beings are
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture XIII
    Matching lines:
    • beings. He goes on to consider a wide range of questions about Chinese
    • it alleviates nervous troubles in human beings.
    • indeed depends. And then human beings will find their right place in
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture XIV
    Matching lines:
    • beings. He goes on to consider a wide range of questions about Chinese
    • among the human beings who lived during those primeval earth
    • beings who do not live in actual need — shall we say, the
    • prefer the needs of all human beings to be satisfied. Obviously, that
    • human beings were unintelligent, dull, and that now they are
    • beings possessed a knowledge not only of what was on the earth but
    • could also conceivably be 1/18-of-a-minute beings! (For the length of
  • Title: On the Development of Human Culture: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • for beings who are invisible but yet seem to resemble human beings on
    • represent invisible beings anthropomorphically.
    • beings have to live in a different way. But the sun is
    • Inasmuch as human beings
    • beings in China at that time thought in their own way in pictures;
    • spiritual beings of the Indians, as the Indians have thought of them,
    • order. Human beings today are conscious of their bodies only in those
  • Title: On the Development of Human Culture: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • characteristic of human beings to forget easily. Just think how
    • justified in thinking that human beings were originally like the
    • all very well but when human beings had this animal form, there were
    • present savages have fallen from the level of the human beings
    • of primeval times, so the apes are beings who have fallen still
    • human beings formed in the way I described here a short while ago,
    • beings have never arisen from the kind of apes we now have. On the
    • possible for certain human beings to become of an ape-like nature in
    • clothes. Human beings were late in acquiring intellect which was
    • human beings at all, but by wasps! Look at any wasps' nest you find
    • years ago, long before human beings arrived at it by means of their
    • knowledge of it we come to respect what the human beings of those
    • Spirit” who was venerated particularly by the human beings
    • imagine human beings to have arisen from animal forms; well, so
    • these came into being later, when human beings were already in
    • it. To begin with, human beings had spirit without intellect; then
  • Title: Nine Lectures on Bees: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • Queen, the bees are actually beings which, as I would like to put it,
  • Title: Nine Lectures on Bees: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • grow into independent beings because Nature encloses them on all
  • Title: Nine Lectures on Bees: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • such metals play a certain part in the life of man. As human beings
  • Title: Nine Lectures on Bees: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • human beings that certain things were not much noticed formerly,
  • Title: Nine Lectures on Bees: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • Naturally, as human beings, when we see the bee, we say; the bees
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • philosophy sounding everywhere today. Almost all human beings
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • style in the social evaluation of human beings. And the end-result is
    • publisher, if the publisher is generous from the time he beings to
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • consideration of how human beings have gradually come into the
    • free. The human beings who stand within it must experience this
  • Title: The Development of Thought from the 4th to the 19th Century - 1
    Matching lines:
    • firm belief that it is possible to convince human beings when one's
    • exist in human beings. And so we find the old sacerdotal methods in
    • possible to convince human beings. I will organise their class instincts
    • certain Divine Beings. Experiments with the processes of nature must
  • Title: The Development of Thought from the 4th to the 19th Century - 2
    Matching lines:
    • developed a magical life. Everywhere human beings had premonitions,
  • Title: Boundaries of Natural Science: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • to human beings of all stations and classes an existence that seems
    • human beings could do than what we have done for the last fifty years,
    • without thoughts! But we cannot: to the extent that we are human beings
    • and wish to remain human beings we cannot. If we wish to comprehend
    • only thereby do we become conscious human beings. Just as each morning
  • Title: Boundaries of Natural Science: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • them. As human beings we stand outside tone, color, warmth, etc. This
  • Title: Boundaries of Natural Science: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • as human beings we are suspended in the web of existence according to
  • Title: Boundaries of Natural Science: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • One discovers that human beings certainly can speak instinctively of
  • Title: Boundaries of Natural Science: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • contours of beings. Within this universal spiritual speech that one
    • initially encounters there emerge individual spiritual beings, in the
    • exemplified quite clearly in certain individuals. Human beings seek to
    • speech of spiritual beings through Inspiration.
    • self-progression of evolving beings he loses the content, because he
  • Title: Boundaries of Natural Science: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • we observe already very clearly in the souls of human beings today,
    • in extremely prominent individuals. How human beings strove in the later
    • centuries to see how human beings strove to understand what capital
    • beings strove to understand in concepts has passed over into frightful
    • definition of “commodity”! Human beings strove to bring
    • always exist in the interaction between a number of human beings and
    • beings, of association. Commodities must be understood in terms of
    • of “commodity,” that human beings must share before there
    • If human beings would
    • we do here make human beings mature enough that they can go forth from
  • Title: Boundaries of Natural Science: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • beings, we must traverse the path that leads us into the external world
    • with other human beings.
    • beings in our environment and govern our interaction with them. These
    • are introduced into social life among other human beings by the possession
    • human beings but into the spiritual world. And if, through these mantras,
    • spiritual beings who surround us, just as we are surrounded by the entities
    • beings of the West, chiefly value, then we do not assimilate the essence
    • world. Human beings who are constitutionally suited for a later epoch
  • Title: Boundaries of Natural Science: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • fashion us between birth and death into what we are as human beings.
    • social contact with other human beings. In everyday physical existence
    • sense the spatial orientation appropriate to us as human beings and
    • were otherwise we could never in this physical life become social beings
  • Title: Anthro Medical Therapy: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • beings we live on the earth where there are silica processes
    • and limestone processes. We would not be human beings if
    • these processes permeated us. We are human beings through
    • — and other organic beings — in conditions of
  • Title: Anthro Medical Therapy: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • leave out of account because the majority of human beings can
    • life-giving element in all organic beings.
    • pathological conditions in human beings.
    • could not be human beings. The state of illness is only a
    • human beings, as I have shown. With animals, not having to
  • Title: Anthro Medical Therapy: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • curve. As human beings we are compelled in later life to
  • Title: The Building at Dornach: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • to gaze deeply into the configuration of the beings of the
    • nature of beings and things which are then described from the
    • natural development of living beings, from the simplest to
    • forward. The dome or cupola is to show how human beings, how
  • Title: The Building at Dornach: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • us as qualities of the beings in outer Nature. When our
  • Title: Ways/Architecture: Lecture I: The Acanthus Leaf
    Matching lines:
    • represents the joining together of a number of human beings
    • seats with spectators; certain human beings are now to pass
  • Title: Ways/Architecture: Lecture II: The House of Speech
    Matching lines:
    • than insignificant human beings! The highest we can create
    • we shall feel, ‘Ah, if only all human beings could be
    • — if we have any desire to exclude other human beings?
    • with their fellow beings. Peace and harmony will pour into
    • Human beings
    • the sanctuary of the God. Human beings may live for miles
    • Human beings are not necessarily within the Temple; they live
    • occupations of the human beings who live on the land. Service
    • on the land and in the pursuits of human beings living around
    • beings are still at one with the earth which the Gods have
    • these forms we see the art of human beings who have
    • architecture this labour of human beings unites itself with
    • human beings and animals moving upon it, but they do not
    • human beings on the earth, that is to say, immediately on the
  • Title: Ways/Architecture: Lecture IV: True Aesthetic Laws of Form
    Matching lines:
    • content of these various heavenly bodies. Beings have their
    • only so, but they send forth their workings. Higher beings
    • inhabit the heavenly bodies for long ages; subordinate beings
    • are often nothing less than the beings who are sent forth by
    • certain elementary or higher beings from one cosmic body to
    • a swarm of spiritual beings passing from one heavenly body to
    • the fact that here we have to do with hosts of beings passing
    • to and fro. We can see such a stream of spiritual beings
    • of hosts of spiritual beings who are flowing around and
    • these beings always return to the Sun after having passed
    • hand the beings return into the fourth chamber in the Sun
    • formed because certain beings do not take part in the
    • living beings is contrived in accordance with expediency?
    • flowing sea of colour. As human beings we have the advantage
    • from the reason which causes human beings in the same region
    • Beings are hovering up and down between the sun and
  • Title: Ways/Architecture: Lecture V: The Creative World of Colour
    Matching lines:
    • In a certain sense all human beings are
    • are spectral beings to the horse. If animals could speak in
    • existence as human beings are able to sustain us, if we seek
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • philosophy sounding everywhere today. Almost all human beings
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 1: Introduction to the Eurythmy Performance
    Matching lines:
    • have that scale which human beings have to reascend, from
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 3: Rudolf Steiner's Opening Lecture and Reading of the Statutes
    Matching lines:
    • details is a service to the divine beings, a service to God.
    • beings.
    • other association of human beings in the earthly world of
    • human beings stand here on earth.
    • that a Goetheanum exists, that human beings are connected
    • with this Goetheanum, and that these human beings do certain
    • but on human beings, on those human beings who are gathered
    • beings.
    • that the results can be understood by all human beings who
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 4: The Laying of the Foundation Stone
    Matching lines:
    • May human beings hear it.
    • May human beings hear it.
    • May human beings hear it.
    • you found here a true community of human beings for
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 5: The Foundation Meeting, 25 December, 11.15 a.m.
    Matching lines:
    • beneficial source may become accessible to all human beings
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 8: Continuation of the Foundation Meeting, 27 December, 10 a.m.
    Matching lines:
    • human beings. You see these people sitting here in front of
    • Society is formed, humanly formed. Human beings are joining
    • other human beings. Human beings are not declaring their
    • principle. Instead we have before us human beings who hold
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 9: Continuation of the Foundation Meeting, 28 December, 10 a.m.
    Matching lines:
    • mind. But it cannot be avoided. For just as human beings
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 12: Continuation of the Foundation Meeting, 29 December, 10 a.m.
    Matching lines:
    • we have here the voices heard coming from beings who pray for
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 13: Continuation of the Foundation Meeting, 30 December, 10 a.m.
    Matching lines:
    • with human beings and not with schedules. Let everything
    • human relationship with human beings and out of these human
    • human way to other human beings. Now, Herr Steffen, please
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 14: Meeting of practising doctors, 31 December 1923 at 8.30 in the morning
    Matching lines:
    • May human beings hear it!
    • May human beings hear it!
    • human beings need in order to live or the development of
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 17: The Envy of the Gods - The Envy of Human Beings
    Matching lines:
    • The Envy of the Gods - The Envy of Human Beings
    • of Human Beings
    • human beings set up an abode where we gods can find those
    • human beings who bring us offerings and who understand us in
    • Mystery centres gods and human beings encountered one another
    • beings.
    • divine spiritual beings who are so closely linked with
    • journey through the ages, those beings we sense in the
    • those divine spiritual beings cannot become envious. Yet in
    • beings that human beings were being drawn ever closer to the
    • mankind is only possible if human beings realize that there
    • are gods, that is super-sensible beings, who are envious of
    • that time took place between gods and human beings. Now, in
    • human beings, and in the human being who makes his offering
    • gods and human beings, increasingly lost their significance.
    • those divine, spiritual beings belonging to the hierarchy of
    • body except dissolve them. The beings of the third hierarchy,
    • spirit. Human beings living in later times have increasingly
    • more to human beings. And this spiritual way of speaking is
    • needed for those spiritual beings who are to speak to modern
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 20: On the Right Entry into the Spiritual World: The Responsibility Incumbent on Us
    Matching lines:
    • to wander past one's fellow human beings in the manner
    • human beings slept has, in recent decades, given rise to
    • of the Threshold has entered the awareness of human beings in
    • all the thousands of years during which human beings have
    • hardly any human beings were to be seen approaching the
    • ideas with which human beings have to grow up nowadays from
    • abstract ideas which human beings today attach to everything
    • place where human beings can hear openly about what is going
    • and govern it. Human beings must be able to hear in Dornach
    • about genuine experiences, genuine forces and genuine beings
    • causes human beings to approach the earnest Guardian of the
    • next incarnation human beings will be able to encounter the
    • seen the super-sensible world. Nowadays human beings elaborate
    • human beings, the products of a decadent civilization and
    • May human beings hear it.
    • May human beings hear it.
  • Title: Awakening to Community: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual beings in the universe in all their immediate reality, just
    • divine-spiritual beings connected with the human race as he was of
    • spiritual beings in the same way they beheld the world of nature and
    • greater beauty human beings perceived with spiritual eyes. An artist
    • “When I talk with human beings, we speak words that sound on
    • When human beings had
    • perception was of thoughts, they said they heard spiritual beings.
    • directly through human beings. Religious life attached itself much
    • the Greek to picture his gods as human beings and quite another for
    • spiritual beings such as Apollo and Dionysos, with the chorus an echo
    • intended to bring to expression through human beings as an adequate
    • felt earthly human beings with their human forms and inner life to be
    • nature the object of his study or contemplated human beings moving
    • their beings.
    • cosmic past. Today, we sense seeds of the future in human beings.
    • prejudiced opinions, once we have exerted ourselves as human beings
    • the sun to waking human beings.
  • Title: Awakening to Community: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • beings with opportunities to work in it, to live out their special
    • speeches. This was an assemblage of human beings and the speeches all
  • Title: Awakening to Community: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • Community building by human beings working in anthroposophy has
    • human beings feel that they can no longer find in class communities
    • beings. Historic ties and bonds like those that unite the proletariat
    • what goes on between human beings in contemporary life can be traced
    • But it is also an element that groups of human beings share in
    • beings have descended. In just the same sense in which forty- or
    • is today can meet the needs of modern human beings. To be sure, it
    • human beings as the channel. The Movement for Religious Renewal would
    • beings of our time.
    • at hand of the souls and spirits of other human beings. In ordinary
    • civilization. Human beings will feel this need — the need to be
    • Modern human beings entering life today have stored up far too much
    • by nature but by the human beings with whom we are karmically
    • by other human beings, and the feeling impulse that can bring this
    • processes and beings of the higher world experienced in the cultus;
    • experienced in the right frame of mind by a group of human beings
    • talk about spiritual beings; we must look for the opportunities
    • spiritual beings, though it need not be a question of beholding them.
    • can, of course, be brought to life in present-day human beings in a
  • Title: Awakening to Community: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • that embraces experience of all the surrounding processes and beings
    • We human beings are drawn into a common life by having common sense
    • dream life into everyday life can mislead human beings.
    • relationship to other human beings, for as dreamers we are really
    • intelligences that are beings like ourselves, except that instead of
    • the relationships of human beings pursuing anthroposophical spiritual
  • Title: Hegel, Schopenhauer, Thought, Will
    Matching lines:
    • regarding the relationship between human beings and the cosmic
    • beings on the other. Our considerations will be supplementary
    • before our souls when we observe human beings. We will for a
    • beings. The entire world was for him basically only a
    • flows from it. Within the human beings rises up, reflects in
    • human beings. They also could not perceive what the actual
    • extent tapped into these vessels in which human beings swam in
    • Human beings were only being fooled by what reflected in their
  • Title: Problem of Death: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • printed, our thoughts pass over into other human beings,
    • etheric bodies of the other human beings. But in
    • human beings and to the world. The picture we have of
    • hold sway between human beings. We will pass on tomorrow to
  • Title: Problem of Death: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • consciousness human beings rebel against what is
    • maintained because human beings are living in a time of
    • individually different in different human beings; it is not
    • the same in two human beings. That is why it is so
    • human beings living on the earth, unlived-out karma is
    • beings have died upon it — its more important forces
    • from the physical nature of human beings who have died.
    • three individual cases — for human beings are
  • Title: Problem of Death: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • beings and its phenomena is much more a self-surrender to
    • And you may be quite sure of this: as human beings, through
    • there received? Remember all the beings of the higher
    • count mankind. In each hierarchy is a whole host of beings.
    • beings of these higher hierarchies think. Consider
    • therefore this whole host of beings in whom we are received
    • gain a relation to the separate beings, to lift ourselves
    • single beings, to the multiplicity. After death we must not
    • relationship to the single beings of the hierarchies. How
    • Then the beings approach us. We must be master of the
    • thoughts, then the beings approach us. And the strength to
    • beings concerned then appear to him. For here one has to do
    • with beings, as I have indicated in my book, “The
    • other human beings.
    • human beings with whom it is comparatively easy to pierce
    • spiritual world. They are those human beings whom we needs
    • for them is a matter of course. Such human beings are like
    • human beings must have a certain delicacy, a certain
    • this physical world. If we behold such human beings after
    • ... And permeated are these beings
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Bridge between Morality and Nature
    Matching lines:
    • Gley who said that the highest talents in human beings,
    • that human beings are to be imagined as bodily physical beings
    • with a soul inside and that human beings can search for the
    • human beings to exist there must be freedom and love, despite
    • understand the human being, to concepts of nature beings, which
    • beings as social beings.
  • Title: Eurythmy as Visible Singing: Lecture 4: The Progression of Musical Phrases; Swinging Over; the Bar Line
    Matching lines:
    • turn into a piece of nature when we are ill. Now we are human beings
  • Title: Chance/Necessity/Providence: Lecture 1: Probability and Chance
    Matching lines:
    • of human beings and are not even remotely applicable to the world.
  • Title: Chance/Necessity/Providence: Lecture 2: Consciousness in Sleeping and Waking States
    Matching lines:
    • states of waking and sleeping in human beings. I have repeatedly
    • Life decrees that human beings must focus their attention on their surroundings
    • hours into daytime, and another period into night. But human beings
    • of the hierarchical order of higher spiritual beings unless we concern
    • above the one before it. But if that were all one knew about these beings,
    • under study. We only know something about these higher beings if we
    • human beings. We know very little indeed about our inner being if we
    • beings are really outside their bodies during sleep. So they see the
    • in a fog or mist, and the physical human beings are the empty dark spaces
    • We may say, then, that we see human beings
    • materialists when we learned to look directly at our fellow human beings
    • in the nude, for they perceived human beings spiritually clothed; the
    • aura was the clothing. And when that innocence was lost and human beings
    • human beings surrounded by an aura. We should therefore find out where
    • in unclothed human beings would, for our time, reveal an instinct for
  • Title: Chance/Necessity/Providence: Lecture 4: Necessity as Past Subjectivity
    Matching lines:
    • of cosmic events bypasses human beings. People say that “the sun
    • with those beings who reigned during the sun period. And we can picture
    • these beings who went through inner, subjective soul experiences and
    • out of the ancient sun beings, sink down and become memory, and we now
    • part of beings subjectively active on the ancient sun. We behold it.
  • Title: Chance/Necessity/Providence: Lecture 5: Necessity and Past, Chance and Present
    Matching lines:
    • human perception during ordinary waking consciousness. Human beings
    • is to be found there. And you also gather from such examples that beings,
    • come of that? Why, beings who have no desire for such a linking up cannot
    • lift human beings into the spiritual world. We need to familiarize ourselves
    • on into really peculiar human beings. I don't want to go into all the
    • can learn a great deal from the spiritual beings who surround us.
    • is wiser than what human beings do.
  • Title: Chance/Necessity/Providence: Lecture 6: Imaginative Cognition Leaves Insights of Natural Science Behind
    Matching lines:
    • works according to whether it is that of human beings or of other beings.
    • we look into the state of consciousness of beings belonging to the hierarchy
    • this type are when they can report that such and such beings appeared
    • these thought-forms become beings, and they make a strange impression
    • inorganic realm in the way other elemental beings belong to plants,
    • it as human beings have over the physical world around them with their
    • The beings to whom the name undines has been
    • mobile elemental beings inwardly related to the shaping, rippling, mobile
    • so do we live in the realm of higher elemental beings as waves live
    • living in a realm of elemental beings belonging to the plant kingdom
    • importance in human beings.
    • regularity of the earth's in- and out-breathing; human beings too are
    • whirling lived moon human beings, floating as condensations in the fluid
  • Title: Chance/Necessity/Providence: Lecture 7: The Physical Body Binds Us to the Physical World
    Matching lines:
    • in a positive, concrete understanding of the spiritual beings about
    • here before that we must of course realize first that human beings
    • of how human beings who gradually advance to what is known as clairvoyant
    • possible in the spiritual world for human beings to find there what they
    • not yet grown young. If we are speaking of physical human beings we
    • wisdom is required, a wisdom human beings really need to have.
    • of human beings who have grown physically old, and various things are
    • The beings who direct this interchange are
    • and regulation by angelic beings; that is one of the tasks with which
    • contemplate the mystery of death in the case of young human beings is
    • that, though we human beings have to undergo painful experiences, we
  • Title: Chance/Necessity/Providence: Lecture 8: Death, Physical Body and Etheric Body
    Matching lines:
    • Human beings spend all of their waking life
    • When our gaze falls on the graves of human beings, not an earthly word
    • and human beings, their inner life of soul, is their most easily penetrable
    • aspect for beings of the higher worlds. We participate in the soul life
    • there. We have a world of beings rather than a world of objects surrounding
    • thoughts and feelings by these beings. We express this correctly when
    • we say that these beings live in us.
    • in a much more intimate relationship with the other beings there than
    • can ever be the case with our fellow human beings on the earth, for
    • by beings during the ancient sun and moon periods. Now they have objective
    • goes only as far as in the case of the broken vase. In the case of beings
    • And we human beings thrust out our physical bodies and ether bodies
    • our being increasingly harbored by other spiritual beings, coming closer
    • the other spiritual beings who then live in us. We reproduce ourselves;
    • the dead speak exclusively of beings and of the communications made
    • to them by beings about other beings, speak of a lesser or stronger
    • Furthermore, those souls grow inwardly together with the beings belonging
    • quickly and easily with those beings whom we call the spirits of wisdom,
    • a strong impression of how human beings live with higher spiritual beings
    • spirit, vague statements that human beings are received by the spiritual
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Child's Changing Consciousness: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • nature, science has, at the same time, alienated human beings
    • human beings occupied a central position within the existing
    • human beings. In certain areas of life this is justified. It is
    • done in geometry is merely an abstraction. Human beings do
  • Title: Child's Changing Consciousness: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • during a lifetime. Children are different beings depending on
    • following puberty. Human beings are completely different
    • knowledge of human beings has such inner fullness that it can
    • Human beings form these organs into speech organs on the basis
  • Title: Child's Changing Consciousness: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • happening there, so human beings during the first period of
    • them, cannot grow into a free human beings. Freedom is won only
  • Title: Child's Changing Consciousness: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • words imitate sounds that come from different beings or
    • from being the result of imitation, they enable human beings to
    • threatening bark, human beings — if their feelings are
    • human beings endow inanimate objects with a soul, are truly
  • Title: Child's Changing Consciousness: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • fellow human beings, and in how they express their gratitude.
    • and love for fellow human beings awaken in the child, and the
    • human beings without bothering to know them, because we no
  • Title: Child's Changing Consciousness: Lecture VIII:
    Matching lines:
    • to become a way of teaching for all human beings be turned into
  • Title: Child's Changing Consciousness: Introduction to a Eurythmy Performance
    Matching lines:
    • beings communicate with each another, we would find that a
  • Title: Development of the child up to puberty
    Matching lines:
    • while the human beings who live into the breathing exercises
    • life; human beings after this period in time are separated from
    • yesterday. When human beings don't allow spiritual science to
    • understood; before it had been acknowledged that human beings
    • only be found when human beings decide, once again, but now
  • Title: Cosmic Prehistory: Lecture II: Lucifer and Ahriman
    Matching lines:
    • to what we are as man, which would like to mould us as human beings
    • beings, beings who for the first half of life would lead more or less
    • During the passage through the Saturn, Sun, Moon periods, Beings of
    • the higher Hierarchies who have a special interest that human beings
    • should arise in the cosmos. Beings who are the creators of mankind,
    • it were, solely from the region of duration. These beings strive to
    • soon, it would have happened long ago if these beings had conquered,
    • from earth-existence. To these beings the earth is too evil, they hate
    • time in the way I have described. These are the Luciferic beings. They
    • strive for just the opposite of what the Ahrimanic beings desire. The
    • Ahrimanic beings seek to free man together with the whole of earth-existence
    • from the cosmic past and to conserve the earthly. The Luciferic beings
    • entity and man's whole world, the Luciferic beings strive towards the
    • the Luciferic beings seek perpetually to make the human intelligence
    • become entirely cosmic beings. That is the goal towards which the Luciferic
    • beings strive. They endeavour to make us pure spirits, such as have
    • of the Luciferic beings — but here in another respect. They wish
    • The beings who flock round
    • Ahriman, the Ahrimanic beings, want on the contrary to cultivate most
    • all that the Luciferic beings wish to repress. The Ahrimanic beings, or,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Cosmic Prehistory: Lecture III: Romanism and Freemasonry
    Matching lines:
    • reality: the Luciferic beings are spiritual beings. They enter man's
    • other stream of existence. Beings would not be able to live if all seeds
    • Seeds must be there to form the soil, as it were, out of which beings
    • the other hand a definite tendency to place the Luciferic beings in the
  • Title: How Can Mankind Find Christ Again?: Lecture 2: The Entrance of Christianity into the Course of Earth Evolution
    Matching lines:
    • beings. It was nonetheless an image of the universe that in a certain
  • Title: How Can Mankind Find Christ Again?: Lecture 3: Brotherliness and Freedom ...
    Matching lines:
    • beings lamenting thus: Of what use to me is life after my thirty-third
    • that human beings are not simply abstract Man. The five-year-old child
    • observation of human beings, which would result in a consciousness of
    • humanity in the concrete, human beings as they really are. When they
    • driving the clouds, and so on, into all sorts of beings. They have no
    • but were made between death and a new birth. Before birth human beings
    • just as plants, animals, minerals, and other human beings are realities
    • the Christian era, for human beings to bring very much with them from
  • Title: How Can Mankind Find Christ Again?: Lecture 4: Contrasting Principles of Ancient and Modern Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • that we are speaking of an era in which most human beings still had
    • Those ancient people had to decide to become different human beings.
    • left are human beings before the Mystery of Golgotha; in the middle,
    • the Mystery of Golgotha; on the right, human beings after that Event.
    • changed because of it. Now we go through the world as human beings having
    • century especially, human beings were far removed from it. Only at the
  • Title: How Can Mankind Find Christ Again?: Lecture 5: The Change in the Human Soul Constitution
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual Beings are active whom the Bible calls the Creators, the Elohim.
    • spiritual beings have taken it over.
    • characteristic of human beings of our present age to be inwardly hollow
  • Title: How Can Mankind Find Christ Again?: Lecture 6: Transformation of the Human Being in the Course of Evolution
    Matching lines:
    • beings themselves, that cannot be explained by external causes, but
    • whose concrete beings reveal themselves only at the third stage of initiation.
  • Title: How Can Mankind Find Christ Again?: Lecture 7: Experiences of the Old Year and Outlook over the New Year (part 1)
    Matching lines:
    • change of teeth takes seven years for us human beings, that is, for
    • body. We human beings need seven years for what the annual plant goes
    • these matters will say: How would it be if human beings were differently
    • one thing above all must be pointed out: if we human beings were to
    • has its origin in the difference in speed of human beings from that
    • science. It should tell us that we human beings must look for other
    • human beings, this insistence of ours on the value of our own opinion!
    • Human beings are indeed
    • we face these questions as wide-awake human beings, then another question
    • our attention to the human beings who are now four, five, six, seven
    • a question of the very life of an entire race of human beings. Perhaps
    • not come, however, unless human beings go to meet them, unless they
  • Title: How Can Mankind Find Christ Again?: Lecture 8: Experiences of the Old Year and Outlook over the New Year (part 2)
    Matching lines:
    • — to be exact, since the year 1899 — as we human beings
    • human beings are the receiving apparatus for what pours into life as
    • in modern human beings, indeed in the very people who are the most representative,
    • Beings who want to manifest as new Creators; but also, many other things
    • wave of evolution that normally would awaken in human beings a consciousness
    • is the time when spiritual beings wishing to bring humanity the consciousness
    • fact that we human beings should take an interest in one another. But
    • relate ourselves to human beings. When someone boxes our ears and we
    • of spiritual forces are working in human beings with which we have to
    • spiritual beings with a stage for their activities. This is indeed the
    • in the spiritual beings who fill us out. We are like sacks stuffed to
    • the top with all kinds of beings. Admittedly a shivery feeling is not
    • he would not have made so many human beings suffer as he has in fact
    • up with the human being. Only the beings connected with the normal evolution
    • spiritual beings who want to gain an influence over you. It is natural
    • those demonic beings who are the accompanying phenomena of the Spirits
    • it has already entered humanity. If human beings will not fight it out
    • beings are really obliged to turn to the spirit, that this is forced
    • In the measure to which human beings in a certain epoch permeate their
    • same measure can the common life of mankind also unfold and human beings
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Community Life: Address 1: The Goesch-Sprengel Situation - Part 1
    Matching lines:
    • are the least of our fellow human beings of irreplaceable value to us
    • place between complete human beings, interaction in which each one is
    • constantly confirmed in our actions as human beings. It is truly necessary
    • first and foremost as human beings, and our confidence in them depends
  • Title: Community Life: Lecture 2: The Anthroposophical Society as a Living Being
    Matching lines:
    • how it is with human beings and their relationship to their work, you
    • members to the Society has never been that only exceptional human beings
    • I know compels me to consider bringing spiritual science to human beings
  • Title: Community Life: Lecture 3: Swedenborg: An Example of Difficulties in Entering the Spiritual World
    Matching lines:
    • beings embedded in it. This is very characteristic and quite significant.
    • embrace his aura and saw in it spiritual elemental beings proceeding
    • from his own organs, as it were. As Swedenborg watched, these beings
    • then, he was advised by these spiritual beings that are present in each
    • human being. These inner beings were joined by others Swedenborg was
    • able to recognize on the basis of their consultation with the beings
    • that proceeded from within himself. He recognized some of these beings
    • coming toward him as beings of the outer elemental world, and others
    • as beings who have their home on other planets of our solar system.
    • after having consulted with his own elemental beings, he recognized
    • certain beings in his surroundings who demonstrated a certain peculiarity.
    • understand to a certain extent the language of both the elemental beings
    • coming from within himself and the beings coming from Venus, Mercury,
    • of spiritual beings, until a certain moment when he noticed spirits
    • significant lesson from this after realizing that these beings he could
    • beings from Mars whose speech could not be understood even by someone
    • who usually understood the language of spiritual beings. I am talking
    • It was because they belonged to a group of cosmic beings who had developed
    • Mars beings had developed the ability to conceal their feelings, the
    • the realization that the beings from the hierarchy of the Angeloi did
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Community Life: Lecture 4: Methods and Rational of Freudian Psychoanalysis
    Matching lines:
    • of the distaste which human beings feel for their early incestuous
    • as some kind of higher beings. That is why it is also important to see
  • Title: Community Life: Lecture 5: Sexuality and Modern Clairvoyance, Freudian Psychoanalysis and Swedenborg as a Seer
    Matching lines:
    • certain infantile characteristics of civilized human beings that manifest
    • There we are received with our I by beings of a higher order, and then
    • process Swedenborg went through. He discovered certain spiritual beings
    • who made it clear to him that they came from Mars. These beings were
    • Sunday, he realized that he could not understand these beings because
    • the nature of these Mars beings even though they concealed all their
    • emotions. As it was, however, the content of the Mars beings' soul appeared
    • great scholar, when Swedenborg encountered the beings I described, this
    • particular class of Mars beings, on the astral plane, he was incapable
    • same way, Swedenborg found these Mars beings incomprehensible on the
    • the astral plane, beings such as the Mars dwellers who could think in
    • was dealing with beings from Mars and could see what they were like. That
    • beings from Mars, but could not understand that they were actual
    • spiritual beings.
    • Obviously, Swedenborg did not perceive these beings from Mars with his
    • known to human beings, there was nothing that could have enabled him
    • to understand these beings.
    • the strange fact that Swedenborg undoubtedly recognized the beings he
    • this that human beings during their evolution on earth are provided
    • contact with beings who were able to eliminate all emotions from their
  • Title: Community Life: Lecture 6: The Concept of Love as it Relates to Mysticism
    Matching lines:
    • The objection that human beings have always made a practice of loving
    • of love is the only way human beings can experience the feelings “deranged”
    • highest bliss known to human beings. The longing to give expression
    • sinking below the moral level of other human beings; rather we must
  • Title: Community Life: Lecture 7: The Philosophy of Psychoanalysis as Illuminated by an Anthroposophical Understanding of the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • As you know from many previous lectures, these beings are constantly
    • we want to understand how the beings that stand behind certain phenomena
    • of cognition is the natural one for human beings during life on Earth,
    • beings have descended during the course of their physical evolution
  • Title: Migrations ...: Lecture 1: The Social Homunculus
    Matching lines:
    • which human beings should absorb it. But something else should be borne
  • Title: Migrations ...: Lecture 2: What Form Can the Requirements of Social Life Take
    Matching lines:
    • of corporations, guilds, etc., the individual human beings were able
    • and the economic initiative was now taken over by individual human beings,
    • production of goods reckons with individual human beings. One individual
    • modern requirement. But the human beings are not conscious of this demands
  • Title: Migrations ...: Lecture 3: Emancipation of the Economic Process
    Matching lines:
    • to the past. The human beings have become separated, as it were, from
    • belief in God and in divine beings, but that we should allow God and
    • the divine beings to be active within us, so that the forces of the
    • subjective opinions, but as human beings it is our duty to go beyond
    • beings must be equal, equal — so to speak — before the law
  • Title: Migrations ...: Lecture 4: Three Conditions Which Determine Man's Position
    Matching lines:
    • to exercise any influence upon human beings. The moral concepts which
    • world, speaks of definite structures of spiritual Beings, of a hierarchical
  • Title: The Social Question as a Question of Consciousness: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • capable of gripping hold of the everyday affairs of human beings.
    • between human beings you must distinguish those, for example, that arise
    • in it save what concerns us as beings between birth and death in our
    • eat and drink, clothe ourselves and so on, forces us as human beings
    • is prepared for us as human beings that is again connected with the
    • We need only be healthy human beings to have to recognise the God of
    • beings. Today, in this era, this idealism belonging to mankind is not
    • we educate ourselves; we do not have it simply by becoming human beings
  • Title: The Social Question as a Question of Consciousness: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • of human beings. That is so; that is a reality. He then goes on to show
    • the State, all the human beings taking part in that State.
    • to see that human beings must be so instructed that they absorb as much
    • economic life and bring into a sphere worthy of human beings, it immediately
  • Title: The Social Question as a Question of Consciousness: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • connection of one class of human beings expressing itself in the class-consciousness
  • Title: The Social Question as a Question of Consciousness: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • at organising human beings in much the same forceful way as Russian
    • beings in mutual cooperation should bring about the necessary shaping
    • is not experienced when human beings are together. For then hidden,
  • Title: The Social Question as a Question of Consciousness: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • the great mass of human beings, and we have the fact that there is very
    • these human beings re-incarnate today, what appeared in their former
    • to heal human beings on both sides of a frontier!
  • Title: The Karma of the Individual and the Collective Life of Our Time, Goethe
    Matching lines:
    • or Fontenelle would have become quite different beings if even
  • Title: The Cyclic Movement of Sleeping and Waking
    Matching lines:
    • special Karma, the human beings whom he came near during his
    • He felt how the human beings, with whom he was growing up, must
    • and weaving mysteriously in the human beings around him. Yet
    • human beings were to dream in the way a poet like Goethe dreamt
    • connection with the outer World—human beings would spend
    • Mysteries. For the forces with which ordinary human beings
  • Title: Insertion of Early Human Destiny into Extraterrestial Relationships
    Matching lines:
    • the will and intention — not of earthly Beings, but of
    • the Beings who guide this earthly life from realms beyond the
    • Beings who guided the Earth from regions far beyond, could
    • spiritual Beings, this they accepted as instruction for the
    • beings in our day-waking Life meditate in thought upon the
    • Certain human beings had to undergo an individual training, so
    • human beings, as I said, have undergone successively the
    • down into his inner soul. The human beings themselves
    • for World-evolution, precisely the things which human beings
    • starting-point for the incorporation of spiritual beings.
    • Now, during earthly time, the.se beings are still of an
    • the outer vehicle, for elemental beings who will develop on
    • the human beings of to-day who are becoming specialised and
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • beautiful things to human beings, we can say that their
    • as human beings relate to each other on a being to being basis
    • between gods and human beings. These eternal laws had to be
    • divine teachers and human beings, and when what took place in
    • entering into relations with human beings. The eternal laws
    • course of cosmic events. What human beings can calculate never
    • gods gave the human beings who carried, out or participated in
    • mysteries, and no longer appeared there as beings. It was the
    • which consecrate human beings.
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • work with human beings, and a semi-ancient mystery period when
    • together of human beings and the gods in the süiritual
    • about human beings. The ancient fathers received the right
    • human beings.
    • and in the manifestation of forces, substances and beings there
    • celebrate with words or intone words which have aery beings
    • human beings. We become priests in the modern sense of the word
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • man was to connect himself with divine, spiritual beings
    • which is approaching human beings today is really
    • relate different times or beings from different times when one
    • supersensible beings and that alpha is the supersensible human
    • spiritual beings at the starting point, and our trivial letters
    • are the descendents of what were once divine, spiritual beings
    • spiritual beings. Sounds were gods who assailed men from all
    • sounds contain Ahrimanic beings in a demonic way. The popular
    • gods who were once in them left, and Ahrimanic beings moved in.
    • before human beings in a picture and in words.
    • substances, which includes human beings. This is how the
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • elemental, world beings.
    • them with the help of these ocean beings and air beings. Here
    • beings in this way, one finds that there are twelve nuances or
    • human beings have a shading which is based on 12. However, we
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual world for granted. Human beings only began to feel
    • human beings through a kind of intimate fire process or
    • able to look into the hearts of other human beings again.
    • Very few people can do this today. Human beings know terribly
    • little about other human beings today. For you see, if one
    • Today's priests must penetrate the souls of human beings as
    • beings in the way I described, namely, in the way one must look
    • stages of consciousness. Human beings see the world differently
    • begin to carry this sensing of the stars and their beings into
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • weaves and lives in all beings and processes.
    • covering for the godhead, and not like individual human beings.
    • human beings.
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • that the whole relation off divine beings to men started
    • beings, etc., at the time when a somewhat unconscious question
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • a gathering of beings in each of them. Evolving human beings
    • planets we will find such gatherings of beings everywhere. We
    • beings evolve, and that's why it's located at the center. We
    • it has an entirely different kind of beings. We meet these
    • beings when we work out our karma between death and a new
    • the sun. If we think of the totality of beings which are at
    • beings which one calls the intelligences of the planets, the
    • beings on one planet, work together in world events. This view
    • such disobedient beings like the sun demon Soradt, one of the
    • human beings. Of course from a certain point of view it is
    • beings and Templars as they were being tortured before they
    • school with Michael as a teacher. Those beings who are supposed
    • whether they be other spiritual beings, are gathered around
    • wisdom that the human beings who as it were accept inner
    • teachings and deeds of human beings in this age; it is a
    • Christ which prepared human beings will already have in the
    • human beings. They will develop in a very strange way even
    • However here present-day human beings, including people who are
    • and the Soradt mystery as understanding human beings who know
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • communication to human beings, a revelation to human beings,
    • accomplished, human beings were there who experienced what
    • beings, so that people who have an inclination to relate
    • before it came to human beings.
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • three beings, so that thinking, feeling and willing become
    • more in the free soul development of human beings on earth. But
    • situation which will exist for human beings. He's actually
    • heaven is opened. The one who underlies the beings of the world
    • beings who take Christianity into their souls in an honest way
    • his deeds, the sword of what he has done among human beings
    • human beings today. For we live in a time which really requires
    • intensive way today. Human beings are walking around with masks
    • beings and their individualities.
    • beings, young, mature and old people but no human beings. And
    • need a priestly activity today which speaks to human beings as
    • human beings and which cultivates humanity. Of course none of
    • beings to go down from the spiritual to the physical, which the
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • earthly human beings. He precedes this by three stages which we
    • which tends to drag human beings down below the spiritual level
    • such a way. Some of the beings there are good and others are
    • wherever human beings have succumbed to the Babylonian
    • described here befalls other beings. This is of course
    • himself. The beings who fall with Babylon are men; it is human
    • something which can take possession of' human beings where
    • will see human beings walking around on earth who couldn't
    • them as human beings, for they are possessed by the beast and
    • first we have the fall of corrupt human beings and then the
    • Michael has a different standpoint than human beings do, and
    • from that of men. Human beings tend to be rather abstract, and
    • to do something like that. Only beings who are in the archai
    • corrupt individual human beings, and who doesn't just want to
    • corrupt groups of human beings like the beast and the false
    • Luciferic kind of spiritual beings.
    • stage, will have straying human beings who have drawn an
    • second thing is that human beings will walk around — one
    • beings. These are the things which we can foresee today if we
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • beings or in the aery, watery beings. You see, at that time men
    • in fact the eyes of many human beings will be opened by this
    • earth with all the beings who belong to the sun, whereas it was
    • transubstantiation and will be present for human beings more
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture XIII
    Matching lines:
    • remember that Ahriman is smarter than human beings. Ahriman did
    • materialism sets in one third of the human beings are killed,
    • beings who are already appearing in our time who have no egos,
    • look too closely, but they are not human beings in the full
    • beings. Here again one can see how good the Apocalypticer's
    • beings. A priest has to know this, for after all there is
    • human beings? It is often very difficult to relate to such
    • These human beings display the nature and essence of human
    • beings fairly closely until their 20th year. The intellectual
    • planets, to which almost all human beings went during a certain
    • one can observe in human beings through the fact that they have
    • think that there are so and so many numbers of human beings who
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture XIV
    Matching lines:
    • elemental beings which are living in it, men must now get their
    • individual human beings. So that a crossing of the threshold is
    • human beings in the right way. One can also discover them if
    • men. One finds large numbers of such fiery footed human beings
    • individual human beings remain unaware of, namely, into cloud
    • has to be able to look at contemporary human beings in
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture XV
    Matching lines:
    • beings. It is nothing else; we don't find anything besides pure
    • the essences or beings of the higher hierarchies who are
    • abstract idea. The outer sheen of beings is love and the outer
    • important to us as human beings, but it is only one stream. If
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture XVI
    Matching lines:
    • something concrete like this. He lets human beings participate
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture XVII
    Matching lines:
    • flashes, etc., behind it (drawing). We know that the beings who
    • there are beings behind it. At most we perceive elemental
    • beings here, but we know that these beings are the agents of
    • powerful, important and sublime beings; we get to the first
    • these beings. The real nature of the Kyriotetes, Dynamis and
    • whereas the very powerful beings in the first hierarchy
    • become the expression of beings who work in and with the second
    • hierarchy and through elemental beings. Then we eventually
    • that these beings are as if inwardly bound to the real
    • starry world has become transformed into the beings of the
    • get to know the spiritual aspects of these beings, and when we
    • get their substantiality from the beings of the second
    • we get out to the spiritual world, and the first beings we meet
    • which we human beings belong. For we become aware that the as
    • is always formed from hindrances to world events by beings who
    • of wrath are poured out? Here divine spiritual beings are
  • Title: The Apocalypse: Lecture XVIII
    Matching lines:
    • cosmic beings. So one shouldn't think that the intelligence of
    • beings from the spheres of the angels and namely of the
    • seduction of beings in the hierarchy of angels and namely of
    • from the beings who bring about his personal evolution, and it
    • the Alpha and Omega of the creator beings who go through
    • inner conversion of human beings or to what one could call a
  • Title: History of Art: Lecture 10: Disputa and The School of Athens of Raphael
    Matching lines:
    • both sides of the dove, angel-like beings who have brought the gospels
    • we find then figures of truly spiritual beings.
    • spiritual beings, to think of him in connection with the supersensible-spiritual,
    • being among other human beings. So, for instance “Come Lord Jesus,
    • one could look into the souls of those two human beings who are painted
  • Title: History of Art: Lecture 11: Fourth and Fifth Post-Atlantean Epochs, Medieval Art in the Middle, West, and South of Europe
    Matching lines:
    • weight of things, the weight of beings”. Very often, that which
    • among human beings. That is now given as a task to the monk in his lonely
    • Heights and Peace on Earth to the Human Beings of Good Will”,
  • Title: History of Art: Lecture 12: Greek and Early Christian Art, Symbolic Signs, the Mystery of Gold
    Matching lines:
    • with the same kind of lines, but not with human beings, but with animal
    • beings. There is a middle-motif, but it is symbolic. The middle-motif is a
  • Title: History of Art: Lecture 13: The Changes in the Conception of Christ During a Certain Period of Time
    Matching lines:
    • see heaven co-operating in its Beings with earth. But not everything that
    • far as the realm of super-terrestrial Beings.
  • Title: Real Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • there are different Spiritual beings who have inserted
    • beings; for our civilisation has in the course of recent years
    • concrete Spiritual guiding beings in Nature and History, as we
    • pointed out in the last lecture that certain Beings find
    • intellectual thinking human beings according to the modern idea
    • thinking. We therefore as human beings, are incorporated into
    • have become the thinking beings we have become, especially
    • Beings. These spheres do not only consist in what we call
    • permeated by various Spiritual beings. I will therefore make a
    • beings which the pre-Christian age and especially the
    • Luciferic beings appear when we are present in the Jehovah
    • sphere let us say in sleep, then the Luciferic beings make
    • foreign to Jehovah and into that those beings have penetrated,
    • who belong to the Ahrimanic sphere. The Ahrimanic beings
    • surprise, to our confusion, because of the Ahrimanic beings.
    • These Ahrimanic beings — I have tried to present an image
    • — these Ahrimanic beings can in reality only feel at home
    • Ahrimanic beings are specially intellectually-gifted
    • beings. That Mephistophelian figure which you see below in our
    • condition, with all that, these Ahrimanic beings have no direct
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man and Cosmos
    Matching lines:
    • everyday life of the human being, of those human beings who
    • Therefore, it is thus that when we as human beings on the earth
    • idiosyncrasy. For instance, human beings exist who
    • does not pay much regard to human beings, but pays regards to
    • powers for smell as a dog does, human beings could be used
    • specially would be just like training human beings as police
    • sphere of his heart, in order to procure gold for human beings,
  • Title: Mystery Trinity: Part 1, Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • beings living at the time of the mystery of Golgotha and during the
    • of the way in which human beings related to the world in the first
    • into contact with beings who do not live on the physical plane.
    • beings from a higher world. We come to understand these as the same
    • beings that the old theology had beheld as angels, archangels,
    • These ordering and creative beings
    • which he continued to be active on behalf of human beings on the
    • beings who were greatly venerated were still present, even for
    • earthly human beings. They were even still able to lead in battle.
    • among living human beings only if you understand that actually the scenes
    • within). For merely intellectual human beings the difference
    • In a certain sense, physical human beings
    • provide a vehicle for human beings who were revered while living on
    • the earth and who have now become beings of such importance in the
    • did in Capella's writings. They had been creative beings, and the
    • penetration into a realm of creative beings. Now with Capella they
    • spiritual beings for his concepts, which he then applied to this
    • looking at the human beings around him this Saxon peasant-priest
    • throw light into the evolving souls of human beings.
  • Title: Mystery Trinity: Part 1, Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • as stationary beings. And even if we were to remain stationary our
    • human beings. For Paracelsus, the whole human being — the
    • Inspiration. We are dealing, therefore, with superhuman beings when
    • portray, in the forms of animals, spiritual beings who were
  • Title: Mystery Trinity: Part 1, Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • to raise this knowledge, which human beings could achieve at
    • On the one hand the souls of human beings found themselves more and
    • nothing; but a nothing cannot be anything with which human beings can
    • them, he entered into a relationship with real, actual beings. But
    • [Friedrich Wilhelm Nietzsche (1844–1900), German philosopher and poet. Professor of classical philology, Basel (1869–79). Known for denouncing religion, and for espousing the perfectibility of human beingsNote 7]
    • through which, as free human beings in dignity, they might be able to
    • problem of how man can achieve true dignity, how spiritual beings
  • Title: Mystery Trinity: Part 1, Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • freshness. Those human beings who were still unconscious of their I
    • But we could never have become free beings if the I had not appeared
    • in the old sense. Human beings only became free through at the same
    • earth. The bodies of human beings in olden times were different from
    • not yet present in human beings on the earth. Nevertheless, in those
    • nature of human beings in general is such that the Father indeed
    • experience of the I. To ordinary human beings the Father gives only
    • to other human beings. It was said of them that the divine Father had
    • Through the mysteries human beings felt the
    • human beings had themselves become tabernacles of the Father God
    • considered. During the mystery of Golgotha there were human beings
    • enter into human beings. But at the same time something else began to
    • there lived human beings who were beginning to say I of themselves,
    • human beings who had raised the I into consciousness. The Son
    • himself all the forces of the other beings of nature and, as it were,
    • initiates: that other human beings, though perhaps few in number, who
    • beings die, when they lay aside the decaying body, the products of
    • was this, that the souls of human beings could say to themselves
    • entered into human beings so they, as souls, could rise up to the I
    • again human beings could not have become free beings. When inner
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Course for Priests: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • What is the level on which human beings exist? The human level
  • Title: Course for Priests: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • other rules than those that human beings validate when it is
    • In the Heavenly Beings of the stars
  • Title: Course for Priests: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • ourselves: Just like we as human-beings stand on earth today in
    • spiritual beings who glance down at us, children of the earth,
    • ourselves ‘human beings.’
    • heavenly heights and the earthly depths. As human-beings we
    • are all given the ability to be formed into beings able to walk
    • beings of light as a feeling which becomes real because the
    • can call ourselves ‘human-beings.’
  • Title: Course for Priests: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual sea of the Father God, to the beings of individuals
  • Title: Redemption of Thinking: Lecture I:
    Matching lines:
    • beings of the present hardly fulfil, even if they are
    • to heaven, earth, human beings, history et cetera. It expresses
    • signs of the zodiac like to twelve beings by whom the primal
    • the today's human beings believe that he means that with his
    • human beings, that was something that he saw now above the
    • perception at first, we as human beings live in a spiritual
    • beings who do no longer feel that in the world of ideas a
    • beings who still knew the disciples of the Lord, and an ongoing
    • spiritual world above the human beings from which Christ comes.
    • deal with the single human beings but with the species, with
    • the human beings appear as individuals; seen from above
    • state of all human beings
  • Title: Redemption of Thinking: Lecture II:
    Matching lines:
    • beings -, but he said: sing, immortal soul -, that means: sing,
    • human beings who wanted to deal with Christianity on one side
    • thought that a part of the human beings is destined from the
    • human beings what the single human being of the West as a
    • human beings of the later centuries had it. Hence, he could not
    • just a human being among human beings, one has to deal with
    • at which countless human beings aimed. For them God was a being
    • that is the same in all human beings. They think different, as
    • universals (universalia). When the human beings still rose to
    • human beings, not the type wolf, but single wolves. However, on
    • One still knew that there were human beings who beheld beyond
    • reality in which he realises the intellectual beings free of
    • but real beings that have no bodies only. Thomas placed these
    • beings into the tenth sphere. While he imagines the earth
    • human beings whom you have met the concept of humanity. You
    • human beings.
    • destiny of the single human beings. In the end, the general
  • Title: Redemption of Thinking: Lecture III:
    Matching lines:
    • knowledge. Since we human beings have to get knowledge from
    • nothing but spiritual beings. However, I would like to say what
    • beings.
    • the human beings who could no longer rise by inner spiritual
    • human beings. A deity has to integrate that which is the
    • are in truth but spiritual beings.
    • . While we place ourselves as human beings in the
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement (1938): Lecture I: Homeless Souls
    Matching lines:
    • beings of the higher hierarchies, and where everything that he
    • human beings on earth seen accordingly as the images of what
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement (1938): Lecture II: The Theosophical Society: A Common Body with a Conscious Self. Blavatsky Phenomenon
    Matching lines:
    • theoretic notions about human beings and human conduct.
    • individual human beings, may be very full of zeal; but as a
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement (1938): Lecture IV: Blavatsky's Orientation: Spiritual, but Anti-Christian
    Matching lines:
    • to speak of spiritual beings and spiritual events, as people
    • usually speak of beings and events in the sensible world; and
    • earth-life; and to have it explained to them that beings exist
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement (1938): Lecture V: Anti-Christianity. - The Healing of the Gulf.
    Matching lines:
    • beings, beings of the natural world, who guided, who directed,
    • the various phenomenon of nature; beings to whom one could
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement (1938): Lecture VIII: Conclusions: The Anthroposophical Society and its Future Conduct.
    Matching lines:
    • Spiritual beings one must grasp, not mere abstractions
    • beheld on the one hand, those living Beings, those Powers, who
    • as human beings.’ And mankind is compelled
    • belief that these roses are the eternal living World-Beings.
    • spiritual beings. For the most part, what happens is, —
    • speak — of spiritual beings. And it is they, who really
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 1
    Matching lines:
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 2
    Matching lines:
    • Where the sentient beings, powerful in will,
    • beings. And we must therefore be quite clear about the
    • the wide expanse of beings in space
    • living human beings. In ordinary life it is often the most
    • he killed thinking. Feeling also lives in human beings in the
    • feeling human beings. This is not easy. With thinking it is
    • feeling human beings. Only by facing ourselves directly with
    • self-knowledge as feeling human beings, then we will always
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 3
    Matching lines:
    • the wide expanse of beings in space
    • prayerfully, with reverence and devotion, to the beings with
    • Guiding beings of your spirit.
    • Guiding beings of your spirit
    • spirit's guiding beings in the spiritual world. Inner activity
    • “Guiding beings of your spirit”
    • Guiding beings of your spirit.
    • Guiding beings of your spirit.
    • Guiding beings of your spirit.
    • Guiding beings of your spirit.
    • Guiding beings of your spirit.
    • beings who guide us through the ether; the living powers who
    • Guiding beings of your spirit.
    • soul where reverence for the higher beings requires such a
    • Guiding beings
    • Guiding beings of your spirit.
    • sentient Beings, strong in will
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 4
    Matching lines:
    • Guiding beings of your spirit.
    • we develop into true human beings.
    • belongs to the godly beings in shining garments moving over the
    • They want to make us into beings who live among them. The deep
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 5
    Matching lines:
    • to human beings. So here we stand, apart, looking inwards at
    • are beings of air, that what we hold within us we let out
    • in which we exist as earthly beings. Whereas we always carry
    • the spiritual beings who live in the circulating air. The
    • beings are in the light. One must imagine that in this
    • and waves around it, in this space many beings are present, as
    • many as there are human beings on the earth. They all
    • two spots, a and b, are drawn]. The real human beings are all
    • I merge with the light in my thinking, light-beings grasp hold
    • light-beings' will. They want to draw man to them through his
    • light-beings who are around us are those who at every moment of
    • existence wish to rend human beings from the earth and
    • These light-beings will be found enticing us ever and again. At
    • light-beings who want to pull human beings away from the earth
    • the tempting beings appear in the light of the sun who want to
    • pull us away from the earth. For these beings are in continuous
    • light-beings, that is when we want to escape from them, if we
    • remember that we are supposed to be human beings. We may not
    • separated from all other beings. But we human beings can only
    • because there are certain spiritual beings on neighboring
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 6
    Matching lines:
    • them as we speak of the other beings of the nature-kingdoms,
    • beings. If we completely fill ourselves with inner dedicated
    • manifested itself on earth poorly because human beings have
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 7
    Matching lines:
    • cosmic shining in which all the spirit-beings glow; and how
    • been human beings on the earth.
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 8
    Matching lines:
    • like human beings; we say, as we become inwardly aware: this is
    • world as soul-spiritual beings. There the thoughts which we
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 9
    Matching lines:
    • admonition which directs human beings to the ancient holy words
    • only spiritual beings in the spiritual world, and they must be
    • yourselves as human beings standing amidst the earth's forces.
    • How water-beings are the framers of your being.
    • beings who are in the air are permeated with morality.
    • underlined], comrades, beings similar to us.
    • movements of the planets, that is, for the spiritual beings who
    • How water-beings are the
  • Title: Cosmogony/Freedom/Altruism: Lecture I: Social Impulses for the Healing of Modern Civilization
    Matching lines:
    • but where spiritual beings made their activities felt. The
    • merely beings that had gone astray and were wandering about
    • beings exist after the fashion of these Roman legal concepts
  • Title: Cosmogony/Freedom/Altruism: Lecture II: A Different Way of Thinking is Needed to Rescue European Civilization
    Matching lines:
    • praises until millions of human beings in this civilised world
  • Title: Cosmogony/Freedom/Altruism: Lecture III: Fundamental Impulses in History
    Matching lines:
    • themselves as spiritual beings, sprung from a spiritual origin.
    • physical human beings in the body was designated by the Jews,
  • Title: Impulses of Utility: Lecture I: Western and Eastern Culture, H. P. Blavatsky
    Matching lines:
    • tendency to study what I must call the affinity of all beings;
    • that these questions concerning the affinity of beings, and of
    • of Haeckel says, that because human beings only wanted to keep
    • these views substantiated. But, as human beings, we have come
    • principle of Happiness, the Happiness of Human beings, but a
    • all beings who live on the Earth, the means of nourishment
    • 2, 4, 8, then there will be amongst the beings of the Earth an
    • Nature, and so the Darwinians said: All beings live immersed in
  • Title: Impulses of Utility: Lecture II: Utilitarianism and Sacramentalism
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual beings who are working behind existence. These beings
    • man. These beings attract forces for man's lower desires,
    • the stimulus of beings who excite the lower nature of man. They
    • second pole leads into the neighbourhood of spiritual beings
    • also, but it leads into the realm of spiritual beings whose
    • while he lives in the world of the senses. We know how beings
    • oneself to special beings allied to man's lowest powers lead to
    • Beings Up
    • Relation to Beings         
  • Title: Social Life: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • only penetrate into the life of those human beings working and
    • as human beings between birth and death, is not the object
    • human beings cannot remain as they are now, in their present
    • other beings; but this qualitative aspect has to be considered.
    • dear friends, is simply the product of such beings as
    • ourselves, beings who, during the Moon, Sun and Saturn epochs
    • human beings would grow up who would not look on one side to a
    • purely natural existence. We human beings would then realise
    • prevailing feeling, how differently human beings would live;
    • human beings to-day understand least of all. They say that a
    • disappeared, and human beings have no longer any relationship
    • most profound sense. It was read by human beings from nature
    • on the fact that human beings simply will not see what deep
    • — that human beings always tend to a one-sidedness, which
    • Matter as human beings know it, is that which has remained
    • of Matter and Spirit, about which human beings come into strife
    • reality; but human beings do not want to do this, — they
    • the majority of human beings can be guided by this; they
  • Title: Social Life: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • definite from human beings. It demands from everyone what must
    • events. I could see to my great sorrow, that human beings under
    • human beings are full of this egotism, so that when they speak
    • instructed human beings without reward, they led them higher
  • Title: Social Life: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • chief beings who dwell in a planetary-cosmic body at a given
    • with other beings, because, my dear friends, that which we call
    • Spiritual beings. Although to physical vision the Earth appears
    • certain Spiritual beings. And again, that which appears to us
    • expression of a certain relationship of Spiritual Beings, of
    • Beings who lie at the bottom of this illusion, with their
    • external, pictorial expression of certain Beings that veil
    • Hierarchies, such as the elementary Beings in the three
    • are other Beings, who seek to develop their nature at the wrong
    • beings of whom we have often spoken and of whom you will
    • already have formed the idea that the Luciferic beings as such,
    • earlier Cosmic age; and the Ahrimanic beings are those as such
    • themselves until a later Cosmic epoch. The Luciferic beings are
    • backward, retarded cosmic spirits; the Ahrimanic beings are the
    • opposite; — they are premature cosmic beings. The
    • Luciferic beings are those who rebelled in a sense against
    • Ahrimanic beings, on the other hand, if we may so express it,
    • Ahrimanic beings, those beings who now reveal artificially the
    • unable to grow old. We may be re-born but the Luciferic beings
    • something over us, so that we cannot mature. Those human beings
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Real Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • chief beings who dwell on a planetary-cosmic body at a given
    • relationships with other beings, because, my dear friends,
    • relationships between Spiritual beings. Although to physical
    • mass is simply the body for certain Spiritual beings. And
    • certain relationship of Spiritual Beings, of the Hierarchies.
    • when we can penetrate to those Beings who lie at the bottom
    • certain Beings that veil themselves in sensible
    • Hierarchies, such as the elementary Beings in the three
    • these there are other Beings, who seek to develop their
    • Luciferic and Ahrimanic beings of whom we have often spoken
    • Luciferic beings as such, present themselves as they do
    • beings are those as such, ought not to have revealed
    • Cosmic epoch. The Luciferic beings are backward, retarded
    • cosmic spirits; the Ahrimanic beings are the
    • opposite — they are premature cosmic beings. The
    • Luciferic beings are those who rebelled in a sense against
    • beings, on the other hand, if we may so express it, could not
    • Ahrimanic beings, those beings who now reveal artificially
    • beings can hold us back at the childhood stage. They can
    • human beings who give themselves up so willingly to a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Health and Illness I: Lecture I: Concerning the World Situation
    Matching lines:
    • beings. In regard to public life the most we can say is that a
    • matters that will turn people into thinking human beings. For
    • illnesses that human beings contract during puberty are
  • Title: Health and Illness I: Lecture II: Illnesses Occurring in the Different Periods of Life
    Matching lines:
    • that human beings die most frequently in their early years. In
    • be born on earth because originally we were beings of the
    • become beings of the air. Only at puberty are we assigned to
    • the earth to become its beings. Only then do we become attached
    • beings are neglected. An abstract social science, ignorant of
    • they become proper human beings, people who can direct their
  • Title: Health and Illness I: Lecture III: The Formation of the Human Ear
    Matching lines:
    • such minute human beings. The large human being is actually the
    • sum of many little human beings. Later, I'll show you that the
  • Title: Health and Illness I: Lecture V: The Eye; Colour of the Hair
    Matching lines:
    • wisdom of humans vanish. Human beings are becoming denser, and
    • for human consumption. Of course, neither did human beings
  • Title: Health and Illness I: Lecture VI: The Nose, Smell, and Taste
    Matching lines:
    • the sense for understanding other human beings, and that is
    • is caused not by what we human beings absorb as scents but
  • Title: Health and Illness I: Lecture VII: Spiritual-Scientific Foundations for a True Physiology
    Matching lines:
    • human beings we can only taste, but why is this so? If we had
    • of it. We human beings have the taste within, we
    • energy. In human beings it is the same. Because we always have
    • living being and that the other beings belong to it.
    • Insofar as we are beings of air, we are completely
    • human beings have only our shoulder blades attached to our
    • interesting that in human beings the sense of taste changes
    • human beings, we owe a lot to our nose. You see, people who
    • is, heat and cold. So, as human beings we are partly solid,
    • and as human beings we harbour a world of warmth within us.
    • human beings we have four parts in us: the solid man, which is
    • become extremely “light-sensed” beings, that is, no
  • Title: Health and Illness I: Lecture VIII: Concerning the Soul Life in the Breathing Process
    Matching lines:
    • life. In one respect, human beings breathe just as the higher
    • — microscopically small living beings — exist
    • living beings exist within the muscles of animals. As I have
    • tremendous multiplication. These minute beings do not
    • the plant in manure, these little beings feel well in the
    • Why? That these tiny beings need a specific environment is an
    • also human beings, you can say to yourselves, “My
    • is a fool who thinks that as human beings on the earth we
    • afflict us today, would not have occurred if human beings had
  • Title: East and West, and the Roman Church: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • higher beings than those we call man, and they founded a
    • civilisation which human beings took over and lived in. And the
    • how the Greek knew his soul to be used by Divine Beings, who really
    • on the Earth a civilisation, formed for beings one has to call men,
    • connected with the perception that ancient Beings, who once
    • back to those divine Spiritual Beings who once descended from
    • Beings who had come over to this Earth from previous incarnations
    • something that over there in the East, there still are human beings
    • human beings who feel the desolation of the European mechanical
    • with reference to something which most human beings cannot as yet
    • beings, because these people are not ready to take their part in
  • Title: East and West, and the Roman Church: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • soul in an unprepared state; because human beings were then afraid
    • in such a way that human beings lost the very ground under their
    • beings to-day can accept without falling into a paralysis of the
    • Modern human beings do not lose their self-consciousness, nor fall
    • other side of the Threshold. Human beings to-day, although they
    • true reality. That again is something with which the human beings
    • earth can attain its goal. Never can Catholicism bring human beings
    • power or activity to take the Divine into themselves. Human beings
  • Title: Fundamental Impulses in the Mysteries of Ancient and Modern Times
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual facts and beings lying at the foundation of the outer
    • fear lives in the outer actions of human beings, in the social
    • human beings become materialistic, i.e. why did they only take
    • of Evil. In the East the human beings have a kind of blood, a
    • be found in the human beings that are for instance seated here
    • most intensively in human beings of the East and of the West;
    • intercourse of human beings that were really all of them afraid
  • Title: Social Life: (single lecture)
    Matching lines:
    • hand, one cannot deny that, even amongst those human beings who
    • did not proceed only from human beings, but that, through the
    • super-sensible beings, Divine Spiritual Beings were
    • Beings, who, through the mouths of those who were the Leaders
    • he approached those Divine Spiritual Beings, during his life
    • human beings who had gone through a smaller number of earthly
    • the Divine Spiritual Beings in his pre-existent condition.
    • different from anything which human beings have thought of till
    • Group of his fellow-human beings. In those times when fewer
    • beings are instructed by the Gods in their pre-natal existence,
    • when human beings unite together, associate together, and
    • collective judgment must arise. Human beings must form
    • then received their wisdom. Now human beings
    • reference to the economic arrangements, formerly human beings
    • beings are born without that stamp; they are in a sense put as
    • beings as profess Anthroposophy; that simply depends upon
    • would be absurd to bring human beings together simply because
    • obtain insight into the way in which human beings are seeking,
    • human beings because they live in a definite dogma, but those
    • human beings who, through their previous life on earth are
  • Title: Health and Illness II: Lecture I: Fever Versus Shock; Pregnancy
    Matching lines:
    • receive impressions of ideal human beings. As a result,
    • fine-looking human beings. What a woman does with her head
    • of the moods of human beings, so that he must hurriedly produce
  • Title: Health and Illness II: Lecture II: The Brain and Thinking
    Matching lines:
    • beings. In this regard, human beings have no reason to claim
  • Title: Health and Illness II: Lecture III: The Effects of Alcohol on Man
    Matching lines:
    • alcohol in human beings. By what means is the blood so strongly
    • human beings of the red and white corpuscles that are produced
    • bring human beings to refrain from alcohol on their own. This
    • the point where free human beings can choose their own
  • Title: Health and Illness II: Lecture IV: The Power of Intelligence as the Effect of the Sun; Beaver Lodges and Wasps Nests
    Matching lines:
    • anything relating to reproduction of living beings must be
    • humans, because with human beings everything possible can
    • interfere. It does indicate, however, that living beings in
    • Rosegger said this not about beavers but about human beings. He means
    • affect living beings.
    • most readily acquire intelligence. In the case of human beings,
    • With human beings much can be accomplished by the individual
    • indeed, not earthly beings but sun beings and have only been
  • Title: Health and Illness II: Lecture V: The Effect of Nicotine; Vegetarian and Meat Diets; On Taking Absinthe; Twin Births
    Matching lines:
    • recent evolution. Originally, human beings did not smoke, and
    • vegetarian beings. There are animals that do not eat meat.
    • even faster than with human beings. A new flesh is therefore
    • This, of course, applies also to human beings. It is very
  • Title: Health and Illness II: Lecture VII: The Relationship Between the Breathing and the Circulation of the Blood; Jaundice; Smallpox; Rabies
    Matching lines:
    • Now, in the case of human beings, all outer processes can, as
    • their beings; they were much more like apparitions than people.
    • beings knew instinctively and were not clever as they are
  • Title: Health and Illness II: Lecture VIII: The Effect of Absinthe; Hemophilia;The Ice Age; The Declining Oriental and the Rising European Cultures; On Bees
    Matching lines:
    • soul-spiritual beings at all.
    • in human life. on-the one hand, human beings want to live
    • as the ice diminished, did human beings migrate here.
    • beginning to grasp something spiritual. When human beings begin
    • human beings do, but the influences from the universal
    • the whole universe draws into human beings and makes them
    • human beings. The knowledge of man thus becomes knowledge of
  • Title: Health and Illness II: Lecture IX: The Relationship of the Planets to the Metals and their Healing Effects
    Matching lines:
    • on the beings living on the earth. One calculates the position
    • human beings, have really retained a marvelous healing
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume I: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • non-crystalline. We human beings, as long as we are living on the
    • cerebro-spinal fluid, we human beings have the tendency to become
    • should we be free beings. The moment we rise into the plant-world, we
    • the plant-world spread out before us. We human beings are born into
    • the world as breathing, living beings, endowed with a specific
    • grow, works in us human beings too, bringing about the original and
    • the Beings of the Third Hierarchy, so-called — the Angeloi,
    • and a new birth, we develop our relations to these Beings
    • the Beings of the Third Hierarchy have only a certain degree of
    • Archai — are in the service of higher Beings. Nevertheless,
    • meeting with these Beings of the Third Hierarchy, we having prepared
    • sympathies and antipathies which we unfold as human beings in our
    • you may ask, what do we human beings carry within us, in our own
    • sublime, majestic formations of this Hierarchy. And what these Beings
    • in life the human beings with whom we must now continue living,
    • with other human beings in the world. This is the most important of
    • beings, work on humanity alone. So there arises the question, what
    • we human beings are so appallingly stupid, whereas what happens with
    • — with the same necessity two human beings meet in life
    • Beings of the First Hierarchy — Seraphim, Cherubim, Thrones —
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume I: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • ascribe it to the other Beings, whose freedom is unimpaired by human
    • limitations. For, as we rise to the Beings of the Hierarchies, they
    • beings, we walk. But the ground on which we walk is also there. No
    • more of that dim urge which drives most human beings to this or that
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume I: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • with the spiritual Beings of a higher cosmic order who do not descend
    • the sympathy or antipathy of the beings whom he learns to know during
    • antipathies he meets among the higher Beings according to the things
    • which comes from other human beings. It warms life and sustains it —
    • there are human beings who, to begin with, do not attain to love.
    • these human beings together. People will get beyond this appalling
    • beings.
    • beings in a life on earth, then you were with them in a former life
    • with other human beings in their former lives on earth. As a general
    • rule, according to this line of thought, the human beings of the B
    • human beings of the A series.
    • rhythms. One shift of human beings — if I may put it so —
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume I: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • question may here arise: Why do we human beings need a model at all?
    • union with other departed souls, and with the beings of the Higher
    • there are human beings who, in this earthly life, take a keen
    • the working with the spiritual beings, with whom he is then together,
    • constitution as to health in the next life. Human beings who are
    • an art of painting; and there were some human beings even then who
    • things go even farther. There are human beings (and so there were in
    • He cannot get near certain Beings; certain Beings hold themselves
    • for example, our relation to other human beings, which is
    • I am aware, it has invariably been so: If the two human beings had
    • if you see this, for it is so in many cases: Two human beings go
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume I: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • Second Hierarchy — spiritual Beings who do not incarnate in any
    • Dynamis, Kyriotetes — they are the Beings whom we bear within
    • in this the Beings of the First Hierarchy are active: Seraphim,
    • connected with this combustion process. As physical human beings with
    • they doing — these Beings of the three successive Hierarchies,
    • For it is the Beings of this Hierarchy who preserve in us the
    • let us go on to the Beings of the Second Hierarchy — Exusiai,
    • etc. They are the Beings we encounter when we have passed through the
    • earth; but we encounter, above all, the spiritual Beings of this
    • about in our organisation. Thus, in union with these Beings of the
    • Beings of the Divine World are above us. When we are in yonder
    • Beings of the Second Hierarchy. With them we work out the forming of
    • and illness — we work it out with these Beings, the Beings of
    • the Beings of the Second Hierarchy — then we discover, far
    • below, the Beings of the First Hierarchy, Cherubim, Seraphim, and
    • for us human beings, to begin with) in the farthest depths beneath
    • us. We, all the time, are working with the Beings of the Second
    • in this work — working alone, and with other human beings, upon
    • Beings of the First Hierarchy are active far below us, and in a
    • or evil, wise or foolish. The Beings of the First Hierarchy —
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume I: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • are human beings on the earth, for the configuration of karma is
    • human beings, think, when we live in thoughts, we are living in the
    • beings. Just think of what has to be taken into account by a Director
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume I: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • between these human beings — in language that has been coined
    • what takes place on earth is lived through in advance by the Beings
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume I: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • penetrating observation of human beings in respect of their karmic
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume I: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • when we are observing human beings, we can also speak of a
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume I: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • poor indeed in events and poor indeed in beings.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume I: Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • development, and the question arises: If human beings pass through
    • Where are they today? Are they to be found among the human beings who
    • if it were possible for a number of human beings to be born today at
    • seventeen- or eighteen-year-old bodies, or if at least human beings
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume II: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • impulses in the souls of human beings work on and are transplanted,
    • human beings who carry over the past into another age, in such a way
    • beings, those things in history that bring weal or woe, happiness or
    • develop through successive incarnations of human beings, and through
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume II: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • human beings who have lived on earth not only until the moment of
    • earthly human beings finding their way upward and working on from
    • evolution into later epochs through the human beings themselves. Then
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume II: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • are carried over into later epochs through human beings themselves. A
    • to human beings with whom he had already twice been connected —
    • into the progress made by the human beings of whom we have spoken in
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume II: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • concerned with the karma of human beings must be undertaken with deep
    • beings than is otherwise the case; they will be fruitful only if they
    • the Beings who have their habitations in the stars and the manifold
    • orders of Divine-Spiritual Beings who guide the universe and the life
    • among living human beings and the life of soul when he was
    • human beings — that he lacked. On the other hand he was
    • less to pass living human beings by, but he took a boundless interest
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume II: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • beings we can experience through the study of karma an invigoration
    • beings which had not been noticed before. But then we must also have
    • other human beings and within these relationships things happen. We
    • karmically-connected human beings dwell within one another in the
    • beings endowed with arms and legs. Cut this right out of your
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume II: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual beings who inhabit this astral outer world. Nothing of all
    • — this we could never achieve as human beings if we were
    • beings were now bringing you this experience. And you actually
    • spiritual beings, withdraw, and I become aware of it as something of
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume II: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • certain types of human beings can be observed, and it will be found
    • beings in the present life.
    • type of nose or mouth he has. Again, there are human beings who are
    • I might say — two polar opposite types of human beings. But
    • look a little more closely at these two types of human beings of whom
    • nature of things, move about a great deal. Human beings who lead an
    • beings the head has become related to the earth as the result of the
    • connected with the life of the human being. There are human beings in
    • beings who, as I will put it, ascend very high into the spiritual,
    • languages are of such a character that they help human beings to
    • epoch is carried over into another by human beings themselves. As
    • first of all, the spiritual-etheric pictures of the spiritual beings
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume II: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • told you that the forming of karma is connected with those Beings who
    • Beings.
    • spiritual beings, the most important of whom once lived on earth as
    • Beings were on the earth before the separation of the moon. In those
    • Beings worked was altogether different from the way in which men can
    • are Beings who have a great deal to do with karma, with the forming
    • etheric body and begins his backward journey, the Moon Beings draw
    • therefore we pass through the region of the Moon Beings and what we
    • whole constitution of soul of these Moon Beings differs from that of
    • the inhabitants of the earth. These Moon Beings with whom we have so
    • Teachers whom we know as the Moon Beings, has been lost. But during
    • of understanding. Human beings, who since the fading of the primeval
    • of what is happening to human beings in this connection is by no
    • the Moon Beings than has the thinking of an average scientist like Du
    • course of his life, it could be observed that the Moon Beings took a
    • Moon Beings. Investigations of this kind are profoundly interesting
    • of the Moon Beings flow into the pictures which a man himself shapes,
    • Beings who left the earth long ago and founded a kind of Moon colony
    • When human beings
    • find their bearings in the sphere of the Moon Beings. Something
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume II: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • everything belonging to the earth, all the beings of the kingdoms of
    • Hierarchies, of the higher Spiritual Beings.
    • level, so to speak, of the Hierarchies are those Beings of whom I
    • intensity to these experiences. If these Moon Beings who were once
    • transition. Having shared these experiences with the Moon Beings, man
    • passes on to experiences shared with Beings who have never been on
    • the earth. The Moon Beings of whom I spoke in the last lecture were
    • and a new birth, man ascends to Beings who were never on earth. The
    • Beings belonging to the first group of the higher Hierarchies are
    • those we know by the name of the Angels. These Beings guide and
    • higher Beings they are the nearest to us and they are also very near
    • Moon Beings of whom I have been speaking to you.
    • Beings, we are also in the realm of the Angels. Thus while we are
    • Beings in this region were ever on the earth. Here live only Beings
    • truly, in the most sublime sense, the dwelling-place of those Beings
    • Now these Beings
    • influences of many different human beings are responsible. We cannot
    • a world where dwell the Beings of the Second Hierarchy, the Exusiai,
    • by the Beings of the sun, by Exusiai, Dynamis, Kyriotetes. But in the
    • realm. And in this realm those Beings who can work together with him
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume II: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • therefore, to be able to envisage those Beings of the spiritual
    • begin with, man's connection with the beings belonging to the
    • earthly realm. Man on earth is surrounded by beings of the mineral,
    • relationship through his astral body to the beings of the animal
    • These Beings do
    • humanity would simply not exist if human beings developed in the same
    • way as the animals, carrying nothing over into old age. Human beings
    • from the Beings of the Second Hierarchy. Henceforth the soul must
    • the 21st year only the Beings of the Third Hierarchy were to work and
    • then from the 14th to the 35th year only the Beings of the Second
    • only from the 35th, and again through three periods, the Beings of
    • plant and mineral kingdoms. As human beings we stand with our
    • Beings of the higher Hierarchies participate.
    • puberty, from about the 14th year onwards, Beings whose forces are
    • take hold of the rhythmic system. The real task of the Beings of the
    • Beings who were once on earth and who are stern judges of the good
    • directed upon us by the Beings of Mars, Saturn and Jupiter makes us
    • imperfections. The Beings of the Third Hierarchy weave this into him,
    • has been passed (— how things are with human beings who die
    • the present epoch of evolution there are a great many human beings
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume II: Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • Cherubim, Thrones. These Beings of the First Hierarchy continue
    • Beings of the planetary spheres. As we look at the outer, physical
    • colony of spiritual Beings in the cosmos.
    • as human beings is such that within the physical body we have an
    • the connection between the Moon Beings and man after death lie
    • the Moon Beings in connection with the human being after death. Such
    • 7th year becomes transparent and the Moon Beings and their deeds are
    • order to establish relationship with human beings in the
    • Beings. The Sun-existence between death and rebirth is now
    • forces and spiritual Beings, that in order to perceive all the
    • look back upon man's connection with the Sun Beings between
    • undergoes after death in connection with the Beings of the
    • out, in union with higher Beings.
    • karma is elaborated mainly in the sphere of Mars. Human beings who by
    • Beings imbue everything with an element of aggressiveness — be
    • the earlier periods — he attains knowledge of what the Beings
    • of the Jupiter region can bring about in human beings during their
    • the Beings of the Jupiter-sphere makes a very remarkable impression.
    • astonishment that Beings like those belonging to the Jupiter-sphere
    • course, one is actually connected with these Jupiter Beings. They are
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume II: Lecture XIII
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual Beings. And the whole conception that little children,
    • that there, within the body, are Beings of all the higher
    • body is the bearer of the Beings of the higher Hierarchies, cannot be
    • in reality, colonies of spiritual Beings. But you must not imagine
    • of all spiritual Beings of the cosmos who have anything to do with
    • obliged to say that the Divine Beings who belong to the earth and who
    • Beings ‘see’ — they would lack a certain faculty
    • to all its other functions. All the Divine Beings belonging to the
    • world of Beings, dazed by the multiplicity of our nature, for we are
    • one with all these Beings.
    • activities of the many Beings within him. Countless Divine Beings
    • another person unfold in a man, this is the result of what the Beings
    • way of thoughts and ideas, this means that the Beings of the Second
    • the Beings of the Third Hierarchy, to the Angeloi, Archangeloi and
    • higher Hierarchies but elemental beings, also the Ahrimanic and
    • to contemplate the destinies of human beings with reverence and awe
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume II: Lecture XIV
    Matching lines:
    • human beings are these sections identical, even though the two may
    • beings. How am I to put this into words? In speaking of it as
    • behold that which it pleases the Spirit-Beings to reveal to us.
    • Beings of the Hierarchies have selected in order to disclose it to us
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume II: Lecture XV
    Matching lines:
    • those human beings who are living this life between death and a new
    • between death and a new birth, groups of human beings united by their
    • the work of the Beings of the higher Hierarchies.
    • Those Beings of
    • super-sensible world where dwell the Beings of the higher Hierarchies.
    • elaborated on earth, too, with the help of the Beings of the higher
    • earthly life, these Beings of the higher Hierarchies make use of
    • world is the world of the Beings of the Second Hierarchy: Exusiai,
    • These Beings of
    • Beings of the Second Hierarchy: Exusiai, Kyriotetes,
    • spiritual Beings of the Second Hierarchy in the substance of the sun.
    • appear, these Beings of the Second Hierarchy. And as we watch more
    • of the Beings of the Second Hierarchy. And from out of this weaving,
    • other Beings — raying to us through the earth. It is a truly
    • wonderful world of Beings that works thus through the earth at night,
    • Beings of the Second Hierarchy ever and again fades out, while
    • And those Beings
    • fruits of thy thoughts and ideas during the day. The Beings of the
    • Beings experience what thou hast thyself experienced from the
    • the Beings of the Third Hierarchy and the traces of the thoughts we
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume II: Lecture XVI
    Matching lines:
    • wherein human beings are shown in their relation to Beings of the
    • groups of human beings are suddenly snatched away from earthly
    • perceive how human souls work together with the Beings of the higher
    • beings have perished in some region where a terrible earthquake has
    • be found that when human beings perish together, let us say in an
    • What, then, is their situation? As a rule they are human beings
    • devastating earthquake. We are concerned there with human beings
    • The beings
    • remember, I told you that the Beings who were once the great primeval
    • our life between death and a new birth. These are the Beings who
    • situation of human beings who have been turned aside in this way from
    • spiritual world and of the spiritual Beings in that world, just as
    • physical world and its beings. We must ask the question: How do the
    • Beings of the three Hierarchies respond when human beings ascend to
    • the task of these spiritual Beings to re-integrate into the
    • beings who are destined after their death to pass into the spiritual
    • world in this way? The Beings of the higher Hierarchies are
    • civilisation, where human beings between whom there are no strong
    • now, however, the human beings concerned are not, to begin with,
    • from fanatical emotionalism in a group of human beings, where the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture I: Introduction to these Studies on Karma
    Matching lines:
    • human beings ascribed to their own person only their
    • Spiritual Soul. The human beings of whom I am now speaking,
  • Title: Lecture: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture II: Forces of Karmic Preparation in the Cosmos
    Matching lines:
    • There indeed we find, among the beings with whom we are
    • to the Group-souls — the beings whom we ourselves
    • — now the Beings of the Third Hierarchy draw near,
    • death, the Beings of the Third Hierarchy approach that
    • Beings of the Third Hierarchy receive it into Their care.
    • And we as human beings on the earth utter a simple and
    • depends upon it, whether human beings on the earth
    • human beings' souls, with whom he entered into any kind of
    • in and woven around by the Beings of the first Hierarchy.
    • among the human beings of the end of Kali-Yuga. And then it
    • as soon as two human beings are working together, something
    • though it stood in connection with human beings who lived
    • beings who are busily at work upon him. But in reality they
    • lived through human beings upon earth in the last third of
    • to bear upon the human beings of today. This Ahrimanic
    • beings, and the latter had no part in them at all. Almost
    • helpless, how infinitely helpless do the human beings seem
  • Title: Lecture: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture III: The Spiritual Foundations of Anthroposophical Endeavour
    Matching lines:
    • finding them peopled by the human beings who are now
    • always bear in mind what I have said about the beings of
    • beings, a section of what we call the Anthroposophical
    • karmic coming-together of many single human beings. Take in
    • our midst — where a number of human beings are led by
    • to these very human beings before they came down into this
    • There are many human beings whom we find here or there in
    • with the Spirit-Beings of the Hierarchies they wove the
    • of his inner life, he sought out the advice of human beings
    • beings in the world. Then indeed great difficulties of life
  • Title: Lecture: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture IV: The Soul's Condition of Those Who Seek for Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • there are two groups of human beings in the
    • are the two groups of human beings in the
    • that human beings come into the Anthroposophical Society.
    • then, is the Christ? We are now among the Beings of
  • Title: Lecture: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture V: Spiritual Conditions of Evolution Leading up to the Anthroposophical Movement
    Matching lines:
    • those human beings who seek for Anthroposophy. This we have
    • distinguish two groups among the human beings who come to
    • human beings who lived in those early Christian centuries
    • how those human beings — that is to say you
    • very real feeling: It was a language of spiritual Beings in
    • — Bulgars were human beings who were most strongly
    • beings such as I have characterised. Now the souls of whom
    • human beings — who had the distinct perception of the
    • is taking place through human beings on the earth. Just as
    • interest in the life of spiritual beings, so from the
    • beings upon the earth. After the age which I have hitherto
    • Testament. It has been written down by human beings, who
    • became flesh and dwelt among us. But human beings are less
    • of their souls, these human beings — disembodied as
    • of by the spirit, till there were no more human beings
    • beings of whom we have been speaking (who in their souls
  • Title: Lecture: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture VI: The School of Chartres
    Matching lines:
    • which were able to draw together a number of human beings
    • for single, chosen human beings to receive deep inner
    • another. Human beings on the earth had lost, to some
    • beings were prepared, not so much by way of instruction,
    • the cosmos, the spiritual-elemental beings that lived in
    • in the last few days. It is a large circle of human beings,
    • call it so, for brief periods, in some of the human beings
    • working in individual human beings in the most varied
  • Title: Lecture: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture VII: The New Age of Michael
    Matching lines:
    • individual human being, are allotted to the Beings of the
    • the Beings of the kingdom of Archangeloi has the spiritual
    • the Mystery of Golgotha. All the beings who belonged to the
    • that such human beings as Alexander the Great, though in a
    • beings who were capable of it, having at least a few
    • while human beings upon earth are as though wrapt in sleep.
  • Title: Lecture: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture VIII: Ahriman's Fight Against the Michael Principle. The Message of Michael
    Matching lines:
    • and a new birth, and numbers too of spiritual beings who do
    • and sub-human beings, belonged at that time to the
    • with all the spiritual and human-spiritual beings who
    • Such was their experience; while the human beings who were
    • certain groups of human beings long, long afterwards,
    • spiritual Beings. It is indeed of fairly recent date that
    • beings, arrived at a point where he could say: Here do I
    • to human beings who did not yet possess Intelligence on
    • Archangel Beings: Gabriel, Raphael, Zachariel, Anael,
    • Oriphiel, Samael, Michael. As we look to all these Beings,
    • or to give the name of Ahriman to so many beings whom one
    • We human beings
    • this in relation to individual human beings too. Thus at
    • human beings after all, who have been always there. They
    • every case, those human beings who are within the
  • Title: Lecture: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture IX: Entry of the Michael Forces. Decisive Character of the Michael Impulses
    Matching lines:
    • constantly at work. Beings of the higher Hierarchies are
    • certain human beings — and this in the last resort
    • human beings are especially connected with the stream of
    • human beings — I will not say of nervous temperament
    • — but human beings intense in soul and spirit, were
    • super-sensible Beings enter and play a part.
    • the Michael element was approaching human beings at that
    • human beings today would be quite different if such things
    • beings had been affected not only in soul but even down
    • human beings would now descend, who in their earthly
    • human beings who are led by an inner urge to approach the
    • history in which human beings have become united. But there
    • Human beings who
    • lived, alongside of human beings who are absolutely
    • that these human beings meet one another again in a future
    • The meeting-again with human beings to whom we are related
  • Title: Lecture: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture X: The Michaelites: Their Karmic Impulse Towards the Spiritual Life  The Working of Ahriman into the Once Cosmic and Now Personal Intelligence
    Matching lines:
    • will have seen that with all such human beings, that is to
    • Beside the fact that we are human beings pure and simple,
    • beings with whom indeed karma has united me. (I spoke of
    • this yesterday). Here am I living with human beings who
    • side by side with non-spiritual human beings, we must see
    • number of human beings today have the inner impulse to
    • follows. I said: these human beings will put aside the
    • The time will come when in these human beings the Spirit
    • will be human beings by whose physiognomy and features
    • such human beings it will thus be proved, visibly for the
    • want to use, because human beings are so completely wrapped
  • Title: Lecture: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture XI: Evolution of the Michael Principle Throughout the Ages. The Split in the Cosmic Intelligence
    Matching lines:
    • filled with the all-pervading Intelligence. Human beings
    • human beings was being accomplished, it was decreed on
    • beings we must first consider the kingdom that is nearest
    • for us the sum-total of the Beings of the Hierarchy of
    • of the fact that a number of Angel Beings were separating
    • beings would be achieved henceforth through earthly powers
    • Angels are the Beings who guide men from earthly life to
    • earthly life. They are the Beings next above us in the
    • number of Angel Beings — Beings who have this task
    • being the conduct of these Angel Beings, the destiny of
    • human beings could not possibly remain untouched. Who is it
    • between death and a new birth? It is the Beings of the
    • Angeloi. If now these Angel Beings come to an entirely
    • we find also the Angel Beings belonging to the human beings
    • of human beings who lived in the kingdom of Michael and of
    • whom I have spoken to you, belong Angel Beings who have
    • reality a gathering of Spiritual Beings. When we look up to
    • of Spiritual Beings. Now there is a certain contrast. Since
    • Beings of the Hierarchy of Archangeloi partake in its
    • — to the Beings of the Hierarchy of the Angeloi,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume IV: Introductory Lecture
    Matching lines:
    • happenings and in individual human beings has been spoken of without
    • which point to facts and beings of the spiritual world and with
    • material objects and beings with clear shapes and sharp edges, they saw
    • seen the sharp outlines demarcating you as human beings to-day; he would
    • spiritual beings as on earth he is among physical beings. — This
    • a living reality in all physical beings. As the physical light is
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume IV: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • Livius, who as it were embalms the human beings whom he describes. For
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume IV: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • individual human beings who find themselves within this society.
    • beings, we cannot draw conclusions from the external attitude and
    • personalities of history, i.e., by the human beings themselves, but we
    • influence of the strangest elemental beings. More than will be believed
    • spiritual beings, right into the life of man.
    • the spiritual beings wildly rising in the foam with their figures
    • human beings who had gone through the gate of death, and who knew well
    • ancient Cosmic Christianity lived still more deeply in the human beings
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume IV: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • world of certain elemental beings into which we penetrate when we enter
    • elemental beings who underlie the Elements. Everywhere in the scattered
    • elemental beings are working with you. But you also bear the soul within
    • incarnation at that time, were united here with spiritual beings who,
    • into the souls of human beings who are united with this Movement, that
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume IV: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • nature-beings, and not in the conception of void and abstract natural
    • coming to man through spiritual beings. They did not see the mere
    • past of human beings lives in the present time. Yet the vague and
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume IV: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • at length we come to speak of spiritual beings as we speak of physical
    • of Lord Bacon, a whole world of daemonic beings. The world was literally
    • filled supersensibly and sensibly with daemonic beings. (When I
    • beings of the universe, the Beings of the Hierarchies in connection with
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume IV: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • beings, too, were in the warmth of ancient Saturn.
    • Beings in cosmic space, colonies which we can learn to know as such. And
    • and with the Beings of higher or even of lower Hierarchies. And when a
    • Beings of the stars.
    • number of human beings, united karmically in the community of Michael,
    • — the real existence — of human beings whom we meet here, is
    • causes spiritual beings to battle with him. For instance, in order to do
    • One of Klingsor's practices is to make one of his spiritual beings put
    • is only able to appear with the support of spiritual beings, inasmuch as
    • day, the very spirit-beings whom Klingsor conjured up in the Wartburg
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume IV: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • beings have the courage to take their study of the spiritual world in
    • it like an indwelling of these wise Beings of primeval times. He had the
    • clever and sharp-witted we are so as human beings. Indeed to-day, as I
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume IV: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • are living Beings, inspirers of human skill, of human spiritual
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume IV: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • them as it were like the shades of beings. Indeed this is how abstract
    • thoughts henceforth evolved: the Ideas were taken by human beings in an
    • absorbed by human beings ever and again. Again and again at one place or
  • Title: Spiritual Development: Lecture I: The Inner Experience of the Activity of Thinking
    Matching lines:
    • visible beings and processes of nature. But what comes back to
    • etheric formations but actual spiritual beings of the so-called
    • spiritual beings can
  • Title: Spiritual Development: Lecture II: The Physical World and the Moral-Spiritual Impulses
    Matching lines:
    • our activities as human beings on the earth. Only
    • spiritual atmosphere of soul-life, where spiritual beings move
    • about as we, as physical human beings, move in the physical
    • spiritual beings, moving and weaving in this astral
    • life, the beings of the higher and lower Hierarchies themselves
  • Title: Spiritual Development: Lecture III: Man's Faculty of Cognition in the Etheric World
    Matching lines:
    • reveal manifestations of the Beings of the third
    • Archai. There we are among Beings who are
    • of these Beings reveals itself to us
    • say: we apprehend this world as the revelation of the Beings of
    • resounds the voice of the Spiritual Beings. Thus, after
    • itself. One meets the beings of the first Hierarchy:
  • Title: Things Past and Present: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • special way when he attempts to bring human beings into
    • beings in relationship to nature continues itself with such a
    • beings of the folk life; and again the folk life not out of
    • concrete, so that human beings are able to learn to
    • able to rebel against it. Contemplate human beings as they
    • how these human beings precisely in a certain way, through
    • teaching which actually works upon human beings. Now, you
    • cannot begin to confront human beings with such things. Above
    • all, human beings have to believe the teachings we have given
  • Title: Things Past and Present: Lecture II: Deeper Secrets of Man's Soul-Spiritual Nature
    Matching lines:
    • thinking exhausts itself. Just as we as human beings stand in
    • human beings if the astral body did not send its impulses
    • memory is the ether body. However, for us human beings, if
    • to his soul. When we as human beings walk through the streets
    • human beings occupy ourselves on earth with our machines or
    • from outside, the above mentioned spiritual beings weave
    • that? Indeed, that is done by the beings of the three
    • by the beings of these next three Hierarchies. The new
    • and impulses toward willing. Higher beings also work in that
    • impulses. Just as in our thinking beings of the Third
    • impulses the beings of the Second Hierarchy including the
    • the indicated beings of the hierarchies.We are truly not
    • environment, but we are also there as soul spiritual beings
    • will impulses with the Beings of the Hierarchies of the
    • beings have perceived, have felt through our thoughts,
    • with the beings of the Hierarchies which we have mentioned.
    • hypothesis, for example, just imagine that there are beings
    • who are not able to see human beings and just imagine that
    • one of these beings who cannot see the activity of man goes
    • human beings come into the world; that that occurs quite of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Things Past and Present: Lecture IV: Secrets of Freemasonry
    Matching lines:
    • builds itself on a foundation which educates human beings in
    • nature, elemental beings in plants, animals and minerals.
    • 13th, 14th century. We can see that at that time human beings
    • learn about the four reverences which human beings should
    • that which can have an influence upon human beings from the
    • intellect through the intellect to human beings. First you
    • be completely fulfilled because human beings in our 5th
    • were spiritual beings in him that were the cause of what
  • Title: Things Past and Present: Lecture V: Comenius and the Temple of PanSophia
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual worlds, but that man can find other beings in these
    • beings which we call Angels, Archangels and so on. So, we can
    • of these higher beings and they speak of them as beings with
    • descriptions of these elemental beings. These elemental
    • beings that lie at the base of the mineral kingdom are called
    • warmth elementals as salamanders. These beings which we just
    • how there are beings working down from the spiritual world
    • that these elementary beings can receive the power in the
    • forces of certain spiritual beings are carried down which
    • impart themselves to these elementary beings so that a new
    • and the elementary beings who weave and live in the nature
    • pouring, with an up and down streaming of spiritual beings of
    • the hierarchies whose students are the elementary beings who
    • stands in direct interworking with the beings who permit
    • influence from the beings of the hierarchies who stream up
    • from beings who themselves had descended out of the spiritual
    • elementary beings receive those forces through which they are
    • do that. The higher beings themselves still came down. Now in
    • everything streamed down through spiritual beings into the
    • human beings from the primal revelation. What we once upon a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Things Past and Present: Lecture VI: Death and Resurrection
    Matching lines:
    • of human beings who have only been educated for the external
    • circle of vision of human beings which has been shrunken by
    • larger perspective must again arise among human beings.
  • Title: Things Past and Present: Lecture VII: Man's Four Members
    Matching lines:
    • differences between then, we must admit that the human beings
    • differentiated to a much higher degree than are human beings.
    • physical man, we are human beings and we have received our
    • You see what a complicated manifoldness we human beings
    • body than do the Archai, Archangels and Angels. These Beings
    • the elasticity of thinking which human beings today possess,
    • beings, who stand upon a lower stage of evolution for our
    • aspect which is streaming around human beings and is the most
    • process and it is those human beings who understand these
  • Title: Things Past and Present: Lecture VIII: Thomas More and His Utopia
    Matching lines:
    • a very exact division of human beings in different houses.
    • speak here of things and beings of the sense world. As you
    • actually is occurring in the souls of human beings. Thus you
  • Title: Things Past and Present: Lecture IX: Celtic Symbols and Cult, Jesuit State in Paraguay
    Matching lines:
    • post-Atlantean period which were natural to human beings
    • beings, nevertheless, he was aware of certain elementary
    • perceived it. One also worked from human beings to human
    • beings in such a way that one was still predisposed to the
    • human beings can come to their own conclusion as to whether
    • beings which would work directly upon the physical body.
    • example and was able to hold 4000 to 5000 human beings.
    • not saying that human beings do that. No, but ahrimanic
    • beings do it through human beings. These human beings are
    • tools for the ahrimanic beings. So many people believe that
    • human beings that this is something of a scientific nature
    • patterns. You see, spiritual science provides human beings
  • Title: Things Past and Present: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • an earth existed, and that world through which human beings
    • have in us, as human beings, the animal qualities, the plant
    • beings there; those people who were not permeated by a
  • Title: Things Past and Present: Lecture XI: Fragments from the Jewish Haggada
    Matching lines:
    • human beings are a guarantee that he is brought to the place
    • feet of human beings.
    • what we are as human beings is only enclosed within our skin
    • see how spiritual beings fulfil their activities. Laughing
    • and weeping is an accompaniment of life with us human beings
    • beings, they show their actions. As far as we are concerned,
    • beings who with their actual self are occupied more in
    • of the contradictions which occurs in human beings during the
  • Title: Things Past and Present: Lecture XII: Luciferic Dangers from the East
    Matching lines:
    • and we know that certain of the beings of these hierarchies
    • We call those beings the Luciferic and Ahrimanic beings,
    • beings who exercise their activity for the earth, and beings
    • Luciferic and Ahrimanic beings in the whole world
    • very difficult in our time for human beings to understand and
    • in Brahmanism and the fact that human beings today do not
    • out of works in which the fantasy of human beings is poisoned
  • Title: Memory and Habit: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • long evolution as beings of the Old Moon incarnation of the Earth,
    • under the direct influence of the higher Beings of the spiritual
    • Beings of the spiritual world. We needed no ‘habits,’ for
    • what we had to do, the Beings of the higher world did, in a certain
    • impulse from higher spiritual Beings. The foundations of freedom
    • been emancipated from the sphere of the Beings of the spiritual
    • impulses. In that world there are exalted spiritual Beings who guide
    • impulses of lofty spiritual Beings. Having entered physical
    • Beings.
    • the higher spiritual Beings in order that by following their impulses
    • and courageously he must admit to himself that both Beings are
    • beings that they would never have taken to lying. A perfect God would
    • judges of the actions of human beings. Everything happened according
    • activity. In order to be able to speak the truth as free beings, the
  • Title: Memory and Habit: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • thoughts of the Beings of the Higher Hierarchies. In the thoughts of
    • the Beings of the Hierarchies there lived, in advance, what the
    • moment all that human beings think! Would it not be terrible if every
    • first evolved by the Beings of the higher Hierarchies and also to
    • some extent by Elemental Beings and then echoed by the humanity of
    • our minds and viewing them from every angle. As human beings now are
    • depend upon whether a sufficient number of human beings can realise and
    • into men by the Beings of the spiritual Hierarchies. In the Old Moon
    • ourselves away from the Beings who send down their impulses from the
    • now enter into a different relationship with the Beings of the higher
    • these spiritual Beings. The Beings of the higher Hierarchies and also
    • certain elemental Beings sent their impulses into us. Now we are
    • with the spiritual Beings of the Hierarchies, which we only dimly
    • with Beings of the higher Hierarchies until the end of the Moon
    • lose all sense of kinship with the Beings of the Hierarchies. A
    • correspond to Beings in the spiritual world! It is to these
    • Beings of the Hierarchies and not merely to abstract ideals of Truth,
    • and the other spiritual Beings — a living, unbroken choir
  • Title: Memory and Habit: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • of years ago, the elemental Beings who stand behind the preparation
    • human beings who hold such a definite belief as that of which I spoke
    • made to influence human beings in such a way that vision is induced
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture One: Greetings to the Builders Working on the Goetheanum. Otto Weininger, a Decadent Genius. Distorted Pictures of Imaginative Knowledge.
    Matching lines:
    • but will meet more as human beings. Once one isolates this idea and
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Two: Two Spheres of Existence in Nature and in Man: the Realm of Regularity and the Realm of Irregularity. The Ancient Hebrews' Jubilee year as the Expression of Formative Powers of the Soul. The Christ Incarnation.
    Matching lines:
    • formed. Out there live beings for whom one revolution of Mercury is
    • equivalent to one of your Earth days. These beings also experience the
    • infinitely lofty beings. And they assumed that the laws governing the
    • existence, so also do the cosmic beings think of that moment which,
    • cosmic beings think on a cosmic scale. Meanwhile, here on Earth a
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Three: The Duality of Human Nature -- The Heavenly and the Earthly Aspects of Man. Uranus and Gaia. Influences of One Incarnation on the Next: Metamorphoses of the Body.
    Matching lines:
    • beings to live in deception at all? Would it not have been better for
    • period, from a time when we were not free beings and when everything
    • from the earth, and had been set down by the beings of the
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Four: Human Organism, Results of Prenatal Formative Powers. Dual Nature of Man. Powers behind the Existence of the Body as Expressed Pictorally by the Body and as Expressed in a Draughtsmanlike Fashion by the Head.
    Matching lines:
    • virtually a natural necessity, connected human beings to their acts.
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Five: How a Person Grows into the Three Spiritual Realms of Wisdom, Beauty and Goodness. How These Shine Down into the Spiritual Part of Man.
    Matching lines:
    • connects us with certain elemental beings, namely those elemental
    • beings that belong to the sphere of wisdom. In the third drawing, that
    •  I  are found the elemental beings of the myths and
    • But here (drawing 3), it is spiritual beings from the astral sphere
    • — These are elemental beings. There (drawing 3) it was spirits
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Six: The Transformation of the Physical Body into the Head of the Next Incarnation. The Cosmic Significance of Human Knowledge.
    Matching lines:
    • its value as food for human beings. For if one were to question a
    • human beings is inessential to a grain of wheat. Knowledge does not
    • grains of wheat are used as food for human beings instead of for the
    • human beings are able to extract a substantial portion of what is in
    • nourishment for human beings.
    • the higher spiritual beings will receive nourishment from the concepts
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Seven: The Connection between the Human Being and the Cosmos. The Twelve Regions of the Senses and the Seven Life Processes.
    Matching lines:
    • animals, plants and human beings, but will only point out that every
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Eight: How Twelvefoldness, Sevenfoldness, Fourfoldness, and Threefoldness are Mirrored. Pathological Experiences of the Soul. Thinking Backward as a Preparation for Spiritual Experience.
    Matching lines:
    • also shows us how we are balanced with regard to the beings of the
    • among the various beings of the spiritual world. And the spiritualised
    • significant spiritual beings whose nature is reflected within us
    • beings, the revelations of the truly productive musician bring him
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Nine: Enlivening the Sense Processes and Ensouling the Life Processes. Aesthetic Enjoyment and Aesthetic Creativity. Logic and the Sense for Reality.
    Matching lines:
    • beings of the various hierarchies in accordance with the way they
    • the beings and influences of the spiritual world. It is similar with
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Ten: Loss of the Ability to Orient Oneself in Reality and the Helplessness of Modern Scientific Driteria in a Materialistic Age.
    Matching lines:
    • about? It begins with the thought that human beings are actually
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Eleven: Memory and Habit as Metamorphoses of Former Spiritual Experiences that were Subject to Luciferic and Ahrimanic Influences.
    Matching lines:
    • beings of the Moon, we did not have a faculty comparable to our
    • check by the impulses we received from the beings of a higher world.
    • impulses of higher beings. They would have to exercise their power
    • freedom by being released from the sphere of the beings of the higher
    • spiritual beings who guide us to what we need to do; they help us
    • the uninterrupted impulses of higher spiritual beings. To a degree we
    • spiritual beings.
    • higher spiritual beings once more in order that the ability to follow
    • energetically, that these two kinds of beings are necessary to world
    • would have created human beings in such a way that they could not
    • beings. If we are to be able to speak the truth as free beings it must
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Twelve: How Thoughts are Engraved into the Substance of the Cosmos and the Consequences Following from This. Metamorphosis of Memory and Habit.
    Matching lines:
    • it by the beings of the higher hierarchies. On Old Moon the dreams men
    • the beings of the higher hierarchies and, to some extent, by the
    • elemental beings. Then they were thought by the human beings. This
    • years hence, it will be crucial that we human beings acquire a feeling
    • human beings of that time simply received their impulses from the
    • spiritual beings of the higher hierarchies. They did not develop
    • the beings who send down their impulses to us from the spiritual
    • But we must once more come into a relationship with the beings of the
    • about it. Spiritual beings of the higher hierarchies, and even some
    • elemental beings directed their impulses into our consciousness. Now
    • remnants of a connection with the spiritual beings of the higher
    • lived with the beings of the higher hierarchies in that spiritual
    • felt ourselves in the company of the beings of the higher hierarchies
    • remember what I said eight days ago. Remember that there are beings in
    • truth and goodness we encounter on Earth. It is toward these beings of
    • the minerals, plants, animals and the human beings are not simply
    • which beings are being served as one carries out this or that task.
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Thirteen: Allocation of the Whole Human Form to the Cosmos. Technical Discoveries and the Human Physical Organization. Collisions between Thinking that Accords with Reality and Thinking that is in Opposition to Reality.
    Matching lines:
    • is made of genuine paper. The elemental beings who govern the building
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Fourteen: Metamorphoses of the Twelve Sense Zones through Luciferic and Ahrimanic Influences.
    Matching lines:
    • we ourselves, as physical human beings, constitute the largest of our
    • language of nature and for perceiving how certain elemental beings
  • Title: Lecture: Riddle of Humanity: Lecture Fifteen: The Twelve Senses. The Reorganization of the Seven Life Processes by Luciferic and Ahrimanic Powers. Francis Bacon Inaugurates Materialism and the Science of Idols.
    Matching lines:
    • In ancient times spiritual beings taught such things. This came about
    • subconscious feeling for it, knowing that human beings do not really
  • Title: Wrong and Right Use: Lecture 1: Secret Brotherhoods-1, -or- Wrong and Right Use of Esoteric Knowledge-1, -or- Individual Spirit Beings and the Undivided Foundation of the World-Part 1
    Matching lines:
    • Individual Spiritual Beings Working in the Human Soul,
    • Individual Spiritual Beings and the Undivided Foundation of the World
    • beings who are all around us, and who may lay hold of a
    • methods. But knowledge of these spiritual beings, who live
    • but have an enduring relationship with human beings and can lay
    • Here (larger circle) is a realm of harmless human beings. They
    • dead they employ beings of another kind.
    • death, certain beings can clothe themselves in it and become
    • etheric beings with the aid of these etheric bodies of dead
    • men. This is what happens in the East: demonic beings are
    • simply whatever demonic beings have clothed themselves in the
    • great extent on human beings. And one significant change comes
  • Title: Wrong and Right Use: Lecture 2: Secret Brotherhoods-2, -or- Wrong and Right Use of Esoteric Knowledge-2, -or- Individual Spirit Beings and the Undivided Foundation of the World-Part 2
    Matching lines:
    • Individual Spiritual Beings Working in the Human Soul,
    • Individual Spiritual Beings and the Undivided Foundation of the World
    • are held together in brotherhoods and of other beings who work
    • are beings who are not incarnated in the flesh, but are
    • that battle of certain spiritual beings with higher Spirits
    • which terminated in 1879, when certain Angel-beings, Spirits of
    • beings are able to work invisibly, so close to man, and by
    • Human beings are thus not merely a product of the patch of
    • you see, Taylor proceeded to experiment with human beings!
    • cannot properly be done with human beings, for each individual
    • beings would have horrible results. But if occult truths are
    • tremendous power for utilising human beings — a power
  • Title: Wrong and Right Use: Lecture 3: Secret Brotherhoods-3, -or- Wrong and Right Use of Esoteric Knowledge-3, -or- Individual Spirit Beings and the Undivided Foundation of the World-Part 3, -or- German Philosophy: Kant, Schelling, Hegel, Goethe
    Matching lines:
    • Individual Spiritual Beings Working in the Human Soul,
    • Individual Spiritual Beings and the Undivided Foundation of the World
    • beings are to be brought into relation with an
    • together of human beings with machines will be a great and
    • That is one problem: the bringing together of human beings with
    • spiritual beings are continually active, and they have only to
    • beings working in from the cosmos can mediate the secret of the
    • the beings which work in from the opposite side of the cosmos.
    • survive. The wise Beings of the cosmos will enter into the
    • determine the working capacity of human beings, in the way of
  • Title: Historical Necessity: Lecture 1: On the Functions of the Nervous System
    Matching lines:
    • the slightest idea what mythological beings they conjure into
    • manifestations of certain spiritual beings. If we note all
  • Title: Historical Necessity: Lecture 2: Concerning the World of the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • so-called dead. We are, as human beings, so fashioned —
    • beings of the mineral and plant kingdoms — as a result
    • is somewhat different: but in as far as we human beings are
    • beings are now very rare who, for example, feel a sort of
    • yet let it be said once more: — the human beings are
    • physical human being. If human beings were to have this
    • reverence for all living beings in the environment, a
    • first to shrink back, as human beings, from placing what
    • beings carry death into the earth in such a strong measure.
    • physical earth. But out of what human beings have created by
    • beings between birth and death without knowing that the souls
    • original connections with other human beings during
    • there would be numberless human beings who would prefer to
    • because we are dulled by certain beings of the higher
    • experiences in connection with the beings of the higher
  • Title: Historical Necessity: Lecture 3: Our Life with the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • inasmuch as we are feeling human beings, we are, in reality,
    • beings, through their nature, are separated from the
    • the Beings who stand above man, if I may use this expression,
    • highest of all beings. The minerals are the lowest, then the
    • with other human souls and those with the Beings belonging to
    • human beings and the Beings belonging to the kingdom of the
    • life between death and a new birth. Beings belonging to the
    • of the Archai, or the Beings belonging to the Spirits of the
    • incarnations. But in his association with the Beings of the
    • by the Beings who belong to the Hierarchy of the Archai. We
    • forces end, the spiritual eye can see spiritual beings
    • playing around the tree, spiritual elementary beings. Here
    • from above. It is thus with all beings. What you observe in
  • Title: Historical Necessity: Lecture 4: The Rhythmical Relationship of Man with the Universe
    Matching lines:
    • it, in order to find the reality of beings that we see in a
    • the beings of the higher hierarchies and what belongs to us,
    • beings bear within them another far wiser being — the
    • beings of the higher hierarchies, the planets should be
    • happens among the real beings reflected by the mirror, but
    • scientists do this. We must ask:--Who are the real beings
    • We are free human beings because we
    • free beings just because the world which we perceive is not a
  • Title: Historical Necessity: Lecture 5: The Members of Man's Being and the Periods of His Life
    Matching lines:
    • Beings of the higher Hierarchies, the Angeloi, the
    • that during our development as human beings between birth and
    • spoken, is a free being. Other beings play into the remaining
    • binds human beings together with the creative activity of the
    • beings. These are the spiritual impulses that call man to
    • times — it will permeate human beings with impulses
  • Title: Historical Necessity: Lecture 6: New Spiritual Impulses in History
    Matching lines:
    • do not become living beings. The life-germs, or eggs, are
    • real living beings. This, of course, does not only happen in
    • life-germs are supposed to become living beings, even in the
    • and does not reach the stage of physical living beings,
    • consciousness of imaginative thought. Beings arise from such
    • dream as human beings, but as beings belonging to the
    • I may use ttii.s expression, the Angeloi dream of the beings
    • process I have just mentioned. As human beings we participate
    • germs to become real beings, but through our own existence we
    • beings on the physical plane. Inasmuch as we are physical
    • human beings, we strive to prevent these effects from the
    • that in a certain period of time many such Beings are there,
    • Beings who wish, as it were, to approach man in a spiritual
    • beings who wish to come to him, man creates the possibility
    • spiritual Beings wait, as it were, to approach man, an age in
    • course that made human beings oppose the new revelation, for
    • beings. Instead these causes are sins of omission. This is
    • lasts another four years, human beings will have grown
    • beings will recognize that they ought to have listened to
    • this. Today it is not possible for human beings
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Historical Necessity: Lecture 7: The Inadequacy of Natural Science for the Knowledge of the Life of the Soul
    Matching lines:
    • free actions of human beings rest upon just this fact, that
    • in our times human beings are not very gifted in comprehending
    • Fundamentally speaking, the Angels are those Beings among the
    • the relationships with animals and human beings, established
    • through his karma; but among the Beings of the higher
    • concerns, we might say that the Beings of the Hierarchy of
    • that are not personal are looked after more by the Beings of
    • definite relationship with the Beings of the hierarchy of the
    • conception of these Archangeloi and Archai Beings as of the
    • this conception that these Beings, the Archai and
    • these are the Beings with whom I am united in a common work
    • these “fine fellows” — the human beings.
    • civilizations of humanity, the life of spiritual Beings lying
  • Title: Symptom 2 Reality: Lecture I: The Birth of the Consciousness Soul
    Matching lines:
    • behind are the elemental beings which are active up to the
  • Title: Symptom 2 Reality: Lecture III: Characteristics of Historical Symptoms in Recent Times
    Matching lines:
    • intelligent beings, we should be vacillating, indecisive
  • Title: Symptom 2 Reality: Lecture V: The Supersensible Element in the Study of History
    Matching lines:
    • death of other beings. We can only understand the phenomenon
    • to know one another as ego-beings when they learn to see each
  • Title: Fundamental Social: Lecture 1: The Transforming of Instinctive into Conscious Impulses
    Matching lines:
    • beings in the course of time, during the Age of the Spiritual
  • Title: Fundamental Social: Lecture 2: The Logic of Thought and the Logic of Reality
    Matching lines:
    • beings have no real value, but that we only create them for
    • Reality the Spiritual Beings work.
    • Can it be that we human beings are just being led round and
  • Title: Fundamental Social: Lecture 3: The Metamorphosis of Intelligence
    Matching lines:
    • beings without letting the national quality determine them.
    • beings but of the peoples as such. Consciously, the Middle
    • is this: On the one hand human beings are differentiated in
    • beings with understanding, that is the thing needful,
    • bad after all, at bottom they are only human beings, they
  • Title: Fundamental Social: Lecture 4: The New Revelation of the Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • — Who are the Beings of the Spiritual World who stand
    • the Hierarchies, within the order of the Spiritual Beings.
    • friends, are no longer living human beings, if I may
    • put it bluntly, in the same sense as were the human beings of
    • see at once how certain ranks of spiritual Beings are
    • substitute. Something is here that works like human beings
    • and yet does not consist of human beings in flesh and blood.
    • albeit not through human beings of flesh and blood; they live
    • time must seek for something new. Spiritual Beings are
    • — how Spiritual Beings in their varied stages revealed
    • as it may! The thing that lives in a society of human beings
  • Title: Fundamental Social: Lecture 5: Understand One-Another
    Matching lines:
    • this; the moment we begin to characterize human beings all
    • beings on Earth, that man develops the moral qualities as an
    • individual, not by groups of human beings. It would be the
    • human beings — or, as one likes to call them nowadays,
    • groups of human beings (nations, too, therefore) are in
    • lecture cycle on the Folk Souls, by those Beings of the
    • are, they are in face of the Divine Beings. Here there arises
    • world and saw the nations — the groups of human beings
    • which is not to let the human beings reach to the Divine but
    • human beings. Our whole ideation — our whole way of
    • think consciously we did not meet with other human beings.
    • spiritual Beings who underlie the world. It would not be as
    • other human beings. Behind the minerals and plants (for there
    • not speaking of the individual human beings but of the
    • for these 50 million invisible human beings — that is
    • to say, human beings visible as machines — to arise, so
  • Title: Mysteries of Light: Lecture I: The Dualism in the Life of the Present Time
    Matching lines:
    • human beings; they have dissolved, as it were. The human eye is
  • Title: Mysteries of Light: Lecture II: The Development of Architecture
    Matching lines:
    • the feeling life of the humanity of that time. Hu-man beings were
    • directly connected with beings living on earth — then we come
  • Title: Mysteries of Light: Lecture III: Historical Occurrences of the Last Century
    Matching lines:
    • humanity shall progress in such a way that human beings may grow into
    • human beings, not according to its content, but as a force — if
    • evolution is: that man has evolved from lower beings, and so forth;
    • that these lower beings have developed themselves up to him.
  • Title: Mysteries of Light: Lecture IV: The Old Mysteries of Light, Space, and Earth
    Matching lines:
    • beings of ancient times had an atavistic clairvoyance, a dream-like
  • Title: Man: Hieroglyph: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • in space as psychic-spiritual beings, with our Thinking, Feeling and
    • life again for us, and that we ourselves as human beings share in its
  • Title: Man: Hieroglyph: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • human beings? It means, roughly speaking, that we go about at one time
  • Title: Man: Hieroglyph: Lecture Six
    Matching lines:
    • lies that upon which we, as human beings, are dependent in a higher
  • Title: Man: Hieroglyph: Lecture Seven
    Matching lines:
    • between death and a new birth Beings of the higher Hierarchies come to
  • Title: Man: Hieroglyph: Lecture Eight
    Matching lines:
    • of the Cosmos — and as beings taking part in cosmic life we
  • Title: Man: Hieroglyph: Lecture Nine
    Matching lines:
    • knowledge of spiritual beings. In our present difficult time, it is
  • Title: Man: Hieroglyph: Lecture Ten
    Matching lines:
    • which we are adapted as earthly beings. Through the bodily
    • beyond it with our head; as though through our head we were beings who
    • As head-man we are born in this earthly world as beings of thought and
  • Title: Man: Hieroglyph: Lecture Fourteen
    Matching lines:
    • fuse in us human beings. What is it then that takes place in us?
    • beings, if we kept pace, as it were, with the stars, we should
  • Title: Responsibility of Man: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • in a certain relationship to other beings. For what we call the
    • spiritual beings. Though our Earth may look to physical sight
    • beings. And again what we behold beyond the Earth, shining down
    • sense expression for a certain association of Spiritual Beings,
    • Beings who underlie this semblance with the different grades of
    • Hierarchies, other beings are also in existence. Just as the
    • elemental beings are to be found in the three kingdoms of
    • exist other beings, who, as it were, unfold their nature at the
    • wrong time. They are the Luciferic and Ahrimanic beings of whom
    • Luciferic beings are essentially those who as they now present
    • other hand, the Ahrimanic beings as they now present themselves
    • should live in a later cosmic epoch. Retarded cosmic beings are
    • the Luciferic beings, premature cosmic beings are the Ahrimanic
    • beings. The Luciferic beings disdained to take part with others
    • Ahrimanic beings cannot, so to say, wait till a later age in
    • the Ahrimanic beings, beings which should only possess at a
    • Such human beings would then not descend rightly into earthly
    • can carry too few individualised beings; it can become a
    • the other hand, the Ahrimanic beings have also entered into a
    • individual human beings. The earth would become a sort of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Responsibility of Man: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • — here actually the Luciferic beings come into their own.
  • Title: Responsibility of Man: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • member is the cosmic life of those Beings whom the Bible calls
    • beings is characterised as the Vulcan existence. They ascended
    • within human beings during this Earth-existence? You see, as
    • that certain Spiritual Beings who by a normal evolution
    • can say, therefore, that they are Beings who, if they had
    • together with Angeloi, Archangeloi and Archai. These Beings,
    • human beings of the Earth we can say of them: These Beings who
    • Those are the Ahrimanic Beings. They want to expunge the
    • these Beings. They break into man's unconsciousness, into the
    • their attack. They are that race among the Spiritual Beings who
    • physical laws to remain. Above all they would like human beings
  • Title: Responsibility of Man: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • different Spiritual Beings have inserted themselves, taking
    • spiritual Beings; for our civilisation has in the course of
    • and learn to know the concrete spiritual guiding Beings in
    • pointed out in the last lecture that certain Beings find
    • intellectual thinking human beings according to the modern idea
    • our intellectual thinking. We, therefore, as human beings, are
    • become the thinking beings we have become, especially since the
    • spiritual beings. These realms consist not only in what we call
    • by different spiritual beings. I will therefore make a diagram
    • this is the characteristic of all those spiritual beings whom
    • at an earlier stage of evolution, the Luciferic beings appear.
    • then the Luciferic beings make themselves felt in our feelings
    • That is a kingdom foreign to Jehovah, and into it those beings
    • Ahrimanic beings, however, because Jehovah could not, so to
    • beings. These Ahrimanic beings — I have tried to present
    • in our Goetheanum — these Ahrimanic beings can in reality
    • intellectually-gifted beings. The Mephistophelean figure
    • These Ahrimanic beings strive, however, to get into man. Man
    • which these Ahrimanic beings have access. Jehovah has thereby
    • beings in this sphere, because when man is born into physical
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Responsibility of Man: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • carry it over to individual demonic beings. Just as something
    • quite individually formed demonic beings arise out of the human
    • have to fulfil her purpose with these beings, who would then be
    • would create on the other side sheer individual beings. No less
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • mankind moments must needs come when human beings are in a
    • human beings to attain to full use of their powers of
    • human beings today, one can find among everywhere examples of
    • basis for important insight into human beings at the present
    • outer world. Human beings bear but a mirror-image in their
    • something else. Human beings must be organically completely
    • therefore, that human beings should be able at any moment to
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • only allude to today is the following: Human beings do not
    • us. As human beings we continuously vanquish death, which
    • evolves further inasmuch as human beings develop objective
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • concepts. What human beings then experienced through the word
    • world-historical moment, when human beings were in a sense
    • closed. In their everyday experience, human beings no longer
    • things. Inasmuch as human beings still understood the
    • of as filling space, and human beings experienced themselves
    • preexistence of human beings; it is something that does not
    • human beings belonging to the most advanced civilization of
    • undifferentiated manner by human beings in ancient times.
    • however, it did retain something of what human beings had
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • fact that human beings by nature belong not only to the earth
    • teachers of wisdom knew that no human beings would exist on
    • comprehends what is bull-like in human beings. The ancient
    • themselves, In that case, human beings must struggle against
    • overcome the view given by this wisdom. As human beings, they
    • are more than beings that merely come from the
    • element that even today is deeply rooted in human beings who
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • nature, human beings were to raise themselves above all that
    • could be comprehended through the interplay of beings of the
    • with the sensory world. For human beings in the ancient
    • the beings of the spiritual world were present just as other
    • human beings, our fellowmen, live side by side with us. Out
    • have often referred to this. It sensed that human beings
    • line. What would it have become? Human beings would gradually
    • have come to consider themselves earth beings that are
    • beings increasingly would have felt that at night, when they
    • out into the world, looked around among human beings, and
    • Ages, however, when human beings had been earnestly directed
    • human beings had to and still have to undergo this tragedy in
    • with all that we are as human beings, with head and heart.
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • science. If we view human beings as they devoted themselves
    • super-sensible sphere from the cosmos. As yet, human beings
    • as yet not an actual question. Human beings dwelled in the
    • spiritual beings had their existence. Human beings looked
    • across to these spiritual beings, to their actions, their
    • beings must be governed, how one's rule must be extended over
    • to death. Only when human beings arrive at the portal of
    • Because the time had not yet come when human beings would be
    • Human beings
    • primordial nebula devoid of human beings. We have to look at
    • of human beings; we must observe how the present structure of
    • again. Human beings must learn to understand why an
    • substance of the soul and spirit, human beings have to
    • civilization, human beings develop above all a longing to
    • effective among human beings by means of force, control, and
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • of human beings in modern times with what he called the
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • people believe the following: Human beings utilize something
    • prevalent opinion, human beings were still completely
    • calculating anything. But ever since human beings were
    • beings today in their reality. In fact, it must be put like
    • of weight, human beings are already far removed from what
    • human beings experienced themselves within the cosmos. And
    • dehumanized themselves, human beings developed only external
    • Picture how different it was when human beings felt that
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • out yesterday, the inner faculties that enabled human beings
    • beings in its sphere and stopped short of them, unable in any
    • Greek civilization, it was true that human beings still
    • human beings who still possessed ancient, instinctive
    • on the part of human beings of ancient times; because they
    • experience, they felt the spiritual beings of the cosmos.
    • that have always been retained among primitive human beings,
    • human beings possessed cosmic vision and dwelled in
    • Human beings now have to depend on the time when they are
    • materialism that human beings turned to matter because of
    • human beings did not grasp this condition of
    • human beings basically could no longer find any relationship
    • penetrated by knowledge. In particular, modern human beings
    • comprehension by the intellect. But now human beings began to
    • Thus, it has been our experience that human beings are now in
    • which is no longer accessible to human beings but did flow
    • a new way for the use of human beings.
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • times, human beings surrendered to the impressions of the
    • of the elemental spirit beings within the outer
    • multitude of actual beings in the world outside. Due to the
    • Nowadays human beings do not have the feeling that thinking
    • and particularly in the fourth century, human beings
    • beings thought with their etheric body. And the
    • time, what occurs in human beings when they think is, as it
    • human beings increasingly have taken their thinking out of
    • thinking could also be something tiring. Human beings could
    • beings must become aware of the fact that they possess shadow
    • human beings increasingly withdraw and that, on the other
    • spiritual. Modern human beings only receive something
    • danger is that human beings turn more and more into purely
    • Basically, all other human beings of the present possess a
    • again and again that modern human beings, who can think all
    • God has given the goods of the earth to all human beings,
    • century to beguile human beings into believing that thinking
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • spirituality. Instead, human beings filled themselves only
    • of human beings lives the call, the wish to receive a
    • would not have been possible for human beings to have
    • least among the most advanced human beings, the physical
    • shadowy. Silhouettes, two-dimensional beings, confront us in
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • beings thus became completely spiritual beings in regard to
    • who also differentiates between human beings who are predestined
    • kingdom of this world. It only appears as though human beings
    • use of the shadowy intellect, human beings found themselves
    • to direct human beings to the consciousness soul. Instead, he
    • thinks is really quite foreign to present day human beings
    • would have to watch how human beings make use of this
    • be allowed to go on in the same way any longer; human beings
    • direct human beings only to matter. Similarly people in the
    • beings through materialism. The element, however, that imbued
    • beings look into their inner being, they can animate this
    • was toned down in order to prevent human beings from arriving
    • everything human beings must attain in the earthly domain has
    • the insight human beings must acquire today places itself
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture XIII
    Matching lines:
    • human beings, namely, the faculty to sense and experience the
    • beings are placed into the polarity between sun forces and
    • that conjured human beings in their multitude, in their whole
    • which stimulate human beings. Man as a single being, an
    • understanding. Human beings are not primarily a creation of
    • of starry worlds. It is this insight that human beings have
    • Human beings must be induced to strive for real perception,
    • is also a guideline for human beings to become independent in the
    • the cosmos beyond the earth. Human beings must acquire an
    • physical organization. Human beings learn to speak because
    • realize that human beings cannot be explained by a science
    • known. After all, the other beings dwelling in our
    • begin with, only the minerals are earth beings. Yet, in the
    • time, we see that human beings looked up at least to the sun.
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture XIV
    Matching lines:
    • shadowy, living spider beings that cover the earth in web-like fashion
    • beings who are striving to come to earth since the end of the nineteenth
    • indicates to us that human beings absolutely have to think of
    • was indeed a very real one for the spiritual beings guiding
    • actually call it a decision on the part of the beings who
    • had taken place, human beings would be living in that world
    • beings developed their intellect. The images of ancient
    • nineteenth century and today human beings altogether lack a
    • a time will come when human beings will be capable of
    • dear friends, human beings must now begin to pay attention to
    • earth then as human beings, but we shall no longer be born in
    • how the human beings of Mars, Jupiter, and so on came down
    • human beings descended to earth from Saturn,
    • therefore a matter of human soul beings entering the
    • beings who are not human are coming down to earth
    • from cosmic regions beyond. These beings are not human but
    • the eighties of the nineteenth century, heavenly beings are
    • so Vulcan beings are now actually entering this earth
    • existence. Heavenly beings are already here in our earth
    • existence. And it is thanks to the fact that beings from
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture XV
    Matching lines:
    • human beings have in the main always thought and felt the way
    • human beings have struggled upward to the level of which we
    • particularly well that human beings in the relatively recent
    • perceptions we acquire, we human beings can comprehend the
    • the facts and beings of this sensory world by means of
    • concepts and thoughts from the sensory facts and beings, we
    • negative predicates, in negations of what human beings can
    • human beings did not speak of the intellect in the way they
    • and if human beings spoke intellectually at all, they spoke
    • beings where we find the angels, the archangels, the Archai,
    • and so on. This world of spiritual beings, mentioned already
    • beings, will have returned to it. It is the Godhead when it
    • will have reabsorbed all the beings that have emerged from
    • world filled with living beings, with living, intelligible
    • spiritual beings direct and also inhabit the stars, how the
    • spiritual beings. What was described as cosmology, was indeed
    • then, so he says, human beings do this as human beings. But
    • perception then human beings do not behave as human beings
    • theological seminar, that human beings perceive as angels.
    • way Erigena pictures human beings that he did not wish to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture XVI
    Matching lines:
    • human beings became increasingly conscious of the fact that
    • found to be the consciousness of human beings prior to the
    • human beings; the angel perceived, and human beings shared in
    • of a tribe or a people. In a sense, human beings worshiped
    • and mechanistic conceptions. This is why human beings linked
    • created as well as the noncreating. Finally, human beings are
    • beings, these various nature deities, do work together in
    • beings only enter into them if they transpose everything into
    • the gods. Therefore, human beings can approach the gods if
    • turn, human beings must give the blood back to the gods,
    • something that nourishes human beings, and look at how they
    • sense of taste. The food in human beings goes to a certain
    • Human beings were not supposed to extract the divine element
    • of the first Christian centuries. Human beings had been told
    • comprehension of the deity. Human beings were being directed
    • these words concerning the end of the world, for human beings
    • manner of dwelling as human beings would not have been
    • and human beings must withstand them.
    • human beings must adhere by means of super-sensory faculties.
    • becoming increasingly evident that human beings act as if
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Materialism/Anthroposophy: Lecture XVII
    Matching lines:
    • human beings must shut themselves off from the outer world to
    • time for human beings, emphasis is placed on what is
    • Actually, the ego is the same in all human beings. It is
  • Title: Therapeutic Insights: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual beings we can feel highly independent of our
    • stand within universal world phenomena as bodily beings.
    • he has weight. Other merely mineral beings also have weight.
    • Mineral beings, plant beings, animal beings, and the human
    • beings as the physical beings of the other kingdoms of
    • we become conscious of ourselves as spiritual human beings.
    • spiritual human beings, we achieve clarity about these facts.
  • Title: Therapeutic Insights: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • himself with this consciousness into other beings. There is
    • through which human beings become enthusiastic about
  • Title: Therapeutic Insights: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • beings of the higher hierarchies, with whom we are already
    • certain beings have intuitions; the result of these
    • if human beings were able to see how such things can be
    • sense perceptions. This is the case with most human beings.
  • Title: Therapeutic Insights: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • is generally realized. With such human beings, you need only
    • — one can say this about all present-day human beings.
    • to the famous logical personality: all human beings are
    • judgment: “All human beings are mortal” is a
    • always been sensed by sensitive human beings. When I was
    • “Considering how we human beings are today, and
    • human beings will become rolling heads due to our
    • intensively cultivated thought. We human beings would be
    • thoughts of human beings are stolen, if human beings are
    • rigid, and human beings would live as though subject to
    • beings being guided in their education in such a way that
    • thoughts of many human beings are today. Is it possible to
    • teach much to human beings today? Their thoughts are so
    • does this or that? Such human beings that submit themselves
    • beings to be particularly nurtured. One therefore should look
    • improvement of individual human beings. I have often
  • Title: Cosmosophy 1: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • and anxiety. This fear lives on in the outer actions of human beings,
    • knowledge of the spiritual facts and beings lying behind the
    • times, the relationship human beings now have to one another,
    • lives on in the outer actions of human beings, in the social
    • West. In the West, human beings have a blood, they have a
    • of evil. In the Orient, human beings have a blood, a lymph,
    • human beings of the East and those of the West, although only
    • been needed between human beings, who in fact were all
  • Title: Cosmosophy 1: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • and anxiety. This fear lives on in the outer actions of human beings,
    • life and actions of human beings.
    • arise. Then we, as human beings, take part in the coming into
    • penetrate it, and the human beings of ancient Oriental wisdom
    • and molecules but of spiritual beings. This world was present
    • physical beings from physical stock. When we are born as
    • world and brought to human beings the true teaching
    • Christianity, human beings occupied themselves intently with
    • human beings, the distinction between subjective and
    • senses, a spiritual world, a world wherein spiritual beings
    • perceives these beings through an imagination; for his
    • the senses and sees beyond; and the beings who reveal
    • full devotion — these beings he comes to perceive with
    • also see of other human beings with our senses, will no
    • if into these seeds human beings receive the Christ, then
  • Title: Cosmosophy 1: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • and anxiety. This fear lives on in the outer actions of human beings,
    • explained, we nevertheless know that when we as human beings
    • cultivated among human beings, all people would be able to
  • Title: Cosmosophy 1: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • and anxiety. This fear lives on in the outer actions of human beings,
    • the consciousness that we ourselves have as human beings here
    • seek it in beings who do not come to immediate physical
    • existence. It has a consciousness such as we human beings
    • as we human beings have in the waking state between birth
    • as human beings are able to experience. Our own deed,
    • however, also lies on the other side of what we human beings
    • on to the beings who do not stand beneath the human being in
    • these beings; how, for the consciousness that we must
    • can a mental image of such higher beings be formed? You know
    • imagine from within. The beings just above man imagine
    • higher beings, and so it is also with Intuition, with
    • human beings we were merely spun out of the thought-weaving
    • human beings living in the world between birth and death we
    • can say that as human beings going through death our thoughts
    • are there related to all the beings who live in the sphere
    • just above man, beings who imagine themselves. We pass
    • through the sphere of the beings who, as it were, imagine
    • Existence we come together with those beings who stand at the
    • participate in that world in which are the beings living in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Cosmosophy 1: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • and anxiety. This fear lives on in the outer actions of human beings,
    • beings through death. What is reflected there is the
    • beings who have come into earthly existence through birth. On
    • the other hand, we can experience ourselves as beings who go
    • from death to birth. Hence as human beings we have the
  • Title: Cosmosophy 1: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • and anxiety. This fear lives on in the outer actions of human beings,
    • spiritual we come to beings who are arranged above the human
    • — the angeloi or angelic beings, the archangeloi or
    • arch-angelic beings, and the archai or primal beings, time
    • view these beings who constitute the realm we encounter when
    • we perceive the position of human beings in regard to the
    • spiritual. The beings whom we designate as angeloi or angels
    • ascend higher, to the archai, we have the guiding beings
    • only functions, let us say, of these beings, but to begin
    • relationship he has to these ascending stages of beings in
    • human beings in such a way that there are present in the
    • may be realized. Then there would be countless human beings
    • to their angel beings. It is true that the angel being would
    • beings through the angel being. Should this relationship be
    • beings live inwardly unspiritually — as has been the
    • to the human beings develops one-sidedly, and then man does
    • their angel beings and by reason of this having no inner
    • outer impulses that human beings take their place within a
    • concrete spiritual beings arise.
    • beings in a way that is permeated by soul and spirit, and he
  • Title: Cosmosophy 1: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • and anxiety. This fear lives on in the outer actions of human beings,
    • as human beings on earth we observe them with our physical
    • of human beings in the middle period of their existence
    • the weaving thoughts of human beings in the first half of
    • reveal to us in a kind of outer picture what human beings do
    • which they develop in ordinary human beings born correctly
    • group-beings. Thus, whereas in the first part of his
  • Title: Cosmosophy 1: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • and anxiety. This fear lives on in the outer actions of human beings,
    • of his work together with the beings of the higher
    • the particular nature of these higher beings, we shall be
    • we know how those beings whom we place
    • stage of beings who, in ages long past, have in their
    • look up to higher beings as they were in the past.
    • oceanic region, we already find human beings together in
    • human relationships, groups of human beings together;
  • Title: Cosmosophy 1: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • and anxiety. This fear lives on in the outer actions of human beings,
    • By bringing the deeds and relationships of these beings to
    • beings, we received into our being only during this earthly
    • beings, which he considered as fantasy, seeds for future
    • of by other beings than by the human beings entitled to it,
    • and the human beings would sink into a lower existence than
  • Title: Cosmosophy 1: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • and anxiety. This fear lives on in the outer actions of human beings,
    • earthly human beings, we can possess only so much as is
    • beings experienced much more of everything that could be
    • human beings had now become in our modern age. They said:
    • be taken by other spiritual beings, however, if the human
    • totally transformed, making us into free human beings.
  • Title: Cosmosophy 1: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • and anxiety. This fear lives on in the outer actions of human beings,
    • — the higher beings of the realms of nature, plants,
    • present-day human beings.
    • forms first condensed themselves, and then all the beings,
    • suited to modern human beings; although theosophy speaks of
    • but the experience of freedom alone would lead human beings
  • Title: Lecture: Supersensible Influences: Lecture I: Supersensible Influences in Old Persian, Egyptian, and Greek Time
    Matching lines:
    • view of their connection with the Beings and Powers behind human
    • interwoven with the activities of Spiritual Beings who then spurred men
    • the human being through his inbreathing. Spiritual Beings were active
    • some given here, we have heard about certain Spiritual Beings and of
    • their significance for man. I refer to those Spiritual Beings who have
    • Moon-Beings. It was these Moon-Beings who, in the times of which I am
    • spiritual Moon-Beings to activity within them.
    • these Mysteries knew that human beings drew the spiritual Moon-Cosmos
    • possible to reckon with the fact that these spiritual Moon-Beings
    • entered into human beings during certain periods of the
    • be able to utilise the forces of these Moon-Beings in their own
    • had developed the art of conversing with the Moon-Beings breathed in by
    • consciousness, and of causing these Moon-Beings to inculcate something
    • very definite into humanity. Inasmuch as the Moon-Beings, via the
    • use of the power of the Moon-Beings in the guidance of mankind. If I am
    • Moon-Beings, I will say the following: When an Initiate of the
    • Egypto-Chaldean epoch approached one of these Moon-Beings with the
    • hours of night-consciousness by way of the Moon-Beings, for this would
    • Moon-Beings who were to be their helpers in the guidance of humanity,
    • Moon-Beings who passed into the bodies of men via the inbreathing. Now,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Supersensible Influences: Lecture II: The Education of Man through Modern Intellectualism, -or- Chartres and the Mysteries of the Templars
    Matching lines:
    • Spiritual Beings who are connected with the inbreathing. And we heard
    • that these Beings in turn are connected in the cosmos with what is
    • manifest, externally, in the Moon and its light. Certain Moon-Beings,
    • importance assumed in Greek culture by Luciferic Beings, elementary
    • Beings who were used by the Greek Initiates, for example by the
    • Spiritual Beings of the air who use the state of equilibrium between
    • and fifth centuries of our era, elementary Spiritual Beings from other
    • worlds have entered into the sphere of the earth — Beings who
    • to the Moon-Beings who in the epochs of ancient India and ancient
    • elementary Earth-Spirits in contrast both to the Moon-Beings who lived
    • in the inbreathed air and to the Air-Beings who moved, in their cosmic
    • the future incarnation of the earth. As already said, these Beings have
    • means of which these Beings who had come into the sphere of
    • expression. The particular tendency of these Beings is to help man to
    • elementary Earth-Beings can render significant help to men who are
    • powerful obstacle confronts these Beings.
    • can hardly refer to these Spiritual Beings in any other way than that
    • are present there. Thus we can say: These Beings feel especially
    • the inner inclinations and propensities of these elementary Beings who
    • superstition, these Beings were roused to fury. (As I said, you must
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Supersensible Influences: Lecture III: The Revelation of the Spiritual World in Old Indian Culture, -or- Old Egypt
    Matching lines:
    • rhythm of inbreathing, impulses derived from certain Spiritual Beings
    • him by the external world, by plants, animals or other human beings.
    • receive from the Moon-Beings indwelling the mummies, enlightenment upon
    • Moon-Beings in the mummies. And yet in this very domain the Egyptians
    • through the Spiritual Beings indwelling the mummies, directives for
    • Moon-Beings were able to communicate secrets of nature to the human
    • They are mummies, like the mummies of human beings in ancient Egypt, as
    • Spiritual Beings needed by the Egyptians had no dwelling-place on
    • earth. And this was provided by the mummies. Those Spiritual Beings and
    • for these Beings to live as it were an honourable existence, for by day
    • flowed out from human beings into the ceremonies. In those days, man
    • in the spiritual world among Beings belonging to the Hierarchy of the
    • in our pre-earthly existence. Certain Beings of the Hierarchy of the
    • letting human beings reach over, probingly as it were, to these genuine
    • in certain occult Lodges the spirits of human beings not yet born hover
    • communications from human beings not yet born, who are still in their
    • beings still living in pre-earthly existence. And from this existence
    • before birth, human beings can bring spirituality into the world of the
    • men in the modern age, were acquired from unborn human beings by
    • secrets of nature. In some human beings these communications became
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Supersensible Influences: Lecture IV: The Egyptian Mysteries, Indian Yoga and Egyptian Mummy Cult
    Matching lines:
    • Moon-Beings. These spiritual Beings who would otherwise have wandered
    • were the Beings who could be observed, whose speech was still
    • their pupils with the help of those super-sensible, elementary Beings
    • inner experiences of human beings in very ancient times. This, in
    • that there is something analogous for human beings who have lived since
    • enactments he saw Spiritual Beings from the surrounding elementary
    • people today whether they have ever seen Spiritual Beings weaving and
    • with spiritual Beings who are as closely connected with the earth as
    • spiritual Beings, who are evoked when such a rite is enacted, have need
    • sacred enactments, elementary spiritual Beings are called down. As I
    • Beings who have been called down into the sphere of the rites and
    • elementary Beings will be there, living on into the Jupiter existence
    • the spiritual Beings who develop onwards to the future in cults and
    • follows. Human beings satisfied their hunger and thirst by what lay on
  • Title: Lecture: Supersensible Influences: Lecture V: Modern Abstract Thinking and Living Thinking of Future Times, -or- The Idea of Metamorphosis and the Repeated Lives on Earth
    Matching lines:
    • metamorphosis of the breathing process. But human beings were obliged
    • difference — the fact that mummies do not walk as human beings
    • are mummies of bodies; the human beings who walk about the streets in
    • mummified, human beings have other characteristics, all kinds of bodily
  • Title: Lecture: Supersensible Influences: Lecture VI: Spiritual InFluence in History, -or- Pope Nicholas I
    Matching lines:
    • in the East the real, esoteric substance died away. Human beings living
    • of the Spiritual Beings? In the ninth, tenth, and eleventh centuries,
  • Title: Man/World of Stars: Lecture I: The Spirit-Seed of Man's Physical Organism
    Matching lines:
    • The actions of spiritual beings in relation to the rhythm of the course
    • human beings in as much as within the boundary of our skin we
    • Thus whereas here on Earth our constitution as human beings is
    • of stars in such a way that of the Beings of the stars we say
    • Together with the Beings of the Higher Hierarchies we elaborate
    • association with other Beings of the Universe, with Beings of
    • of heredity and goes down to the Earth before we, as beings of
    • When we are born we are quite different from the beings we
    • Earth, in association with other human beings and in a certain
    • Beings of the Higher Hierarchies. It is, so to speak, only with
    • Beings of the Higher Hierarchies in order to build this
    • Beings of the higher Hierarchies by way of forces of sympathy
    • Beings of the Hierarchies are not centralized, they are
    • up his lung or perform some other work together with the Beings
    • spiritual organs of perception outwards to the Beings of the
    • orientation among the Beings of the Higher Hierarchies. He is
    • the stars appear to us as spiritual Beings. And then, when we
    • significance for us as human beings. I have explained that they
    • to find his orientation among spiritual Beings, to experience
    • Orientation among the Beings of the Higher Hierarchies is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man/World of Stars: Lecture II: Moral Qualities and the Life After Death. Windows of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • The actions of spiritual beings in relation to the rhythm of the course
    • to say, meaning now the countless spiritual Beings who people
    • in humdrum, dry, unpoetic phrases. The higher Beings are ever
    • through. The Beings of the higher Hierarchies are poets and
    • Beings; the Angels who look in through the Christmas windows
    • Divine-Spiritual Beings at the time of Christmas, but simply
    • spied out by subordinate spiritual beings every night. Whether
    • beings who are closest to the Earth in its environment and
    • The relation of our will to our nature as human beings is not
    • felt.” ... It now seems to him as though the Beings of
    • human beings who have harbored evil feelings here on Earth,
    • Here on Earth we live, through our physical body, as beings
    • Beings who have merely their reflection in the stars.
  • Title: Man/World of Stars: Lecture III: Man's Relation to the World of the Stars
    Matching lines:
    • The actions of spiritual beings in relation to the rhythm of the course
    • are directly related with the Beings of whom the Sun,
    • with the Beings of the Hierarchies. Man asleep is a duality;
    • spirit and soul — become subject to the spiritual Beings
    • Beings.
    • Beings and their physical reflections, the Stars, which can be
    • supersensible Beings akin to those of the world of Stars have
    • there are Beings who ‘scorned’ — if I may so express it
    • — to make the journey to the Moon with the Jehovah-beings
    • the true Jehovah-beings when we look at the Moon. We can say:
    • the solid or the watery states — we find beings there who
    • the Moon-beings, as I will call them, have helpers. These
    • helpers belong to Mercury and Venus, just as the Moon-beings
    • belong to the Moon. The Venus-beings, the Mercury-beings and
    • the Moon-beings form a kind of trinity. The so-called regular
    • beings of this kind in the Universe belong to these Stars. But
    • find beings belonging, it is true, to the same category, but
    • They are beings who did not share in the Earth's cosmic
    • These beings have an influence upon sleeping man just as the
    • regular cosmic beings have; but their influence is pernicious.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man/World of Stars: Lecture IV: Rhythms of Earthly and Spiritual Life. Love, Memory, the Moral Life
    Matching lines:
    • The actions of spiritual beings in relation to the rhythm of the course
    • communion with the Beings referred to in the book Occult
    • Science as the Beings of the Higher Hierarchies. This life
    • of man in communion with those higher Beings is comparable with
    • with the beings of the three kingdoms of Nature. Basically
    • communion with the beings of the three kingdoms of Nature. What
    • Beings of the Higher Hierarchies. This life together with the
    • Beings of the Hierarchies is, in reality, all action, perpetual
    • body is produced in cooperation with these higher Beings. Here
    • birth when we find ourselves wholly within the Beings of the
    • applied to our life together with the Beings of the Higher
    • When we do something in connection with these Beings, we must
    • — our own activity, but the activity of the Beings of the
    • it is the world of the Beings of the Higher Hierarchies.
    • feeling about the Beings of the Higher Hierarchies,
    • Beings of the Hierarchies.
    • through with the Beings of the Higher Hierarchies and their
    • obliterated altogether, this consciousness of the Higher Beings
    • ourselves.’ We no longer live in the other Beings of the
    • with the Beings of the Higher Hierarchies leaves in us a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man/World of Stars: Lecture V: Human Faculties and Their Connections with Elemental Beings
    Matching lines:
    • The actions of spiritual beings in relation to the rhythm of the course
    • Human Faculties and Their Connections with Elemental Beings.
    • everywhere by spiritual beings of the greatest possible
    • beings we may be able to unfold our faculties, to have thoughts
    • this it is necessary that there should be beings in the world
    • beings must be there, beings who help us ever and again to hold
    • fast our thoughts. Such elemental beings are indeed present,
    • realm of the Ahrimanic beings; we plunge into the realm of
    • these beings and very soon begin to believe — although it
    • — even grateful to the Ahrimanic beings for supporting
    • there is a whole kingdom of beings who support us in our
    • These beings are difficult to find in the spiritual world, even
    • following of spiritual beings who do not belong to the
    • character. One first really learns to know these beings when
    • one can observe those other beings who belong to the
    • activity of these beings underlies all form; you find them
    • described in my Mystery Plays as beings who chisel and hammer
    • out solid forms. If you think of the gnome-like beings in one
    • have there the beings who produce forms. Now these beings are
    • a retinue consisting of a whole host of such beings as I have
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man/World of Stars: Lecture VI: Spiritualization of Knowledge of Space. The Mission of Michael
    Matching lines:
    • The actions of spiritual beings in relation to the rhythm of the course
    • intimate communion with the Beings of the Higher Hierarchies.
    • Beings of the Hierarchies. And as the heritage of this
    • which the divine-spiritual Beings of the Hierarchies belong. A
    • divine-spiritual Beings belong. He feels that he has been sent
    • Beings. And he considers that the civilization he spreads over
    • even the objects and beings of the Earth may conform with the
    • nature of the divine-spiritual Beings to whom he feels himself
    • Kingdom of Light. He wishes to fight against those beings who
    • Kingdom of Light may not be hampered by these dark beings; he
    • the beings of the mineral, plant and animal kingdoms.
    • the divine-spiritual Beings, to bring something of the
    • the will of the divine-spiritual Beings with whom man himself
    • divine-spiritual Beings in whose ranks we live between death
    • course of events on Earth, then we find that these Beings
    • Beings have looked down to the Earth, and especially when they
    • divine-spiritual Beings have no active interest in what is done
    • something which the divine-spiritual Beings do not follow. They
    • the Beings who spiritually guide humanity, Michael is the
    • — If human beings are resolved to achieve their earthly
  • Title: Man/World of Stars: Lecture VII: Inner Processes in the Human Organism
    Matching lines:
    • The actions of spiritual beings in relation to the rhythm of the course
    • Angeloi, the Beings who stand one stage higher than man.
    • contact with the air. But within us as human beings, what is of
    • Thus we learn to know the weaving activity of the Beings
    • supersensible Beings is working and weaving, passing in and
    • Archangeloi. Just as the Beings of the supersensible world
    • so are the Beings of the spiritual world standing two stages
    • with the Beings of that hierarchy we cultivate this power of
    • the combining of sense-perceptions together with the Beings of
    • is the ascent into the world of spiritual Beings.
  • Title: Spiritual Communion: Lecture I: Midsummer and Midwinter Mysteries
    Matching lines:
    • The actions of spiritual beings in relation to the rhythm of the course
    • his realization that all the beings in man's environment are
    • other Beings are thinking — Beings who are higher
    • higher Beings, as it were through his feelings. And this was
    • honest human beings; again there will be meaning in the fact
  • Title: Spiritual Communion: Lecture II: The Mysteries of Man's Nature and the Course of the Year
    Matching lines:
    • The actions of spiritual beings in relation to the rhythm of the course
    • felt to be Grace bestowed by the divine-spiritual Beings.
    • on paper, but what the Beings of the universe themselves
    • was in this way that an ancient wisdom related world-beings and
    • were inspired by divine-spiritual Beings such as the
    • which were living plant-beings, or living animal forms —
  • Title: Spiritual Communion: Lecture III: From Man's Living Together with the Course of Cosmic Existence Arises the Cosmic Cult
    Matching lines:
    • The actions of spiritual beings in relation to the rhythm of the course
    • Nature-necessity. And in our own earthly lives we human beings
  • Title: Spiritual Communion: Lecture IV: The Relation of the Movement for Religious Renewal to the Anthroposophical Movement
    Matching lines:
    • The actions of spiritual beings in relation to the rhythm of the course
    • others — what countless human beings of the present day
  • Title: Spiritual Knowledge is a True Communion, the Beginning of a Cosmic Cult Suitable for Men of the Present Age
    Matching lines:
    • The actions of spiritual beings in relation to the rhythm of the course
    • beings, by a deliberate, loving act of human will, transform
  • Title: Esoteric Studies: Easter: Lecture II: Moon-Birth and Sun-Birth
    Matching lines:
    • The religions that focused on the Moon and the spiritual beings
    • this development depended his creed. We human beings have been
    • had become different beings, that they had to go to the record office
    • enables us human beings upon Earth to make something of
    • plants and other beings and things of the Earth, and in this form
    • spiritual beings inhabit the stars, and these can be known only after
  • Title: Esoteric Studies: Easter: Lecture III: The Secret of the Moon
    Matching lines:
    • limitless multitude of spiritual beings that reveal themselves
    • one with the Earth its influences upon human beings were exerted from
    • spiritual beings. I have repeatedly explained that when the Moon
    • streamed out into cosmic space: those ancient beings, man's
    • which those beings observe cosmic conditions from their point of
    • spiritual beings of the Moon direct their gaze primarily to what is
    • Moon beings determined accordingly. This was expressed by relating,
    • engendered in the Moon by the act of the Moon-beings in observing the
    • ability of the Moon-beings to behold Mars, the capacity for
    • out what the Moon-beings observed when questioning Mars, and then
    • Moon-beings turn to Mercury, then speech becomes eurythmy. In other
    • words, if we transform the Moon-beings' Mars experiences into their
    • in man the capacity for wisdom derives from the Moon-beings'
    • acquired by the Moon-beings' observation of Saturn.
    • with the Moon-beings who observed
    • ritual to the Moon-beings.
    • because he had been united with the Moon-beings he had looked
    • there emanated the forces of beings that must not be allowed to
    • hence he knew that forces to be received by the Sun-beings must not
  • Title: Esoteric Studies: Easter: Lecture IV: Decline of the Mystery System and the Rise of Freedom, I-A-O is Man, Aristotle's Categories
    Matching lines:
    • beings are the most important factor in the further development of
  • Title: Easter Festival: Lecture I: The Mysteries of Adonis, -or- The Evolution of Our Festivals from the Ancient Mysteries
    Matching lines:
    • all that manifests itself in human beings as vigorous
    • nature. Human beings die as well. Each of us has his autumn.
    • else. You must remember that although human beings pass through
    • encompassed procedures representing what human beings
    • by nature in the fall must also overtake human beings, overtake
    • that human beings die as well, but that in accordance with
    • of the old ritual impossible. Human beings on earth could no
    • center) had already taken place. Human beings, instead of
    • symbolically resurrect it. Instead human beings were to think
    • that followed. Human beings were less and less cognizant of
    • material reality. Human beings could no longer grasp in their
  • Title: Easter Festival: Lecture II: Moon-Birth and Sun-Birth
    Matching lines:
    • beings look up from their dependence upon earthly things to
    • times, he would not at all understand how human beings can live
    • Religions that focused on the moon and the spiritual beings
    • these civilizations human beings still developed very
    • During the last two thousand years or more, human beings have
    • that takes place in human beings around the thirtieth year
    • sets human beings free. Consider what it does for us. Only
    • in other earthly beings and substances, which as a result
    • the most part, however, human beings lost this knowledge of the
    • human beings. But for initiation this was the very first
    • with the intellect. They brought human beings into
    • trivial. For the stars are inhabited by spiritual beings, and
    • these beings can be known only after physical observation and
    • beings calculate the date of Easter from a particular
  • Title: Easter Festival: Lecture III: The Secret of the Moon
    Matching lines:
    • of the moon. Inasmuch as human beings participate in the cosmos
    • limitless multitude of spiritual beings. Some of these express
    • beings from within it.
    • forces that once acted upon human beings from within the earth
    • that time, human beings who had completed the life between
    • split off, human beings have obtained the necessary forces from
    • they enter earthly existence, then, human beings must call upon
    • fashioning the outer side of the etheric body human beings need
    • cannot bestow the forces that enable human beings to shape
    • beings within it.
    • space but also a class of spiritual beings who had lived on
    • mankind's original teachers. These beings went with the
    • activity of the moon's spiritual beings is entirely determined
    • To express myself pictorially, these beings first direct their
    • assure human beings of the forces they need to fashion their
    • that the beings living in the moon make of our solar system's
    • of such Mysteries were aware that the moon-beings acted
    • structuring of time that reminded human beings of the entire
    • moon-beings' observation of the planets. People were to
    • because the moon-beings can look toward Mars, we receive
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Easter Festival: Lecture IV: Decline of the Mystery System and the Rise of Freedom, I-A-O is Man, Aristotle's Categories
    Matching lines:
    • have seen how the Mysteries provided human beings with a
    • Human beings, however, were destined to achieve freedom, which
    • diminish and for a time leave human beings more or less
    • even though human beings are the most fundamental link in the
    • the moon. I also indicated that moon-beings observe the
    • planets, and that these observations guide human beings in
    • available to human beings, we can look to the cosmos;
    • appreciate the interest human beings have taken in these
    • that animates our limbs, makes us into beings of movement:
    • on Earth as physical beings who carry the god within us:
  • Title: Festival of Easter: Lecture 1: The Mysteries of Adonis, -or- The Evolution of Our Festivals from the Ancient Mysteries
    Matching lines:
    • beings have felt the Festival of Easter to be something that is
  • Title: Festival of Easter: Lecture 2: Moon-Birth and Sun-Birth
    Matching lines:
    • existed in the moon as spiritual Beings, belonged to a later
    • certain plants and in other earthly beings and things, and
    • in the stars spiritual beings dwelt who can only be known when
  • Title: Festival of Easter: Lecture 3: The Secret of the Moon
    Matching lines:
    • multiplicity of spiritual Beings, who reveal themselves in the
    • composed of a plurality of Spiritual Beings.
    • ancient Beings who lived at one time on the earth, not in any
    • which the Beings dwelling in the moon look from their
    • in a pictorial way I might say: the Spiritual Beings of the
    • arrived at by those Beings living, as one might say, in the moon
    • in accordance with these movements the deeds of the Moon-beings
    • by the moon, through the fact that the Moon-beings gazed upon
    • Because certain Moon-beings could gaze on Mars, man was enabled
    • speech. Because these Beings were able to gaze on Mercury,
    • the mysteries of language, by allowing the Moon-beings to
    • from what the Moon-beings experience through Mars, to what they
    • comes to him through experiences the Moon-beings have in
    • to the Moon-beings from Venus.
    • movements of human beings. A man did not then attain to wisdom
    • because he was able to unite himself with the Moon-beings who
    • were not beings living in flesh and blood on earth — they
    • had left the earth and dwelt as beings in the moonlight, but in
    • Moon-beings.
    • light-body, and, because united with the Moon-beings, he had
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Occult Movement: Lecture One: Seership and Thinking
    Matching lines:
    • groups of human beings working systematically for good or evil. Steiner
    • majority of human beings had lost the faculty of looking into
    • position. Most human beings, in fact all of them, knew of the
  • Title: Occult Movement: Lecture Two: Mediumistic Methods
    Matching lines:
    • groups of human beings working systematically for good or evil. Steiner
  • Title: Occult Movement: Lecture Three: Materialism of the 19th Century
    Matching lines:
    • groups of human beings working systematically for good or evil. Steiner
    • in the simple fact that human beings think. Without
  • Title: Occult Movement: Lecture Four: The Attempt Made by the Occultists to Avert the Lapse into Materialism
    Matching lines:
    • groups of human beings working systematically for good or evil. Steiner
  • Title: Occult Movement: Lecture Five: The Eighth Sphere
    Matching lines:
    • groups of human beings working systematically for good or evil. Steiner
    • value than as if one were to say: human beings develop from
    • of achieving it. Lucifer and Ahriman may say: human beings
    • human beings pass into the Eighth Sphere can have any valid
    • beings here and there whose interests are suited by
    • human beings. If, now, an occultist attaches himself to a
    • loca may be permanently inhabited by astral beings, by
    • state for human beings. In the case imagined, the surviving
  • Title: Occult Movement: Lecture Six: The Dangers of Aberation Along the Path into the Spiritual World
    Matching lines:
    • groups of human beings working systematically for good or evil. Steiner
    • it can therefore be assumed that beings, in so far as they
    • self as penetrated by illuminating beings, brightened by a
  • Title: Occult Movement: Lecture Seven: Investigation of the Life between Death and a New Birth
    Matching lines:
    • groups of human beings working systematically for good or evil. Steiner
    • thoughts that have been produced stand there as living beings
    • perceived in the case of human beings who died very young,
    • in connection with human beings whose deaths occurred at
    • that human beings who died during the tenderest years of
    • further activities. Human beings cannot work adequately on
    • beings, among whom are also to be found the souls of children
    • company of spiritual beings — but these
    • spiritual beings are human souls. Many of these children are
    • much occupied with human beings here below on the Earth; but
    • to enable human beings to bite. This line of thought,
    • their Beings to bring Man into existence, and how when this
    • further that human beings who died between the ages of 8 or
    • incarnate as soon as may be. These souls of human beings who
  • Title: Occult Movement: Lecture Eight: The Purpose of the Use of Symbols
    Matching lines:
    • groups of human beings working systematically for good or evil. Steiner
    • as a man passes the Threshold leading to the spiritual beings
    • beings. So much you will have realised from all that has been
    • we enter a world of living spiritual beings. The remarkable
    • thing is that the beings first encountered in yonder world
    • spiritual beings. This screen must be pierced. But it cannot
    • contact with spiritual beings, and indeed with beings
    • beings whose whole endeavour is to impart to man certain
    • with these beings. They have, however, still another trait:
    • with danger, because the beings first encountered are
    • encounter these beings who are inimical not only to man but
    • make no use of such forces when these beings present
    • symbols, the forces which these beings would have been able
  • Title: Occult Movement: Lecture Nine: Investigation of the Mineral World
    Matching lines:
    • groups of human beings working systematically for good or evil. Steiner
    • the atoms, he would find Ahriman and his beings. For through
    • those spiritual beings of whom I spoke yesterday and whom man
    • be led to develop forces of destruction. These beings, too,
    • it must be remembered, are cosmic beings.
    • spiritual hosts — beings who are out for destruction
    • forces of those destructive beings of whom I spoke yesterday,
    • beings who are in the service of Ahriman. And the consequence
    • Ahrimanic beings, beings intent upon destruction. In the
    • World Order these beings are bitter enemies of man's
    • These beings
    • spoken of human intelligence, but these beings have their own
    • of these beings. I will make this clear in the following way.
    • approaches these beings, it may seem to him as if he were
    • intelligence of these beings. For they are extraordinarily
    • higher forces of these beings are all related to the forces
    • are, in these beings, the very forces which strike one as so
    • of these spiritual beings. That is why they strive to
    • or the like, arise in him, because these beings draw up what
    • lower forces. Nobody can ally himself with these beings
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Occult Movement: Lecture Ten: Human Consciousness between Objective and Subjective Reality
    Matching lines:
    • groups of human beings working systematically for good or evil. Steiner
    • consciousness we have as human beings today, is
    • with all the beings I have described; on yonder side of the
    • living in times when many human beings are safeguarded
    • intelligence in the beings who serve Ahriman and the forces
    • endeavour is to appropriate the intelligence of human beings
    • bring us into connection with groups of human beings in such
    • shrink from every contact with other human beings or objects;
    • living at a time when certain beings must inevitably become
    • known to us, on the one side beings who are behind the veil
    • soul. If these beings are not made known, the further
    • pursued were to be encouraged and cultivated in human beings,
    • comes into a region where he encounters beings who have a
    • become of a man who falls prey to these beings. This must not
    • regions. These beings can be held at bay if the intellect is
    • is not the case. At the present time human beings have
    • beings—in order to understand Spiritual Science, and
    • beings swirl forward in their hosts; nor is this surprising,
    • attained spiritual understanding keep these beings at bay.
    • But these beings have a great deal of power over souls whose
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: History of Art: Lecture X: Disputa of Raphael - the School of Athens
    Matching lines:
    • beings, to think of Him in relation to super-sensory
    • being human beings when one doesn't have a clear understanding
  • Title: History of Art: Lecture XII: Greek and Early Christian Art, Symbolic Signs, the Mystery of Gold
    Matching lines:
    • beings — but filled in with animals. You have the central motif
  • Title: History of Art: Lecture XIII: The Changes in the Conception of Christ During a Certain Period of Time
    Matching lines:
    • beings. Still, the complete descent created out of the
    • the realm of supernatural beings.
  • Title: Golden Blade, 1962: Lecture 1: Natural Science and Its Boundaries
    Matching lines:
    • places us into the outer world as beings qualified and fit for
    • own, and because we know that as human beings we are endowed
    • into social life among other human beings. But the path
    • person, we reach the Egos of individual spiritual Beings
    • who are around us just as are the beings of the material
    • intercourse with other human beings in an irregular way. This
  • Title: Golden Blade, 1962: Lecture 2: Paths to the Spirit in East and West
    Matching lines:
    • communication with other human beings that is established by
    • death fashion us into the human beings we are.
    • world into social contact with other human beings. We buy our
    • occupy as human beings and within whose limits our wills can
    • contribute to our development as integrated human beings.
    • we could never in this physical life grow into social beings.
  • Title: Star Wisdom: Lecture I: Star Wisdom, Moon Religion, Sun Religion
    Matching lines:
    • without a powerful telescope, he would not see any human beings on
    • into cosmic space. Yet the Earth swarms with human beings who are in
    • turn connected with Spiritual Beings. And just as the physical forces
    • the East revealed the existence of Spiritual Beings in the stars and
    • it was to these Spiritual Beings, not to the physical stars, that men
    • course that Spiritual Beings belonging to Saturn, Jupiter and the
    • men were like new beings when they reached the age of 30, and they
    • human beings, but no effort succeeded in spreading the knowledge.
    • teach; the response must come from human beings themselves.
    • great extent with the life and doings of human beings on the Earth.
  • Title: Star Wisdom: Lecture II: The Easter Festival and Its Background
    Matching lines:
    • really not so very astonishing. Human beings do not by any
    • that the myriad stars have an influence upon human beings. But from
    • human beings: it is called the Festival of All Souls and is still
    • we can say: Death is not ever-present; beings have to pass through
  • Title: Star Wisdom: Lecture III: Characteristics of Judaism
    Matching lines:
    • influence is a reality! When it rains, human beings consciously
    • recognised spiritual beings in all the phenomena of nature — a
    • multiplicity of spiritual beings.
    • spiritual beings are actually present in nature and anyone who denies their
    • existence denies reality. To deny that there are spiritual beings in nature
    • recognition of this one God and repudiated all other spiritual beings
    • spiritual beings ... Suppose two peoples are at war in spite of the
    • they do not notice it. In the great things of life human beings often
    • between the single Godhead and the multiplicity of spiritual beings
    • achieved could now be achieved consciously by all human beings, the
    • because human beings have held together, attention has been called to
    • accumulation of some 42 millions of human beings in the West of
  • Title: Cosmic Workings: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • reality we human beings are at the same time actually two people. We
    • we human beings keep to our meal-times.
  • Title: Cosmic Workings: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • as solidity was reached, these forces brought forth the human beings.
    • Human beings nowadays have a pleasant time of it on earth — of
  • Title: Cosmic Workings: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • therefore be that human beings are born without sufficient strength
    • for example, that potatoes nourish the mental life of human beings as
  • Title: Cosmic Workings: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • be present in order that we, as human beings, can have heads? There must
  • Title: Cosmic Workings: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • flow of milk. Here you have again something in human beings which is
  • Title: Cosmic Workings: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • beings we were not obliged to live on the earth between birth and
  • Title: History of Art: Lecture I: Cimabue, Giotto, and Other Italian Masters
    Matching lines:
    • Beings gazing down from beyond the Earth into this world of human
    • conception of the Jesus child. We have before us human beings,
    • traditionally handed down — where Beings gaze from realms
    • known as the 'School of Athens.' Human beings are placed together
    • what is more, rule it through human beings, not through an
    • itself but to the question: How will human beings look when they
    • human beings. Though it is not yet so much so as in some later
    • sacred beings. What was conceived working, as it were, in the
  • Title: History of Art: Lecture II: Leonardo, Michelangelo and Raphael
    Matching lines:
    • hand the feet of the heavenly beings. Heaven still penetrated down into
    • beings — theologians, for the most part. These theologians are
    • — human figures are portrayed, to represent beings standing within
    • the cosmos, — Beings into whom the whole cosmos is working. They
    • Beings, angelic figures between them, bring them the secrets of the
    • worlds. Thus they are dreamy Beings, living within the universal nexus.
  • Title: History of Art: Lecture III: Dürer and Holbein
    Matching lines:
    • the elemental beings — those beings who, to begin with, manifest
    • beings of that time.
    • Spirit. !le see three stages, as it were: the Spiritual Beings
  • Title: History of Art: Lecture V: Rembrandt
    Matching lines:
    • beings see it in ordinary life? It is the very purpose of Art to reproduce
  • Title: History of Art: Lecture VI: Dutch and Flemish Painting
    Matching lines:
    • about its frontiers. What mattered to them was that human beings full,
    • thorough-going human beings — should develop, regardless of the
    • of free development of human beings. I might continue to say many other
    • The angels here are full-grown human beings, in spite of their clerical
    • and ceremonial garments — fully developed human beings
    • the treatment of landscape in relation to the human beings to whom it
  • Title: History of Art: Lecture VII: Representations of the Nativity
    Matching lines:
    • out of the spiritual beings that are bound up with the life of Nature.
  • Title: History of Art: Lecture VIII: Raphael and the Northern Artists
    Matching lines:
    • themes in the whole Cosmos, as it lies before us human beings living
    • were being made external, flat and superficial. Those human beings,
    • of heart and mind of the human beings themselves who in these regions
  • Title: Man/Symphony: Lecture I: Man as Microcosm
    Matching lines:
    • - the purely spiritual beings the complement plants and animals - and
    • the cooperation these beings offer to mankind. In the fourth series
  • Title: Man/Symphony: Lecture II: The Sun in Relation to the Outer Planets
    Matching lines:
    • - the purely spiritual beings the complement plants and animals - and
    • the cooperation these beings offer to mankind. In the fourth series
  • Title: Man/Symphony: Lecture III: Physical and Spiritual Substance
    Matching lines:
    • - the purely spiritual beings the complement plants and animals - and
    • the cooperation these beings offer to mankind. In the fourth series
    • as to be adapted to the beings of the kingdoms of nature, up to the
    • picture of the world the beings of the higher hierarchies. These
    • beings of the higher hierarchies have no earthly substance, no
    • continually restored by cosmic beings. And here one penetrates into
  • Title: Man/Symphony: Lecture IV: Butterfly and Plant
    Matching lines:
    • - the purely spiritual beings the complement plants and animals - and
    • the cooperation these beings offer to mankind. In the fourth series
    • plants. For in truth those spiritual beings which are behind the
    • and beings of nature.
  • Title: Man/Symphony: Lecture V: Butterflies, Birds and Bats
    Matching lines:
    • - the purely spiritual beings the complement plants and animals - and
    • the cooperation these beings offer to mankind. In the fourth series
    • nature of several beings and in the first place of the butterfly. In
    • stars is just as much the product of living beings in other worlds, as
    • living beings. People look at a star, and with the modern physicist
    • in the air, what we must really see is only fluttering beings of
    • light, beings of light rejoicing in their play of colours. All else is
    • garment, is luggage. We must gain an understanding of what the beings
    • When we descend into the air, we arrive at those beings which, at a
    • from the earth but was still with it. Here we come to beings which are
    • certainly also air-beings, living in the air, but which are in fact
    • beings we do not only inhale oxygen and nitrogen with the air, we also
    • In everything good and in everything evil, in some way or other beings
    • relation to other beings can be recognized. For the materialistically
  • Title: Man/Symphony: Lecture VI: Evolution of Animals and Man
    Matching lines:
    • - the purely spiritual beings the complement plants and animals - and
    • the cooperation these beings offer to mankind. In the fourth series
    • higher beings and human kingdoms have evolved out of what is lifeless,
    • beings were the very earliest to arise in the whole of
    • earth-evolution. The very forms, too, possessed by these beings can
    • remind us of the beings which man knew before his descent to the
    • descended to the earth, of the beings of the higher hierarchies.
    • form, the pictorial form, of the beings of the higher hierarchies.
    • physical metamorphoses of spiritual beings. It is not the spiritual
    • beings themselves which have undergone metamorphosis, but these forms
    • are their metamorphosed image-picture; naturally, the beings
    • individual categories of beings. The earth entices man back into
    • earth would excrete the beings of the toads, and would one day perish
  • Title: Man/Symphony: Lecture VII: Gnomes, Undines, Sylphs, and Salamanders and their Relations to Ethers and Plants
    Matching lines:
    • - the purely spiritual beings the complement plants and animals - and
    • the cooperation these beings offer to mankind. In the fourth series
    • The World-Word is not some combination of syllables gathered from here or there, but the World-Word is the harmony of what sounds forth from countless beings.
    • immediately led to a whole host of beings, which were known and
    • degree, however, in which we deny reality to the beings which whirl
    • become those beings within the earth which, as they wander, carry the
    • together with the earthly; otherwise, as single beings, they would
    • in the leaves other beings are at work, water-spirits, elemental
    • the roots busied about, woven-about by the gnome-beings in the
    • direction which they give, we now see these water-beings, these
    • elemental beings of the water, these undines in their connection with
    • These undine beings differ in their inner nature from the gnomes. They
    • not beings of such clarity as the gnomes. They dream incessantly,
    • warmth that those beings live which an earlier clairvoyant art
  • Title: Man/Symphony: Lecture VIII: Gnomes, Undines, Sylphs, and Salamanders and their Relations to Various Animals
    Matching lines:
    • - the purely spiritual beings the complement plants and animals - and
    • the cooperation these beings offer to mankind. In the fourth series
    • about those super-sensible and invisible beings which accompany the
    • beings and processes visible to the senses. An earlier, instinctive
    • vision beheld these beings of the super-sensible world as clearly as we
    • behold the world of the senses. Today, these beings have withdrawn
    • sylphs and fire-beings is not perceptible in the same way as animals,
    • adapted to entering into connection with the beings which exist behind
    • connected with these elemental beings about which I spoke yesterday.
    • present time — those beings which consist only of a soft mass,
    • And just because the conditions of the beings in the world are very
    • the gnomes are extraordinarily clever, intelligent beings. With them
    • such folk as these. The moment this hindrance is removed, these beings
    • are there, just as are the other beings of nature for ordinary vision.
    • pass into the world of sleep without the beings existing there being
    • water-beings, which continually transform themselves, and which live
    • they play in plant-growth — also exist as complementary beings to
    • skull. They make them, as it were, into heads. All these beings which
    • Again, in the case of these beings, it is only the body which hinders
    • of the undines. Just as for day consciousness we have around us beings
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man/Symphony: Lecture IX: Gnomes, Undines, Sylphs, and Salamanders and their Various Activities and Attitudes
    Matching lines:
    • - the purely spiritual beings the complement plants and animals - and
    • the cooperation these beings offer to mankind. In the fourth series
    • We only learn to know the beings of the sense-world when we observe
    • beings about which I have been speaking and shall continue to speak in
    • these lectures, the elemental beings of nature. Invisibly and
    • in a higher sense than do the physical, sense-perceptible beings.
    • Now you will readily be able to imagine that to these beings the world
    • appears somewhat other than to the beings of the sense-world, for they
    • Of course, what for us is an illness is for these gnome-beings their
    • aspect of these spiritual beings and to observe their special task,
    • Now let us pass over from the gnomes to the undines, the water-beings.
    • Here a very remarkable picture presents itself. These beings have not
    • the need for life that human beings have, neither have they the need
    • is valued. But once we have crossed the threshold, all these beings
    • This can be felt by these beings. Let us take the undines. You know,
    • they offer themselves to the beings of the higher hierarchies —
    • early spring these beings evolve upwards from unfathomable depths.
    • themselves be consumed by the higher beings. There they live on
    • the longing to offer themselves as nourishment to the higher beings.
    • up into the heights, only desiring to be inhaled by the beings of the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man/Symphony: Lecture X: The Origin of the Different Systems of Man: Metabolism, Rhythmic, Nerve
    Matching lines:
    • - the purely spiritual beings the complement plants and animals - and
    • the cooperation these beings offer to mankind. In the fourth series
    • second hierarchy, to the beings of the second hierarchy, Kyriotetes,
    • Exusiai, Dynamis, and to the beings of the first hierarchy, Seraphim,
  • Title: Man/Symphony: Lecture XI: Food, Digestion, Plants, and Carnivorous Animals
    Matching lines:
    • - the purely spiritual beings the complement plants and animals - and
    • the cooperation these beings offer to mankind. In the fourth series
    • way; whereas outside man they remain with the elemental nature-beings,
  • Title: Man/Symphony: Lecture XII: Convention and Morals, Bones and Hatred
    Matching lines:
    • - the purely spiritual beings the complement plants and animals - and
    • the cooperation these beings offer to mankind. In the fourth series
    • the spiritual of the cosmos, to the beings whom we have called the
    • beings of the higher hierarchies. Today, therefore, let us do what was
    • beings of the third hierarchy, Angels, Archangels, Archai. In the
    • world lying between death and a new birth these beings stoop downward
    • human understanding. And we see how the beings of the third hierarchy
    • the beings of the second and third hierarchies already taken from him
    • development, must at first burden the beings of the higher hierarchies
    • beings of the lower hierarchies participate, but also the beings of
    • spiritual beings of the higher worlds are there working together with
    • man. They work with those human beings who are working upon
    • One man works upon the other. These spiritual beings, then, together
    • It is by grace of the beings of the second and third hierarchies, who
    • his journey. These beings took them from his moral nature; now they
    • sylphs and the elemental beings of warmth. And so in a civilization
  • Title: Lecture: How Can We Gain Knowledge of the Supersensible Worlds?
    Matching lines:
    • winter constitution if we wish to be capable human beings in life
    • for otherwise we cannot be capable human beings. We should also
    • deprive us of every capacity. Human beings must be able to rely
    • element, but definite objects, facts and beings which are just as
    • consisting of differentiated beings.
    • perception of DIFFERENTIATED spiritual beings that form a cosmos,
    • beings pertaining to the spiritual world. But even as the
    • the spiritual world has differentiated beings, even though they
  • Title: Lecture: Man's Position in the Cosmic Whole, the Platonic World-Year
    Matching lines:
    • times of human evolution, the human beings had different kinds of
    • regard to external physical life: the human beings felt, as it were,
    • beings of a remote past felt: The sun is up there, in the sky; it
    • experienced as a great organism and the human beings felt that
    • our life, in so far as we are human beings of the physical cosmos.
    • that we ourselves, as physical beings that pass through the length of
    • Beings, equivalent to one of the breaths which we ourselves draw in
    • the respiratory rhythm is concerned, the human beings in our
    • with Beings who belong to the organism of the earth; they belong to
    • the earth's organism in the same way in which the human beings belong
    • to the air — a spoken intercourse with Beings of that
    • beings of a remote past by higher Beings, has not been transmitted to
    • times, the human beings could not learn so quickly; they were obliged
    • higher Beings, who are connected with the earth in the same way in
    • which we are connected with the air, and these higher Beings approach
    • the human beings. Those who are now working their way up to
    • Beings are mysteriously conferring with us; only at a later
    • to us by the Beings whose life-element is the platonic year, may be
    • This can really be done! Also the other Beings, that
    • members of these Beings should be sought elsewhere than in the case
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Overcoming of Evil
    Matching lines:
    • connection the human beings are divided on the one hand into
    • since the last third of the 19th century the Beings whom I
    • more intimately, than did the retarded Spiritual Beings of the
    • all, that the Beings who stand immediately above the hierarchy of
    • Man, the Angel-Beings, will be able to approach the individual
    • human beings, not only groups of men, in a very intimate way, so
    • by this kind of Angel-Beings of whom I have spoken.
  • Title: Lecture: Entry of the Michael Forces
    Matching lines:
    • super-earthly forces are constantly at work. Beings of the higher
    • If, therefore, certain human beings — and this in the last
    • beings are especially connected with the stream of Michael, their
    • that human beings — I will not say of nervous temperament
    • — but human beings intense in soul and spirit, were able to
    • super-sensible Beings enter and play a part.
    • paths the Michael element was approaching human beings at that time.
    • We could give many examples of this kind. Indeed, human beings to-day
    • beings had been affected not only in soul but even down into the body
    • became more and more evident that those human beings would now
    • conditions of individual human beings who are led by an inner
    • which human beings have become united. But there was never a cohesive
    • Human beings who in the present incarnation receive the Michael
    • or have lived, alongside of human beings who are absolutely
    • Let us imagine that these human beings meet one another again in a
    • meeting-again with human beings to whom
  • Title: Colour: Part Three: The Creative World of Colour
    Matching lines:
    • beings and objects will again be realized.
    • are very ghostly beings to the higher animals. If they could talk a
  • Title: Colour: Part Three: Artistic and Moral Experience
    Matching lines:
    • of what those beings have felt who specially belong to our earth, and
  • Title: Psychoanalysis: Lecture I: Anthroposophy and Psychoanalysis I
    Matching lines:
    • human beings. Today they must become aware of such
  • Title: Psychoanalysis: Lecture II: Anthroposophy and Psychoanalysis II
    Matching lines:
    • interwoven with it, and the other beings as well.
    • spiritual beings who must be spoken of as real. So that if a
    • of human beings with the spiritual world. Therefore it would be
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture XI: Individual Spirit Beings and the Undivided Foundation of the World: Part 2
    Matching lines:
    • Individual Spirit Beings and the Undivided Foundation of the World: Part 2
    • beings in the etheric world, not His return in a physical body. The
    • Spirit Beings and the Undivided Foundation of the World: Part 2
    • They are also allied with other beings who influence such
    • beings are not human beings incarnated in the flesh but are beings
    • who thought it preferable to bring to the human beings who wished to
    • the souls of dead human beings. For them it was of compelling
    • the actions of human beings do here on the physical plane. I
    • The experiences of human beings continue naturally in
    • however, a fortunate arrangement has been found for human beings
    • gnome-like beings; spirits of water, undine-like beings; spirits of
    • air, sylph-like beings; and spirits of fire, salamander-like beings.
    • must never believe, however, that behind these beings stands someone
    • beings in the fifth post-Atlantean period, so that with these forces
    • who are closest to human beings, the spirits belonging to the kingdom
    • have said that, exactly because of this, beings that are close to man
    • work in an invisible way among human beings, and man is held back
    • beings could grasp that they possessed something in the Christ
    • human beings like children as they were still being led in the third
    • beings toward the spiritual world in such a way that acceptance or
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture XII: Individual Spirit Beings and the Undivided Foundation of the World: Part 3
    Matching lines:
    • Individual Spirit Beings and the Undivided Foundation of the World: Part 3
    • beings in the etheric world, not His return in a physical body. The
    • Spirit Beings and the Undivided Foundation of the World: Part 3
    • With the old wisdom by which human beings have reached
    • human beings or whether they are enacted by groups of human beings
    • problem is to bring together human beings with the mechanical, which
    • This Philosopher's Stone was to present human beings with the
    • materially. It was to lead human beings to experience immortality, to
    • connection with the health and illness of human beings. Through
    • From a certain celestial direction, spiritual beings are constantly
    • at work. One need only put these spiritual beings at the service of
    • earthly existence and, because these spiritual beings working in from
    • actively working beings from the opposing sides of the cosmos are
    • necessary for human beings to prepare themselves by not taking
    • the occult sphere one must refuse to harness human beings themselves
    • involved in making a large number of human beings from all over the
    • All these things strike human beings today as being
  • Title: Influences of Lucifer/Ahriman: Lecture One: The Incarnation of Lucifer in Asia in the Third Millenium B.C.
    Matching lines:
    • Mysteries. Not only did human beings feel safe and secure within the
    • enacted among human beings, was understood at first by the only means
    • has now come for individual human beings to know what tendencies and
    • human beings are generally the most arrogant of all, especially in
    • would be able to make all human beings on the earth his own. A good
    • mean by this. The consciousness of those human beings whom I
    • similar kind, where the various sciences pursued by human beings
    • human beings. Everywhere there are books, books, books!
    • and spirit. Everything is preserved in them but human beings do
  • Title: Lucifer and Ahriman: Lecture I: The Incarnation of Lucifer in Asia in the Third Millenium B.C.
    Matching lines:
    • day, then Ahriman would be able to make all human beings on
    • those human beings whom I have called devourers of soul and
    • Everything is preserved in them but human beings do not want
  • Title: Influences of Lucifer/Ahriman: Lecture Two: The Advance Preparation of Ahriman for His Future Incarnation
    Matching lines:
    • of our fifth post-Atlantean epoch is that human beings should become
    • “Word” also means anything that human beings can acquire
    • “Let human beings seek for the Spirit that reveals itself in
    • capacities of human beings are sufficiently mature if they will but
    • always remains the same, whether one is counting sheep, human beings,
    • zenith. But now, in the fifth post-Atlantean epoch, human beings are
    • beings would suffer from constant headache or migraine if they
    • human beings have no desire to do; they find it irksome. And many
    • indignant he is with countless human beings. He describes minutely
    • characteristics. This peculiarity in human beings was never so
    • human beings there are longings quite different in character from
    • beings but that they are asleep and do not perceive that forces are
  • Title: Lucifer and Ahriman: Lecture II: The Advance Preparation of Ahriman for His Future Incarnation
    Matching lines:
    • same, whether one is counting sheep, human beings or
    • These historians do not tell us that modern human beings
    • is just what human beings have no desire to do; they find it
    • how indignant he is with countless human beings. He describes
    • peculiarity in human beings was never so widespread as it is
    • in the subconsciousness of human beings there are longings
    • human beings but that they are asleep and do not perceive
  • Title: Influences of Lucifer/Ahriman: Lecture Five: The Human as a Being of Will
    Matching lines:
    • and death, human beings unfold the force of will as the impulse of
    • the evolution of the earth would be the same even if human beings had
    • were uninhabited by human beings. Why is this view held by natural
    • throughout the then-Civilized world. Human beings had far greater
    • activities of human beings were among the contributory causes. Yet so
    • time. Only the connection between what goes on within human beings
    • causes are to be found within the human beings.
    • fact that certain human beings learn to employ their will wrongfully,
    • other human beings, deliberately and consciously applying the
    • connected with the earth's forces of decline. And if as human beings
    • entirely beings of soul and spirit, unfolding the forces that are in
    • proceeds from beings of intelligence and will whose life is
    • What you actually see are the inner activities of beings of will and
    • such beings — were to look at the earth, they would not detect
    • the effects of the conditions in which human beings live between
    • universe, what takes place through human beings is the
    • perceive its consequences. We are not physical beings only; we are
    • moral — or maybe immoral — beings in earthly existence.
    • moral conduct and achievements of human beings on the earth are the
    • find lacking in the descriptions given by human beings themselves of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lucifer and Ahriman: Lecture V: The Human as a Being of Will
    Matching lines:
    • the earth would be the same even if human beings had no part
    • just the same even if it were uninhabited by human beings.
    • rampant throughout the then civilised world. Human beings had
    • based essentially on the fact that certain human beings learn
    • within the organism but extend them over other human beings,
    • if as human beings had only our forces of will, the earth
    • proceeds from beings of intelligence and will whose
    • activities of beings of will and intelligence in the stars. I
    • beings is the perceptible reality — not what
    • physical beings only; we are moral — or maybe immoral
    • beings in earthly existence. What we do is determined
    • human beings on the earth are the real causes of what comes
    • earth's course would be exactly the same were no human beings
    • life prevailed among human beings in the civilised world two
    • composed of free human beings. Nature does not, in
    • truth, counteract our freedom, for as human beings we
    • bodies laid aside by human beings at death become a leaven in
  • Title: Influences of Lucifer/Ahriman: Lecture Four: The Luciferic Origin of Ancient Wisdom, Ahrimanization...
    Matching lines:
    • time when human beings began in the real sense to be citizens of the
    • earth, when as beings of soul and spirit they came down to the earth,
    • surrounded themselves with its forces and became earthly beings. If
    • human beings had simply descended to the earth with the qualities
    • made the descent, human beings would have been obliged to
    • long ages people would have remained ineffectual, childish beings. By
    • luciferic beings. We know from recent lectures that the Lucifer
    • luciferic beings have from the very beginning been associated in some
    • philistine attitude when mention is made of luciferic beings.
    • the luciferic beings. Think, for example, of the seven Holy Rishis of
    • the teachers of the Rishis were luciferic beings. For what the
    • luciferic beings brought with them into earth evolution was, above
    • with luciferic beings.
    • this possible? We must realize that human beings would have remained
    • instruction that emanated from luciferic beings. Those who
    • obligation incumbent upon everyone to whom luciferic beings impart
    • than those of the luciferic beings. That is the essential point. It
    • beings.
    • luciferic beings inculcated their wisdom into human beings but their
    • Mysteries, through the influence of the luciferic beings who, in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lucifer and Ahriman: Lecture IV: The Luciferic Origin of Ancient Wisdom, Ahrimanization...
    Matching lines:
    • men would have remained ineffectual, childish beings. By our
    • evolution of the Luciferic beings. We know from recent
    • witness, proceeded from this Being. But the Luciferic beings
    • mention is made of Luciferic beings. Even among
    • the treasures of wisdom possessed by the Luciferic beings
    • beings. For what the Luciferic beings brought with them into
    • lie with Luciferic beings.
    • the constant instruction that emanated from Luciferic beings.
    • to whom Luciferic beings impart knowledge from spiritual
    • wisdom is in hands other than those of the Luciferic beings.
    • aspirations of the Luciferic beings.
    • aloof from the earth. The Luciferic beings inculcated their
    • Mysteries, through the influence of the Luciferic beings who,
    • were not Luciferic, human beings on the earth would be like
    • playing mischievous tricks on human beings. No, indeed !
    • numbers of human beings into seers — but in such a way
  • Title: Lecture: Mission of Michael: Lecture I: The Power and Mission of Michael
    Matching lines:
    • which we, human beings of the present day, may gain to that spiritual
    • beings which we meet in the earthly sphere, that is, in the mineral,
    • beings belonging to higher realms which we have designated as the
    • beings of the higher hierarchies. If we speak of evolution in
    • its entirety, we have always to consider these beings of the higher
    • These beings, on their part, also pass through an evolution which we
    • for example, the following: You know that we human beings have passed
    • that we as human beings who experience ourselves in earthly
    • Let us now consider the beings directly above our human stage whom we
    • may say: these beings, although their form is entirely different from
    • we turn to the Archai, the time spirits, to the beings who especially
    • Now the significant question arises: If we turn to the beings still
    • already passed beyond the stages which we human beings conceive of as
    • eighth stage. We human beings are at the fourth stage of evolution; if
    • the Form Spirits belong permeates the sphere in which we human beings
    • Let us repeat: We human beings exist in a sphere which has reached the
    • the beings of the Spirits of Form.
    • must take into account the beings we have often mentioned as
    • cooperating in world events: the Luciferic and Ahrimanic beings. Let
    • these beings. They dwell in the same spheres in which we human beings
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Mission of Michael: Lecture II: The Michael revelation.
    Matching lines:
    • process of dying. I once stated the following: If we human beings were
    • realize that through the head only the Luciferic beings spoke to man.
    • Thus we must say: The human beings of the pre-Christian age directed
    • human being is in the environment of spiritual beings during his
    • waking hours, but that these spiritual beings are not his creator
    • beings, but the Luciferic beings. The beings which mankind felt to be
    • the divine creator beings were active in man from the moment of
    • is surrounded by Luciferic beings. The fact that the human being
    • Luciferic beings was a secret known in all ancient temples and it was
    • nineteenth century the time has come when human beings must recognize
    • This knowledge which should make its way among human beings much
    • The essential thing is for human beings to see that since they did not
  • Title: Lecture: Mission of Michael: Lecture III. Michaelic Thinking.
    Matching lines:
    • We speak lightly of the fact that we, as physical human beings, live
    • was a short time ago outside us? We are not thinkable as human beings
    • sense-beings, intelligent beings, in short, that we possess all that
    • existence as head-beings. Now, I have told you that this is only one
    • sphere belongs to the spiritual beings that are our creators, just as
    • a moment and consider those beings which we always have called, in the
    • Creative Form Beings, then we shall have to say that we, as human
    • beings, shall only reach the sphere which we ascribe to our Divine
    • Creator Beings when the Earth has passed through three further stages
    • beings shall have reached after the Vulcan evolution. This is
    • only our Divine Creator Spirits, but also the Ahrimanic beings. Thus
    • with the Ahrimanic beings. In the fourth sphere, the Luciferic beings
    • distribution of these spiritual beings. We are able to go into details
    • are perceiving and intelligent beings by virtue of our living in the
    • Luciferic beings down into the sphere of men, into the fourth sphere
    • beings.
    • human intelligence. You know that we human beings have many personal
    • intelligence and logic are concerned, all human beings possess the
    • having permeated and influenced human beings with the being of
    • your soul gaze upon something else which may bring human beings
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Mission of Michael: Lecture IV: The Culture of the Mysteries and the Michael Impulse.
    Matching lines:
    • human beings who were found to be objectively suited for direct
    • through them, out to other human beings. One cannot understand ancient
    • present-day natural-scientific mode of thought. Most human beings who
    • century, human beings of the Occident begin to think in the way we
    • human beings still meet the doctrine of repeated earth lives with the
    • objection that human beings do not remember their previous earth
    • surprised that human beings do not today, in their ordinary knowledge,
    • human beings did not attain to any factual clarity about their own
    • Only through the fact that human beings once employ one life in order
    • upon former earth lives. And there are not so few human beings who are
    • repeatedly. Human beings live toward a time in the future in which
    • beings are brought to self-knowledge through the
    • nature of this special experience which will suggest to human beings
    • beings; but still, they are indicated in these few human beings. Not
    • the way in which they will appear eventually. Human beings will be
    • other human beings, I am educated, consciously or unconsciously, for a
    • of feeling is already present today in individual human beings. They
    • something completely different from them. Whenever such human beings
    • you here and which is present in some human beings today although they
    • are not aware of it will become ever more present. Human beings will
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Mission of Michael: Lecture V: The Michael Deed and the Michael Influence as Counter-pole of the Ahrimanic Influence
    Matching lines:
    • documents reach back. This is not the case. Human beings, even the
    • beings after the middle of the fifteenth century. We can trace this
    • beings. To fail to understand these things was tolerable in a certain
    • Certainly, there exist today many human beings who see clearly that
    • arises for human beings when they have to ask the question: How can
    • for human beings prior to the fourth post-Christian century to speak
    • the Angeloi were human beings, human beings, to be sure, with an
    • evolution has entered its descending phases, other beings make
    • evolution when certain beings make themselves felt who upon
    • For we will be different beings on Jupiter. These so-to-speak
    • that man is also a super-sensible being. Supersensibily these beings
    • beings make themselves felt which exist in the environment of mankind.
    • fifteenth century. These beings possess chiefly the impulse of a force
    • the human consciousness. These invisible beings are related to that
    • will-beings were able to take possession of the consciousness of these
    • these human beings and acted with their consciousness. And
    • these beings who thus took possession, who are still sub-human beings,
    • what kind of beings are they? We have to pose this question very
    • seriously: What kind of beings are they?
    • The sub-human beings whose main character consists of an impulse which
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Mission of Michael: Lecture VI: The Ancient Yoga Culture and the New Yoga Will.
    Matching lines:
    • in man; he was the same. And it was clear to human beings of that time
    • the world. We as modern human beings cannot attain this by
    • beings of elemental nature of whom I have spoken yesterday,
    • beings of whom I spoke yesterday — I should like to call them the
    • anti-Michaelic beings — are able to penetrate into the air and,
    • beings in the breathing process three millennia ago. Our comprehension
    • all the fibers of the soul life by those human beings who wish to
    • the human beings who have entered the Anthroposophical Movement. But
  • Title: Social Forms: Lecture I: The Waldorf School, Spiritual Science, Outer World, Inner World
    Matching lines:
    • justify itself because a group of human beings was gathered
    • beings which leads upward to a fruitful development, to
    • parties. Human beings are unaware of the actual nature of
    • beings. Yet, political parties are rooted in abstraction.
    • views, and instead speak about following real beings whom we
  • Title: Social Forms: Lecture II: Materialism, Party Line
    Matching lines:
    • as so many are inclined to do, one finds that only beings
    • Yet, since these programs correspond to certain beings in the
    • view link themselves with certain beings of the higher world.
    • certain supersensory beings, this does not mean that he is
    • together and guided by beings from the hierarchy of
    • super-sensible entities are present among human beings.
    • super-sensible beings, and the relationship of parties to
    • their super-sensible beings, we find that the former are able
    • impulses given them by the beings belonging to them in the
    • beings holds sway. Mankind had to struggle to rise above this
    • instinctive obedience to super-sensible beings. It goes
    • In a sense, human beings could only be educated gradually to
    • instinctive, awareness in following such super-sensible beings
    • super-sensible beings. The great khans of the present, Lenin
    • and events and living beings of that realm. We should seek
    • out those beings in the spiritual world who participate in
    • groupings of human beings switched over to this merely
    • human evolution characterized by the fact that human beings
    • is not to be disproved, it is to be overcome! Human beings
    • of giving human beings the means whereby they may perform
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Social Forms: Lecture III: Man's Twelve Senses in Relation to Imagination, Inspiration, Intuition
    Matching lines:
    • confront human beings, we not only perceive their thoughts
    • represents the manner in which human beings who actually
  • Title: Social Forms: Lecture IV: World Events, Initiation Knowledge and the Impulse toward Freedom
    Matching lines:
    • simply not necessary to give to human beings an initiation
    • possible for human beings to cooperate with group souls in
    • kingdoms, also constitutes us human beings in the physical,
    • human beings, because they grasp it only in the sense of
    • beings in life that we have memories. Due to this, however,
    • concealed behind it all, but spiritual beings. What is driven
    • to the surface from these spiritual beings lives and
  • Title: Social Forms: Lecture V: Forming Sound Judgment
    Matching lines:
    • envisioning spiritual beings behind the sensory veil, will be
    • Instead, we must aim for something that makes human beings
    • beings who can comprehend the crystal clarity of those
  • Title: Social Forms: Lecture VI: New Social Forms, Soul, Material World
    Matching lines:
    • behind it; there are spiritual beings behind it — there
    • human beings turn to the external world this drawing
    • spiritual realities, spiritual beings (right side).
    • the sense world. As human beings we have our roots in the
    • Human beings do
    • of social idea. One may well ask: Where are the human beings
  • Title: Social Forms: Lecture VII: Trends of Souls in People of the East, West, and Middle of Europe
    Matching lines:
    • for all mankind, it is certainly necessary that human beings
    • beings by the gods before they descended into this earthly
    • senses there are spiritual beings. When he gives himself up
    • cooperation of all human beings on earth, not by some
    • human beings actually exist in whom the materialized
    • and realize what world conditions are. Formerly, human beings
    • experience of what goes on between human beings. There you
    • the old manner, human beings wish to mix up in a unified
  • Title: Social Forms: Lecture VIII: East, Middle, West
    Matching lines:
    • nations and of human beings generally all over the world. I
    • pushes toward air and light, so we view what human beings in
    • into us, insofar as we have become beings that breathe. We
    • human beings even if people are not conscious of them. Let us
  • Title: Social Forms: Lecture X: The Tapestry of the Senses, Memory, and the Spiritual World, -or- Spiritual-Cosmic Tasks of Man
    Matching lines:
    • progressed, human beings increasingly had to depend an what
    • spiritual region where those beings dwell whom we refer to
    • only by means of human beings. Man must enter the physical
  • Title: Social Forms: Lecture XI: Man as a Mediator of the Spiritual Beings of the Cosmos
    Matching lines:
    • forces. They are spiritual beings. Here, in a sense, we look
    • disperse the universe in all directions. We as human beings
    • world of the most diverse beings, those beings with whom the
    • cosmos. Divine beings who serve the centrifugal motive powers
    • and divine beings serving the centripetal powers meet each
    • Inasmuch as we go through the world as thinking beings, we
  • Title: Social Forms: Lecture XII: The Members of the Human Being and their Relationship with the Social Organism
    Matching lines:
    • beings dwelling within him. We become acquainted with their
    • to consist entirely of children; human beings would have to
    • Otherwise, they could only contain children; human beings
    • human beings too; yet — forgive me for speaking so
    • It is a fact that if we as human beings confront a donkey,
    • subconscious depths of most human beings, to assume every
    • beings, namely, what is now, within external life,
    • reproduce the entire animal kingdom. As human beings we do
  • Title: Social Forms: Lecture XIII: The Interrelationship between the Human and the Social Organism
    Matching lines:
    • human beings, we stand linked together with the three
    • earth evolution divine spiritual beings provided for us; they
    • of a new content by human beings on their own. They then
  • Title: Social Forms: Lecture XIV: The Connection of the Members of Man with the Kingdoms of Nature, the Necessity of the Threefold Order
    Matching lines:
    • bequeathed to us by the gods, the beings of the higher
    • their art, religion and science. Human beings must
    • between good and evil human beings. The world concept had
    • After all, what do we mean when we strive as human beings to
    • what lives in our ego as reason. As human beings, we have
  • Title: Social Forms: Lecture XV: The Great Cosmic Signs in the Universe
    Matching lines:
    • count on human beings recognizing them and their intentions,
    • human beings. However, these individuals did not make
    • the part of those divine spiritual beings who guide and
    • beheld the intentions of those accompanying spiritual beings
  • Title: Social Forms: Lecture XVI: Changes in the Meaning of Speech, -or- Dreams and Human Development
    Matching lines:
    • external life, and human beings themselves will have to bring
    • Nevertheless, human beings today are still almost completely
    • however, human beings do not wish to give up clinging to
    • way, human beings repel what is supposed to find its way out
    • the middle of the fifteenth century, human beings have
    • Christianity confronts human beings in such a way that they
    • human beings. One did not wish to make the effort to
    • matters is that one has human beings in an emancipated
    • things prove how closely human beings are tied to the old
  • Title: Poetry/Speech: Lecture I: The Art of Recitation and Declamation
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual impulses working through the physical human beings. If
    • human beings of flesh and blood, and differ from one another just
    • as human beings in real life differ, for instance, according to
  • Title: Colour: Part Two: Thought and Will as Light and Darkness
    Matching lines:
    • beings, experience thought in ourselves. When a man speaks of his
    • beings with heads, we must look back to our past, for in this past we
  • Title: Colour: Part Two: The Connection of the Natural with the Moral-Psychical. Living in Light and Weight.
    Matching lines:
    • primeval mists into the marked distinctions of the various beings,
    • untold past were thought-worlds of definite beings, thought-worlds
    • from which world-beings in their time drew their world-secrets. We
    • these other beings occupied the position within the universe which man
    • humanity; they were not like the human beings of today, but they were
    • went as thinking beings with human character through that world. That
    • in external phenomena. There will then be beings who look out into the
    • with the outer world as complete human beings. We do that only when we
    • world. We do not stand there as complete beings if our attitude is
    • that of a dry physicist. We are complete beings only if we say to
    • what in long ages past beings formulated in their souls: we have to
    • gratitude to those beings who so many millions years ago, let us say
    • during the old Saturn time, lived as human beings as we do today, and
    • beings who come after us may look upon a world for which they can be
    • past in which beings have worked to form our surrounding Nature as it
    • cinders is real, and in between there are beings creating moral
  • Title: Poetry/Speech: Lecture IV: Poetry and the Art of Speech
    Matching lines:
    • and beings. A world, a glimmer or a flower? Glimmering and
  • Title: Curative Eurythmy: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • complete human beings and, at the same time, reserved persons.
  • Title: Curative Eurythmy: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • pursue this tendency himself. We are no longer human beings like the
  • Title: Colour: Part One: Colour-Experience (Erlebnis)
    Matching lines:
    • figures walking over a green meadow; or blue beings generally, they
    • the greenness is characteristic of the plant, and that of all beings
    • beings which see.
  • Title: Colour: Part One: The Phenomenon of Colour in Material Nature
    Matching lines:
    • And if we go to a step up to human beings, we must aspire to paint the
    • beings; we treat them as images. This means we paint the surface
    • edge. In a painting of human beings, one can remove its real
  • Title: Old/New Methods: Lecture One: Ahrimanic and Luciferic, Human Body, Soul, Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • tragedy. One expression of this breach is the fact that human beings,
    • when considering human dignity and their worth as human beings, can
    • necessity, and in their everyday life human beings, too, are tied up
    • if human beings feel themselves enclosed within such bounds, it is
    • Human beings have to look up from the world of nature to the world of
    • the true, real world. But for modern human beings, if they remain
    • Human beings throughout their life are permanently beset by two
    • within the world as a whole, but spiritual beings who stand behind
    • forces endow human beings with the possibility of expressing the
    • question of saying that human beings must guard against ahrimanic and
    • luciferic influences. What matters is for human beings to find the
    • transformed into a semblance of reality by the effort of human beings
    • life. If human beings follow a course of cosmic conservation, if they
    • lead human beings away from the reality in which they find themselves
    • Augustine to Galileo, human beings had to resist the luciferic
    • beings have to resist the ahrimanic element in their striving for
    • Middle Ages human beings maintained their uprightness by combating
  • Title: Old/New Methods: Lecture Two: East, Weat, and Center, -or- Asiatic Spiritual Life
    Matching lines:
    • there is any talent on the part of human beings to come to such an
    • individual human beings everywhere desire to come to terms with one
    • achieved anywhere, because it is not actually individual human beings
    • are the very varied beings of the different nations. And since it is
    • in the very nature of human beings these days to notice only the
    • the soil in which they are rooted — since human beings fail to
    • any group of human beings. He is the god of the individual, in so far
    • a recognition of the spiritual beings within nature. These beings of
    • Human beings will need such clear, sharply defined concepts for the
    • feeling beside which those other divine spiritual beings, the Son and
    • says: Human beings must strive for perfection. This endeavour is
    • would be worthless. Human beings must have the prospect of reaching
    • beings became ever more individualized. They felt more and more that
    • of human beings over the whole earth. Or looked at the other way
  • Title: Old/New Methods: Lecture Three: The Development of Religious Experience in Post-Atlantean Civilization
    Matching lines:
    • religious culture generates the feeling in human beings that in the
    • images populated with divine, spiritual beings. There was as yet no
    • able to say: Divine, spiritual beings are doing this. And since in
    • are also to be found among those divine, spiritual beings, so were
    • they aware that because divine, spiritual beings worked in them, they
    • standing within the realm of divine, spiritual beings with one's
    • feelings paled, so human beings had to start developing something out
    • somewhat, but human beings had to develop something by inner activity
    • , something which would unite them once more with the cosmic beings
    • heavens, he sensed the presence of individual beings everywhere, one
    • divine spiritual beings. But this faded, so that what had been
    • individualized, what had been individual, divine, spiritual beings
    • spiritual cosmos became a blurred image when human beings moved
    • human beings saw in the spiritual world. Therefore they took into
    • beings and had taken human beings into itself. But now man had to
    • cosmic beings and this was felt to be the light that flooded through
    • divine, spiritual beings who existed in the background and more in
    • of human beings had become even more important. They not only had to
    • divine, spiritual beings, but what was seen tended to be merely a
    • cosmic script expressing the deeds of these beings. Beside this there
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Old/New Methods: Lecture Six: Methods of Initiation, Old and New - 1
    Matching lines:
    • gained by human beings by themselves, did not come into being until
    • — that is, the spiritual beings — of other worlds.
    • the task of the Mysteries to lead human beings towards a spiritual
    • the earth. He considered that whatever human beings possessed through
    • physical bodies of human beings. These wholly do his bidding and he
    • beings, of their life-bodies and their souls. The life-body and the
    • flow into these. But with the forces of their own soul human beings
    • to human beings. So ‘the prince of this world’ said to
    • bodies of human beings draw their forces, and one of these forces is
    • shock affects human beings. They are as though paralysed. There can
    • fathers knew that human beings had been made Christians through the
    • we look into human beings we find that they can be in a condition
    • something blueish about palor in human beings. When human beings turn
    • In the livid blueness, in the way human beings grow pale, in the way
  • Title: Old/New Methods: Lecture Seven: Methods of Initiation, Old and New - 2
    Matching lines:
    • For since the Mystery of Golgotha human beings have progressed in
    • the Middle Ages, people had the certain feeling that human beings
    • foundation of human beings. This became very obvious during my more
    • soul and spirit is much stronger than it used to be, human beings
    • not misunderstand me, my dear friends. Human beings today are
    • Even today, human beings cannot think out of their soul. It is their
    • which relieves human beings of the effort of thinking, but it does
    • today, if human beings want to strive for initiation with regard to
    • beings as objectively as we perceive external physical objects
    • initiate saw in olden times appeared in ghostly form. Whatever beings
    • modern human beings. We really have to think within this world of
    • modern human beings must be brought to bear on higher knowledge. Just
    • think how far human beings are from being able to think with
  • Title: Old/New Methods: Lecture Eight: The Passage of the Human Soul and Spirit through the Physical Sense-Organization
    Matching lines:
    • more than mirror images of the external world. Human beings make
    • once again what a good thing it is for earthly life that human beings
    • frequently said that human beings sleep through what the will
    • something in which human beings are as much asleep as they are
    • beings would never descend from the spiritual world into earthly
    • all become statues resembling not human beings but crystals in
    • art — though given the kind of thoughts human beings have on
    • table) in the spiritual world to stand among the spiritual beings in
    • within’ other beings. Whilst we are on earth, our feeling of
    • other beings, the beings of the higher hierarchies. And because we
    • stand within spiritual beings we receive from them forces which lead
    • beings of the higher hierarchies. And because we take with us this
    • we need it when we become submerged in the world of spiritual beings,
    • indeed submerge ourselves there in real spiritual beings. The earth,
    • spiritual beings of the higher hierarchies, whose world we enter
    • understanding was still instinctively clairvoyant. Human beings used
    • thoughts which become transformed into dead thoughts. In the beings
    • the laws of nature. Destiny descended on human beings within this
    • clouds as soulless objects. So they could look at human beings from
    • able to regard human beings as natural creatures. Thus the ancient
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Old/New Methods: Lecture Nine: The Threefold Human, Reincarnation, Heathens, Jews, Christians, Calderon
    Matching lines:
    • — sympathy not only with human beings but also for instance
    • human beings now experience in their thoughts was, in earlier times,
    • feelings. Human beings felt the world as well as thinking it. Only at
    • ancient India human beings felt strong sympathy for the whole of
    • That is why, as times moved nearer to our own, all elemental beings
    • disappeared from what human beings saw in nature.
    • is this kind of spirituality that human beings still feel within
    • sought has disappeared. Until abstraction took hold, human beings did
    • knew that their rule was at an end. Human beings failed to recognize
    • in the minds and hearts of human beings as well as in their search
    • as we do today, but also the working of divine, spiritual beings in
    • divine spiritual beings everywhere, the god of the Jews is the One
    • sets about this task. Human beings find it difficult to understand
    • try his luck at bringing ruin on human beings. For of course ruin for
    • human beings would have been the result if Satan had succeeded in
    • came down to earth because human beings could no longer see what in
    • trained, not the head system. These days human beings cannot find the
    • new birth, human beings must find him here on earth.
    • find Christ. They describe the difficulties human beings face now
    • beings must find the Christ during their earthly life because Christ
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Old/New Methods: Lecture Ten: The Threefold Human, Four Elements, Imagination, Inspiration, Intuition
    Matching lines:
    • things show forcefully how human beings, striving for the spirit,
    • human beings learn to give new life to the dead thoughts which are a
  • Title: Old/New Methods: Lecture Eleven: Faust and Hamlet in Relation to the Turning Point of the 15th Century
    Matching lines:
    • form the striving of human beings in the newly dawning age of the
    • the same time he senses how unsatisfying it is for human beings to
    • beings, behind the sense-perceptible objects of their environment.
    • only seek intellectual concepts, they sought spiritual beings and
    • inclination to seek for real spiritual beings was lost. Instead,
    • time of transition. Earlier, it was quite clear that spiritual beings
    • spiritual beings in his works might be merely subjective in
    • whether the spiritual beings are subjective or objective. This is a
    • light, so does the perception of spiritual beings flee before
    • Greek drama. It is unthinkable without the spiritual beings who stand
    • behind it. It is they who determine human destinies. Human beings are
    • brings into ordinary life what human beings would otherwise only
    • sleep. The will impulses which human beings sleep through in their
    • come to the period I have been describing, in which human beings no
    • which human beings thought their sleep was their own, though at the
    • of human beings, something that made the outstanding spirits say: I
    • thoughts did not make human beings ill; when indeed very little was
    • spiritual beings externally, in the way they appear in
    • there, although it may be present only in the heads of human beings.
    • fought by spirits in the air above the heads of human beings.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Old/New Methods: Lecture Twelve: The Transition from the 4th to the 5th Post-Atlantean Period, Shakespeare, the Spiritual Struggle of Schiller and Goethe
    Matching lines:
    • souls of the most outstanding human beings. He began as a realist. I
    • human beings? Something that might have been called a philosophy of
    • times when, in seeking knowledge, human beings caused beings from the
    • the universe, and when spiritual beings came into their laboratories
    • days people felt themselves to be relatives of those spiritual beings
    • that before birth and after death they were nevertheless beings just
    • the possibility of feeling themselves to be human beings; I have
    • this is not bad at all; you have provided human beings once more with
  • Title: Old/New Methods: Lecture Thirteen: The Transition from the 4th to the 5th Post-Atlantean Period, Shakespeare, Schiller, Goethe, -or- The Search for the Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • direct intercourse between human beings and the spiritual world which
    • nevertheless a kind of looking back to the time when human beings
    • way the spiritual beings who existed behind the sense-perceptible
    • creation was still possible for human beings.
    • beings. This led them back to Shakespeare, for in his work —
    • physical plane but would have taken place above human beings, in the
    • when human beings still had direct intercourse with the spiritual
    • worlds worked together with the deeds of human beings. But it was not
    • human beings to experience inwardly the thought-corpse of what man is
    • to trace it in what human beings sensed; we must find out how it went
    • representative of that older world order which still saw human beings
    • fourth post-Atlantean period human beings lived more within their
    • longer the case, brings about a different attitude by human beings
    • towards the world. You can understand that human beings with their
    • words. If you see one of these human beings performing a deed, and if
    • fallen. In past times, human beings could see into the spiritual
    • Human beings were eagles. But now they have become owls. The world of
    • spiritual beings who exist outside the sense-perceptible world, but
    • change which took place, between the time when human beings felt
    • world. Yet more and more human beings are failing to do this very
  • Title: Old/New Methods: Lecture Fourteen: The 5th Post-Atlantean Period, the French Revolution, Schiller, Goethe, the Freedom Problem, -or- Berlin University Course Report - 2
    Matching lines:
    • fourteenth and fifteenth centuries. In this age, human beings come to
    • have been possible previously. For prior to those days human beings
    • everything human beings can strive for, in thought, feeling and will,
    • Human beings always felt that they had links with the spiritual world
    • So we can say: In very ancient times human beings ordered their lives
    • human beings achieve satisfaction with regard to their thinking,
    • Schiller answered this question by saying: If human beings live
    • servants of the dictates of reason and not free beings. If they
    • Revolution, towards something for which human beings have to wrestle
    • something external, like the state, might make human beings free.
    • They wanted to point out that human beings can only wrestle for this
    • but human beings were unable to strive for this ideal of freedom when
    • beings can achieve the impetus to rise up to an inner constitution of
    • the way I have just described, then they will be free beings even
    • mysteries and cosmic secrets, human beings live in thoughts with
    • well be understood. Human beings do not want freedom in the spiritual
    • human beings are free to recognize that angeloi and archangeloi
    • human beings are able to achieve an inner vision of the connection
    • spirit, are seen by human beings as being mutually exclusive, it will
    • of human evolution requires that the soul make-up of human beings
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Inner Nature of Music: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • beings of the higher worlds, undertakes in the period between death
    • beings of the higher hierarchies. It is a relationship in which one
    • intellect among all human beings dwelling on earth. It is the same
    • sees the corresponding spiritual beings. Everywhere he sees a world
    • of spiritual beings. Where he looks back at Saturn, Sun, Moon, Aries,
    • or Taurus, he sees from the other side spiritual beings. Actually,
    • one can say that one hears the beings who have their dwelling places
    • speaking human beings in two ways. Take the consonantal human
    • cosmic art. Two types of spiritual beings fuse their activities. One
  • Title: Lecture: Inner Nature of Music: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • exist as sleeping human beings, we naturally must select particular
    • into this matter, one actually no longer understands how human beings
    • feeling. We have described in different words what human beings
    • glance at what the beings who belong to the super-sensible realm
    • is a prejudice of contemporary, so-called enlightened human beings to
    • beings; and, most important, they are not always borne by the same
    • beings.
    • the thoughts with which human beings made the world comprehensible to
    • borne or flowed from those hierarchical beings that we designate as
    • the Exusiai or beings of form (see following diagram).
    • turn my spiritual sight up toward those beings who, through the
    • science of the mysteries, have been revealed to me as the beings of
    • form, the forces or beings of form. They are the bearers of cosmic
    • and had come to experience and behold these form beings, would, in
    • were, these form beings let stream forth radiant thought forces which
    • have to describe how these super-sensible beings let the thought
    • significant event; namely, the Exusiai — the forces or beings
    • the Exusiai, the form beings, retained only the task of regulating
    • formerly bestowed the thoughts on human beings; they now give human
    • beings their sense impressions, while the primal beginnings bestow
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture I: The WHITSUN Mystery and its Connection with the Ascension
    Matching lines:
    • constitution as human beings is such that our physical body has
    • seen the etheric bodies of certain human beings departing from the
    • human beings had been able to acquire knowledge of these facts that
    • beings who do not acknowledge the Mystery of Golgotha related to it?
    • to these human beings?
    • is, however, fundamentally as beings of spirit-and-soul that men will
    • is as beings of spirit-and-soul that they will be able to appear on
    • beings: we can approach nearer and nearer to their reality, learn to
  • Title: Arts and Their Mission: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • the particular soul constitution of the human beings alive at any given
    • from our soul life is that of the human beings of the Egyptian-Chaldean
    • in the course of time, life has become so earth-bound that human beings
    • about the ego, the self. To be sure, the human beings of that ancient
    • to earthly things and beings could never guarantee it to the ego. They
    • the human beings of this primeval epoch saw how the rivers flowed and
    • of motion which human beings display when they carry their bodies over
    • it he felt the elementary beings which carry the force of plant-seeds
    • the sense of living in the present was little developed. To human beings
  • Title: Arts and Their Mission: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • of an evolutionary series fashioning a variety of beings), one
    • grasp this fact. But present-day human beings do not draw the logical
    • human beings think it is the laws of nature that are active in the roast
    • contrast, human beings of the past who had a living consciousness
    • the human beings from whose imaginations they sprang said to themselves:
  • Title: Arts and Their Mission: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • sculptural one. Painters see even human beings this way. The cause is
    • long past, and green appears because at that time divine-spiritual beings
    • is divine-spiritual beings, creative in the infinitely distant past,
    • put his organism at the disposal of the upper divine-spiritual beings
    • is carried out, not by human beings, but by the subterranean gods, gods
    • of will, making use of human beings to bring to manifestation not the
    • human beings, and the time of Euripides, when men appeared on the stage
  • Title: Arts and Their Mission: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • exist no religious human beings. For in such circumstances man would
    • evident at that moment of world-evolution when human beings were faced
    • plants, I observe the animals, I perceive the actions of human beings.
    • that the ancient Romans resembled modern human beings; though they wore
  • Title: Arts and Their Mission: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • examine the times when human beings did not look to the earth, but out
    • ancient times human beings beheld in the heavens things quite different
    • because the human beings of that time were deeply conscious of the fact
    • beings, feeling transported into the Zodiac, incorporated into themselves
    • time human beings did not intend to express through speech what they
    • when human beings could still feel their own soul life intimately united
    • purpose is to help human beings to become free here on earth; but the
  • Title: Arts and Their Mission: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • beings in an anthroposophical context. Thus “genius of
    • his color treatment, virtuous human beings. They are virtuous.
    • great task and mission of the age is to pull human beings away from
    • free human beings; just as world-conceptions permeating people in less
  • Title: Colour: Part Two: Dimension, Number and Weight
    Matching lines:
    • We must clearly realize that of earthly beings only man lives in these
    • beings, who realize themselves in these free-floating
    • life and doings of the spiritual beings. As here on earth we enter the
    • colour, etc. — we come to the understanding of spiritual beings.
    • Such spiritual beings also permeate all the realms of nature.
    • in all these beings of nature's realms. And when on awakening he
    • Good. The beings who are in these worlds are predestined with all
    • beings when as earth-man it is a question of our meeting them. We can
  • Title: Lecture IV: The Sun-Initiation of the Druid Priest and His Moon-Science
    Matching lines:
    • beings in nature. Their perception of the spiritual being of the Sun
    • Cosmic processes in Earth-evolution. Sun Beings and Moon Beings;
    • elemental beings (Jötuns.) Weather-processes and Earth-knowledge.
    • cultivated by the Moon Beings on the Earth was preserved through the
    • that Beings are bound up with such an existence, with Sun-existence,
    • with Moon-existence — Beings who also on their part liberated
    • of Sun Beings, who although they were once united with the Earth now
    • as it were, floated around in the air; it proceeded from Beings who do
    • did nevertheless live in man; it proceeded from the Beings who
    • there live Beings who were once the founders of the primordial wisdom
    • among Earth men. These are the Beings who passed over into the figures
    • perceptible to the ordinary consciousness; they are primordial Beings
    • These are the Beings who passed over into the figures of myths and
    • ordinary consciousness; they are primordial Beings to whom we look
    • the real foundations of the myths, sagas — primordial Beings to
    • elemental beings living in the plants, in the stones, in all things.
    • These elemental beings, having their dwelling place in trees and
    • perceived how the elemental beings can grow and expand into gigantic
    • From this resulted his knowledge of the Jötuns, the giant-beings. When
    • true bounds. But the beings were ever striving to go forth and grow
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Colour: Part Three: The Hierarchies and the Nature of the Rainbow
    Matching lines:
    • spoken otherwise of those beings whom one can describe as the beings
    • called the Seraphim those beings who make no differentiation between
    • But these are all beings: in the midst of the Thrones, round them the
    • Cherubim, and in the periphery, the Seraphim. They are beings which
    • beings. The warmth is nothing in itself, it is only the evidence that
    • these beings exist.
    • this happened in such a way that the Beings produced by the Seraphim,
    • Cherubim and Thrones, the Beings of the Second Hierarchy — the
    • younger — Beings entered in; and theirs was the next influence.
    • element of warmth, the Beings of the Second Hierarchy were seen in the
    • But you must get this clear: Actually Beings press in. Light is
    • what distinguishes the paths of these Beings. Under certain
    • Third Hierarchy, the Archai, Archangels and Angels. These Beings bring
    • light. These Beings became the intermediaries, the messengers between
    • origin of colours — that the Beings of the Third Hierarchy had to do
    • imagination, one sees elemental beings active in it. They are revealed
    • At the same time one notices that as these spiritual beings emerge in
    • beings exist in this watery element which are really a kind of copy of
    • the beings of the Third Hierarchy.
  • Title: Lecture VI: The WHITSUNTIDE Festival: Its place in the study of Karma
    Matching lines:
    • beings out in the far-spread Universe.
    • indeed that in epochs when divine Beings desire to work in an especial
    • towards us through the stars, in that world there live the Beings of the
    • possessed only by those human beings and groups that were able to
    • that we might enter into our existence as earthly human beings; it had
    • human beings might enter this earthly life. Infinite depths are revealed
    • human beings on this Earth, we shall say to ourselves: “We as
    • human beings have a physical body: where, then, is the Physical in the
    • can we human beings do when we die, i.e. when we go out of the world of
    • their bodies, they must die in Christ, We can still be human beings of
  • Title: Oswald Spengler: Lecture II: Oswald Spengler - I
    Matching lines:
    • century is a spectacle of such magnitude that to human beings
    • macrocosm. Here are little living beings who, through their
    • means: “In sleep all beings become plants,” that
    • are still other beings from whom all those classes of men glean
    • “All great historical events are sustained by such beings
  • Title: Oswald Spengler: Lecture III: Oswald Spengler - II
    Matching lines:
    • thought-substance. They acted upon human beings at that time
    • unconsciously in modern times. Human beings had themselves no
    • everywhere on the earth there were elemental beings still
    • elemental beings, which were in all natural phenomena and
    • for certain elemental beings. For when people went through all
    • elemental beings entered the situation, and when the
    • to think with the unused human intellect. Human beings had
    • beings were present that had associated with human beings in
    • spiritual beings worked with them. These spiritual beings were
    • to think. So these elemental beings approached and said to
    • beings.
    • threads — that these beings now at last had enough. They
    • point of time these elemental beings attained their aims less
    • descent filled with anticipation is distressing for the beings
    • by those other beings, not human, went well. But just during
    • uncomfortable for the beings who were to make use of the brains
    • spiritual beings when they wanted to make use of the human
    • increasing disposition for human beings to have thoughts, but
    • thoughts. Other beings, not human, who formerly took possession
    • now — now human beings have thoughts, it is true, but
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Education as a Social Problem: Lecture I: Historical Requirements of the Present Time
    Matching lines:
    • kinds of beings. If you survey what has happened in the
    • to conception. There we live, as human beings, within the
    • beings of the higher hierarchies; we do what originates as
    • with the beings we imitate. Then we are placed into the
    • be free human beings, and one can become free only if as a
    • become free beings, in spite of all declaiming and political
    • able to develop their astral bodies into independent beings.
    • administered and directed; human beings must no longer be
  • Title: Education as a Social Problem: Lecture II: The Social Structure in Ancient Greece and Rome
    Matching lines:
    • beings but because we are recorded and recognized in a certain
    • their value determined by what they are as human beings but by
  • Title: Education as a Social Problem: Lecture III: Commodity, Labor, and Capital
    Matching lines:
    • become social beings. It is necessary for the future that
  • Title: Education as a Social Problem: Lecture IV: Education as a Problem Involving the Training of Teachers
    Matching lines:
    • human beings down. We do not test them in regard to their
  • Title: Education as a Social Problem: Lecture V: The Metamorphoses of Human Intelligence: Present Trends and Dangers
    Matching lines:
    • earth evolution human beings could not avoid gradually becoming
  • Title: Education as a Social Problem: Lecture VI: The Inexpressible Name, Spirits of Space and Time, Conquering Egotism
    Matching lines:
    • of divine beings in the order of the Hierarchies.
    • space above the earth, the Archangel beings; and without having
  • Title: Karma: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • modern human beings who think in accord with purely natural
    • childishly human beings think: There is the sun. It sends forth
    • beings think, do they not? that when the sun sends forth its
    • phenomena, and in which human beings are accustomed entirely
    • beings believe that what reveals itself from the spiritual
  • Title: Karma: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • non-crystalline mineral nature and world. As human beings we
    • mineral kingdom, we would not be free beings. For the moment we
    • lies outspread. And we human beings are born into the
    • world as breathing, living beings, as beings having a certain
    • all that exists in that world. Human beings are so fond,
    • what acts there? This question then brings us to the beings of
    • Archai. These beings are the realm of the invisible; but
    • relationships, our connections with these beings, the Angeloi,
    • beings of the third
    • here the beings of the third Hierarchy have only limited power.
    • power alone, for in this respect, these beings of the third
    • stand in the service of yet higher beings. What we live
    • all this is caused by our conscious encounter with these beings
    • the present time, because human beings are not accustomed
    • human beings are taught, with justification in a certain
    • human beings bear within us which corresponds within our own
    • kingdom. That, however, which these beings transplant
    • then to find the human beings in life with whom we must
    • with other human beings in the world. That is quite a different
    • the earth also with human beings act only upon mankind. And now
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karma: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • human beings who were none other than ourselves, in a former
    • consciousness of the present day. At present human beings have,
    • physical strength of the human beings of that time was
    • which represented certain relationships between human beings.
    • And the effects of these relationships between human beings,
    • higher beings who are not hampered in their freedom by the
    • limitations of human nature. If we rise to the beings of the
    • clear. As human beings, we walk; but the ground on which we
    • which drives most human beings to this or that is eliminated.
  • Title: Karma: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • birth, or with other spiritual beings of a higher cosmic order
    • by the sympathy or antipathy of the beings whom he learns to
    • higher beings according to what he has done in his preceding
    • can perform our deeds in relation to other human beings out of
    • human beings, transforms itself into joy. So that, when the
    • in life, especially the joy which conies from human beings. It
    • human beings known to us on earth, this reflection works
    • understanding of human beings and the world. It becomes the
    • find the conduct of human beings interesting and can take
    • love of our still earlier incarnation. Human beings who
    • are human beings who have gained this attitude to the world
    • there are human beings who, in the first place, do not attain
    • other human beings. Many a person carries through life the
    • beings and suffers from it. And rightly he suffers from it, if
    • he is of no concern to other human beings, for human beings are
    • beings, and what we experience thereby in one earth life,
    • brought about in this way by human beings against their
    • antipathy against other human beings. People really go through
    • unloaded on human beings, say, in the course of an hour and a
    • confront the things of the world, or other human beings, with
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karma: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • Shocking as it may be to human beings of today, if they are
    • this question might arise: Why do we human beings need a model?
    • Needless to say, similar forms of illness occur in human beings
    • and with the beings of the higher worlds upon that which makes
    • there are human beings in this earthly life who take a keen
    • he finds the work with the spiritual beings, with whom he now
    • life. Human beings who are “bursting with health”
    • and there were human beings who had no interest at all in
    • these things go much farther. There are human beings (and there
    • proceeds on his way. He cannot get near certain beings;
    • certain beings hold themselves apart from him, for he cannot
    • illness in our relationship with other human beings.
    • been the case: If these two human beings had remained united in
    • human beings in one earth life — let us say — go
  • Title: Karma: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • do we ourselves exist as human beings. There only are we really
    • aware of ourselves as human beings (see
    • as human beings but are incorporated into the world. It is just
    • not at all possess ourselves as human beings; there we are
    • the spiritual beings who do not incarnate in any kind of
    • are the beings whom we bear within our breast.
    • sphere the beings of the first Hierarchy are active —
    • as human beings with the lowest, and yet it is precisely
    • what are they occupied — these beings of the three
    • ordinary earth life. The beings of this Hierarchy retain in us
    • let us proceed to the beings of the second Hierarchy —
    • Exusiai, and so forth. They are the beings we encounter when we
    • departed human beings who lived with us on earth; but we
    • encounter there, above all, the spiritual beings of this second
    • our organism. In union with these beings of the second
    • spiritual beings of the divine world are in us. When we
    • our death. Directly underneath are the beings of the second
    • karma of health and disease we elaborate with these beings, the
    • beings of the second Hierarchy.
    • that is, if we, as it were, look through the beings of the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Three Streams: Lecture I: The Lower Three Human Members and the Spirits of Form
    Matching lines:
    • and beings working behind the scenes in human evolution. This series
    • we speak of Beings who, as members of the various Hierarchies, are
    • life. We are all born as more or less crawling beings, with no power
    • beings. Anyone who starts out with the idea that all men must be
    • Luciferic and Ahrimanic Beings? We know that with the formation
    • regard to these Beings, we are interested above all in the Archai,
    • spiritual Beings, the Spirits of Form come immediately above the
    • we discover — how spiritual Beings can take on a certain
    • concretely, when as individual human beings, who first crawl on
    • Beings who are Spirits of Form but act as Archai, as Primal Forces,
    • characteristic of the Ahrimanic — that spiritual Beings who in
    • because there are spiritual Beings who form the spatial according to
    • similarity among human beings — it extends to many other
    • quite different human beings if we were not connected with the realm of
    • this realm of duration belong, as we know, all the spiritual Beings
    • their life plays into time. The other Beings, however, of a higher
    • by way of comparison that they can be spoken of as Beings of time; if
    • Beings above the
    • Beings in time, who enter time. Just as those other Beings, the
    • Ahrimanic Beings I have described, enter space, so there are
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Three Streams: Lecture II: The Fifth Epoch, Semitic and Greek Cultures, the Christ Impulse
    Matching lines:
    • and beings working behind the scenes in human evolution. This series
    • do with a continuous stream of forces proceeding from the Beings of
    • Beings.
    • through them spiritual Beings spoke; and, if we look back into those
    • is extraordinarily difficult for human beings to conceive how men of
  • Title: Three Streams: Lecture III: The Mystery of Golgotha Must Be Approached Supersensibly
    Matching lines:
    • and beings working behind the scenes in human evolution. This series
    • look up to your Gods, who are demonic beings, and really put
    • receive the truth from these demonic beings. If an accused Christian is
    • evidence of Christians alone, but also on that of demonic beings,
    • the death of human beings; for on those lines we arrive merely at
    • kingdoms of the higher Hierarchies, all divine Beings (diagram, II);
    • truths of Initiation often sound different from what human beings
    • in a false light by human beings to-day.
  • Title: Three Streams: Lecture IV: Consciousness Soul and Scientific Thinking, Sorat and 666
    Matching lines:
    • and beings working behind the scenes in human evolution. This series
    • animals, yet this is not what we are as human beings; it is the ghost
    • I should not be able to speak to them! You carry real human beings
    • the path on which those Beings of the higher Hierarchies wished to
  • Title: Three Streams: Lecture V: Free Human Personality by Self Training, Justinian and the Schools
    Matching lines:
    • and beings working behind the scenes in human evolution. This series
    • what is thus going on has been decreed by the Divine Beings with whom
    • man has been united since his starting-point, Beings who lead him on
    • capacity, in conjunction with the divine-spiritual Beings appointed
    • super-sensible beings ceases when we enter earthly life, and begins
    • are supersensible beings, and are only the image of what we are before
    • birth, and after death, as soul-beings. But then we must have the
  • Title: Three Streams: Lecture VI: Augustus and the Roman Catholic Church, Rhetoric, Intellectual Soul and Consciousness Soul
    Matching lines:
    • and beings working behind the scenes in human evolution. This series
  • Title: Challenge/Times: Lecture I: East and West from a Spiritual Point of View
    Matching lines:
    • be superseded by the fact that human beings will not be
    • will be impossible for human beings to belong to a single
    • understand human beings. This can be achieved, of course,
    • matters most of all is to learn the truth that human beings
    • human beings in various parts of the world necessarily have
    • human beings, a differentiated interest in persons, that we
    • should desire to know human beings. It is this that must
    • human beings. The social question is not to be solved by
    • Even though human beings do not know this, it works within
    • blood in the succession of human beings. What we inherit as
    • are born as human beings, that we ere embryonic human beings
    • illusion and were supposed to be fantastic beings. But this
    • dethroned, human nature came under the influence of beings
    • present. Old Testament thinking in human beings today is
    • of events that have any relationship to human beings. The
  • Title: Challenge/Times: Lecture II: The Present from the Viewpoint of the Present
    Matching lines:
    • that the world views held by human beings, whether rooted in
    • that binds us as human beings to other human beings has come
    • past theosophical maxim, “I love all human beings; I
    • have an interest in all human beings,” is not
    • coat or a pair of trousers, human beings must expend their
    • possesses a certain power over the labor of human beings,
    • structure. People suppose that they love human beings when
  • Title: Challenge/Times: Lecture III: The Mechanistic, Eugenic and Hygienic Aspects of the Future
    Matching lines:
    • between human beings and cosmic forces. But one should not try,
    • this question is really not presented to us. Human beings in
    • beings on the earth today in actual fact is 1,400,000,000.
    • beings from the sphere of mere arbitrary impulse and
    • total human beings. If an American should wish to live only
  • Title: Challenge/Times: Lecture IV: Social and Antisocial Instincts
    Matching lines:
    • general as human beings related to other human beings.
    • person. In truth we confront all human beings only through
    • antisocial beings as regards our conceptual life, our
    • thinking, and can become social beings only by educating
    • we could be social human beings in our thinking. But, since
    • become social beings, to become such through self-discipline,
    • but that as thinking human beings we are not actually social
    • with human beings.
    • antisocial beings, but that they possess this quality in
    • human beings are in general antisocial beings as thinkers,
    • exception and the others are antisocial beings as thinkers.
    • they are from the evil human beings of the Central European
    • regarding human beings over vast areas of the earth and it
    • beings in any measure, we can differentiate persons in this
    • two human beings, in other words, shows a most paradoxical
    • of a person in intercourse between human beings always
    • beings according to sympathies and antipathies. Even life
    • regard also as human beings, we simply cannot be something
    • antipathies, but in that case they would not be human beings.
    • we are feeling beings — but that here inclinations and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Challenge/Times: Lecture V: Specters of the Old Testament in the Nationalism of the Present
    Matching lines:
    • the feeling, the sentiment, of human beings who take one
    • natural life of human beings, from the fifth post-Atlantean
    • a fact that human beings wish to preserve a regulation of the
    • human beings with whom we live. It is here that the social
    • being. Otherwise, we shall always remain antisocial beings,
    • etc. We gain the capacity to have other human beings live in
    • Human beings
  • Title: Challenge/Times: Lecture VI: The Innate Capacities of the Nations of the World
    Matching lines:
    • free beings through education, that is, free to the extent
    • occultism related to all human beings, but to a form
    • that the perfect beings are derived from the imperfect, as
    • that the imperfect beings are derived from the perfect. Both
    • throughout life as human beings who are in the process of
  • Title: Roman Catholicism: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • the question: “How do we as human beings make progress in our
    • of human beings as they pass through one life after another. Now in
    • be heard today. It is really astounding how little human beings today
  • Title: Roman Catholicism: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • in the minds of human beings concerning their relations one to
    • human beings concerning their relations to one another and to nature,
    • that a certain number of human beings should feel how without
    • which represents a fantastic reflex in the minds of human beings
  • Title: Roman Catholicism: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • beings who can approach it a consciousness of the fact that the life
    • human beings the possibility of distinguishing truth from untruth.
    • means of working on human beings. These magical means do exist. And
    • beings. But our modern simpletons, who consider themselves
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • elementary beings who come down through the scent. In ancient
    • the plants. For those spiritual beings who come down through
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • beings we experience warmth. Now what is, for the plant, the
    • intentions of the Gods, of the Divine Spiritual Beings behind
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • muscular system is built up by spiritual beings of a higher
    • able to reach these beings through imagination if he is to
    • the inner organs, still higher spiritual beings must be
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • us as human beings. The process of decay is not, of course,
    • entirely self-enclosed being. Spiritual beings work and
    • create in him. Spiritual beings are within our physical,
    • that we are free. These spiritual beings within the physical,
    • beings. Forces can flow to an individual from every community
    • of human beings, only the community must be real — it
    • Were it not possible for certain spiritual beings to be
    • then these beings would not be present even in the spiritual
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • your work as physicians you are able to help human beings by
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Easter Course: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • and human beings. So that when we become alive to these
    • beings of spirit and soul, our wish, to begin with, is to
    • there are human beings who after the change of teeth become
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Easter Course: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • very beautifully developed beings would be produced but they
    • to be beings of soul.
    • be beings of spirit, but beings of body and soul only, if
    • Similarly, what human beings experienced up to the end of the
    • of human beings. This is due to the fact that at certain
    • was externalized. It was not possible for human beings to get
    • down to the earth human beings who had not lived within the
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Easter Course: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • general destiny as human beings you are finding your way into
    • fathomed at all by human beings. Christianity came into the
    • been completely ruined by man. Human beings ruined
    • such a way that it brings two human beings together blindly.
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Easter Course: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual universe, light is shining in; as human beings, we
    • depends today upon human beings in the world coming together
    • that of medicine, the Goetheanum will find human beings who
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Bridge Lecture 1: Soul and Spiritual in the Human Physical Constitution
    Matching lines:
    • earthly human beings we perceive the tone as being borne to
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Bridge Lecture 2: The Moral as the Source of World-Creative Power
    Matching lines:
    • stimuli, in the warmth organisms of human beings. Thus we
    • stars, they were speaking of spiritual beings.
    • Beings. We must think of an age which came to an end long
  • Title: Young Doctors Course: Bridge Lecture 3: The Path to Freedom and Love and their Significance in World Happenings
    Matching lines:
    • As human beings we stand in the world as
    • thinking, contemplative beings on the one hand, and as doers,
    • as beings of action, on the other; with our feelings we live
    • through the fact that we are thinking beings are we human in
    • social life. Insofar as we are contemplative beings,
    • that is to say, social beings, will operates in us.
    • picture ourselves as beings of thought and also as beings of
    • human beings, we are a unified whole, when we reach the point
    • life since birth. As thinking beings, we have within us a
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture I: Anthroposophy as What Men Long For Today
    Matching lines:
    • the world around him and his own human existence. He sees human beings
    • human beings today.
    • beings who also felt: Nature exists, but man can only approach her by
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture III: The Transition from Ordinary Knowledge to the Science of Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • wisdom was here on earth. Wisdom was then the possession of beings who
    • beings were once companions of men. They were the great, original teachers
    • the physical moon that went out into cosmic space; these beings went
    • above is a world with beings in it who once lived among us on earth,
    • In ancient times, when these beings were his teachers, man possessed
    • but with his instinct, in the way by which higher beings could reveal
    • present condition between birth and death, really encounter those beings
    • of whom I spoke just now who were once earth-beings but are now
    • moon-beings, we do meet them in our pre-earthly life, in the life between
    • the moon, with the beings who dwell there, was once united with the
    • were on these chairs ten years ago. It is the beings themselves who
    • but what went out is continually changing its substance, while the beings
    • in action. Yet, with all that we human beings of today understand through
    • beings themselves can do that.
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture IV: Meditation and Inspiration
    Matching lines:
    • the moral life to be able, as human beings, to obey moral principles
    • cannot be like beings driven by necessity, we rise to a world quite
    • on the other hand, we are inwardly aware of ourselves as soul beings who
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture V: Love, Intuition and the Human Ego
    Matching lines:
    • the astral, which streams in as living beings. indeed, it is no merely
    • general, abstract, astral weaving that we behold, but actual beings
    • entering space, beings of a psycho-spiritual nature just as man, in
    • When you look at human beings spiritually, you look into the spiritual
    • cognition was ‘inspiration’ in which we perceive the beings
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture VI: Respiration, Warmth and the Ego
    Matching lines:
    • the spiritual beings of the cosmos speaking ‘into’ him. He
    • are placed in the world as human beings. In the course of earthly
    • beings we are not here for our own ends alone; in respect to our etheric
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture VII: Dream-life and External Reality
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual beings of the world. All that man does, he does not do himself.
    • to do with other physical human beings. Imaginative vision leads to
    • is able to observe human beings can tell, in certain circumstances,
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture VIII: Dreams, Imaginative Cognition, and the Building of Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • however, is only one side. Every action we do to human beings, or indeed
    • evil deed done to other human beings. It is really as if one engendered
    • beings until we have lived through this other aspect of our earthly
    • we have done to other human beings in the world. The last deeds done
    • around him beings far higher than himself. They unfold their sympathies
    • of our deeds, and the lofty beings who stand above us rain down their
    • lofty beings of the higher hierarchies will be accepted by the universe
    • of these lofty beings rain down on an evil deed done to another human
    • So we gather up all that encounters the antipathies of these lofty beings.
  • Title: Anthroposophy Introduction: Lecture IX: Phases of Memory and the Real Self
    Matching lines:
    • it is a part of this experience to feel that beings whom, for the present,
    • as if these spiritual beings were showering down their sympathies and
    • then the individualities of higher spiritual beings. We live as spirit
    • experience. As on earth we have our experience with the beings of the
    • external kingdoms of Nature, so now, with spiritual beings of different
    • We now stand face to face with these beings of whom we previously perceived
    • spiritual counterpart of our earthly life: we live among these beings
    • beings around us. All that we have previously experienced now becomes
    • standing in the light or shadow of these beings in whom we are beginning
    • worth, and this is engraved into the spiritual cosmos. The beings whom
    • are striving, or it does not. We feel ourselves placed before the beings
    • of spiritual beings, however, we do not merely meet the ideal judgment
    • we have committed; we feel the gaze of these beings resting upon us
    • done that is valuable, the gaze of these beings falls upon us as if
    • we first attained thereby our full reality as psycho-spiritual beings.
    • all I have described and enter the realm of spiritual beings. This enhances
    • only arouse the antipathy of the spiritual beings whose realm we now
    • these spiritual beings — to put it metaphorically — he is
  • Title: Three Streams: Lecture I: The Lower Three Human Members and the Spirits of Form
    Matching lines:
    • and beings working behind the scenes in human evolution. This series
    • we speak of Beings who, as members of the various Hierarchies, are
    • life. We are all born as more or less crawling beings, with no power
    • beings. Anyone who starts out with the idea that all men must be
    • Luciferic and Ahrimanic Beings? We know that with the formation
    • regard to these Beings, we are interested above all in the Archai,
    • spiritual Beings, the Spirits of Form come immediately above the
    • we discover — how spiritual Beings can take on a certain
    • concretely, when as individual human beings, who first crawl on
    • Beings who are Spirits of Form but act as Archai, as Primal Forces,
    • characteristic of the Ahrimanic — that spiritual Beings who in
    • because there are spiritual Beings who form the spatial according to
    • similarity among human beings — it extends to many other
    • quite different human beings if we were not connected with the realm of
    • this realm of duration belong, as we know, all the spiritual Beings
    • their life plays into time. The other Beings, however, of a higher
    • by way of comparison that they can be spoken of as Beings of time; if
    • Beings above the
    • Beings in time, who enter time. Just as those other Beings, the
    • Ahrimanic Beings I have described, enter space, so there are
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Three Streams: Lecture II: The Fifth Epoch, Semitic and Greek Cultures, the Christ Impulse
    Matching lines:
    • and beings working behind the scenes in human evolution. This series
    • do with a continuous stream of forces proceeding from the Beings of
    • Beings.
    • through them spiritual Beings spoke; and, if we look back into those
    • is extraordinarily difficult for human beings to conceive how men of
  • Title: Three Streams: Lecture III: The Mystery of Golgotha Must Be Approached Supersensibly
    Matching lines:
    • and beings working behind the scenes in human evolution. This series
    • look up to your Gods, who are demonic beings, and really put
    • receive the truth from these demonic beings. If an accused Christian is
    • evidence of Christians alone, but also on that of demonic beings,
    • the death of human beings; for on those lines we arrive merely at
    • kingdoms of the higher Hierarchies, all divine Beings (diagram, II);
    • truths of Initiation often sound different from what human beings
    • in a false light by human beings to-day.
  • Title: Three Streams: Lecture IV: Consciousness Soul and Scientific Thinking, Sorat and 666
    Matching lines:
    • and beings working behind the scenes in human evolution. This series
    • animals, yet this is not what we are as human beings; it is the ghost
    • I should not be able to speak to them! You carry real human beings
    • the path on which those Beings of the higher Hierarchies wished to
  • Title: Three Streams: Lecture V: Free Human Personality by Self Training, Justinian and the Schools
    Matching lines:
    • and beings working behind the scenes in human evolution. This series
    • what is thus going on has been decreed by the Divine Beings with whom
    • man has been united since his starting-point, Beings who lead him on
    • capacity, in conjunction with the divine-spiritual Beings appointed
    • super-sensible beings ceases when we enter earthly life, and begins
    • are super-sensible beings, and are only the image of what we are before
    • birth, and after death, as soul-beings. But then we must have the
  • Title: Three Streams: Lecture VI: Augustus and the Roman Catholic Church, Rhetoric, Intellectual Soul and Consciousness Soul
    Matching lines:
    • and beings working behind the scenes in human evolution. This series
  • Title: Thomas Aquinas: Lecture I: Thomas and Augustine
    Matching lines:
    • or happenings within the development of human beings. And thus
    • Signs of the Zodiac as to the twelve beings through which the
    • are, if we were organized as sea-beings. But for Plotinus it
  • Title: Thomas Aquinas: Lecture II: The Essence of Thomism
    Matching lines:
    • the depths of all human beings — the individualization of
    • among human beings, we have to make the best of these things
    • is true that in so far as we are different beings we think
    • a reality, in which he sees the immaterial intellectual beings
    • are real beings, but without bodies. It is these beings
    • beings whom you have met, you form the concept of humanity. If
    • servants — the angelic beings. Thus what was for a former
    • universal memory in separate beings, but rather during life
  • Title: Thomas Aquinas: Lecture III: Thomism in the Present Day
    Matching lines:
    • knowledge. For in the long run we human beings must
    • spiritual; it consists of a multitude of spiritual beings. But
    • beings and atoms, there between human beings and angels and
    • realize it as human beings. Everything we are concerned with in
    • spiritual beings. This shows you how progressive thought deals
    • us. Since we come into the world as human beings, we divide the
  • Title: Search for the New Isis: Lecture I: A Christmas Lecture
    Matching lines:
    • bring all beings including man into existence. This holy Christmas
  • Title: Search for the New Isis: Lecture II: The Quest for Isis-Sophia
    Matching lines:
    • happening, but inasmuch as human beings find that force which is
    • of human beings united in love because of the search in which they
  • Title: Search for the New Isis: Lecture III: The Magi and the Shepherds: The New Isis
    Matching lines:
    • Beings was not due, as an imperfect science believes, to mere
    • our system were ensouled by living beings. Men beheld the spiritual
    • beings endowed with soul and also of the minerals and the plants as
    • beings endowed with soul.
    • elemental beings: one kind from chalk soil, other kinds from granite
    • or gneiss. He felt what was living in other human beings as an aura
    • feel the animals with their aura as beings of the earth. It was as
  • Title: Search for the New Isis: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • the mode of life, etc. — so, when human beings were still
    • in his understanding of the world of human beings, of the planet
    • beings.
    • human beings capable and energetic enough to carry these things
    • should always be trying to bring together those human beings who are
  • Title: Man as a Being: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • places us as human beings in the world that we are like objective
    • beings who can also be seen in the external sense-world.
  • Title: Man as a Being: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • world in which the spiritual beings move about like tables and chairs
  • Title: Driving Force: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • beings of different ages, the old with the young and the
    • speech into relation with Beings of the spiritual world. This
    • understanding with these Beings. This is a deep secret of
    • ordinary language — when the Beings of the spiritual
    • between what the Beings of the spiritual Hierarchies say and
    • spiritual Beings has insinuated itself into the state of
    • about understanding between the human soul and the Beings of
    • understanding with the spiritual Beings with whom man needs
    • when man should rightly associate with spiritual Beings, he
  • Title: Driving Force: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • beings and their life, we cannot be satisfied by references
    • elemental kingdoms, the world of beings who are at a level of
    • nature. These beings of the elemental kingdoms indwell as it
    • beings of the elemental kingdoms.
    • Beings of the higher Hierarchies. And he becomes connected
    • with these Beings in just such a way as I described yesterday
    • with those Beings as here on Earth, in the physical
    • that the Archai were the first Beings, already during the
    • period of Old Saturn, to intervene as super-earthly Beings in
    • Again, the Archai were the first Beings to withdraw from
    • sense-phenomenon? How are the elemental beings working here?
    • beings of the elemental kingdom peep out into the
    • beings assert their audacity by the colouring.
    • relationship with particular elemental beings. He brings the
  • Title: Driving Force: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • disposition of soul, describing what human beings experienced
    • for a moment to the experiences undergone by the Beings of
    • at random; they are always borne and worked upon by beings of
    • always borne by the same beings.
    • through which human beings make the world comprehensible to
    • description of such lofty events and beings) by the Beings of
    • the Hierarchy called the Exousiai or Beings of Form.
    • the following: I lift up my spiritual vision to the Beings
    • revealed to me by Mystery knowledge as the Beings of Form,
    • able to come to an experience of these Beings of Form; he
    • actually beheld these Beings, and in order to find a true
    • through the universe. This ancient Greek saw how these Beings
    • throughout the cosmos, it is the task of the Beings of Form,
    • sense-perception describes the activities of human beings by
    • Beings cause the thought forces to flow from one to the
    • formerly gave thoughts to human beings and now give them
    • human beings begin to feel increasingly aware of themselves
    • As you know, human beings at that time were
    • beings heard in ancient times the music of the Gods rejoicing
    • also felt by the more profound human beings in ancient
  • Title: Driving Force: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual Beings — that his relation to his thoughts is
    • Beings whom the Bible calls the Elohim — ruled over the
    • Beings are, however, nearer to man than the Spirits of Form,
    • advance of spiritual Beings, certain individual spiritual
    • Beings of the Cosmos always remain behind.
    • Beings during this epoch, that is to say, the first centuries
    • Beings who hold sway over human happenings, there are the
    • Beings, who still retain some sway over the world of
    • Elohistic Beings, work together. The position is therefore as
    • spiritual world between the Beings of the Higher Hierarchies.
    • Personality, the Beings who had now assumed the rulership of
    • spiritual Beings make normal progress, there are also certain
    • Beings who overstep the goal.
    • Beings of earlier stages, who have remained Archangeloi when
    • these spiritual Beings.
    • collaborations between higher spiritual Beings.
    • and abnormal Archai-Beings who have a strong influence on men
    • these Archangeloi Beings who play such an important rôle
    • Beings, thrust itself, as it were, into that wild turmoil and
    • spiritual Beings of the higher Hierarchies, tremendous light
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Driving Force: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • Human beings are led to the development of
    • outstanding spiritual leaders of mankind are the Beings whom
    • their activity by those Beings who, as Exousiai, as Spirits
    • evolution; they are Beings who, as Spirits of Form, have not
    • those spiritual Beings who, as Exousiai, were unwilling to
    • cede rulership of the cosmic thoughts. What part these Beings
    • of Form are Beings who always work from outside when they
    • divinespiritual Beings who draw the world-thoughts out of the
    • Beings to whom man must be responsible if, as a member of
    • themselves. Youth wants human beings who have understood how
  • Title: Driving Force: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • beings but we have also shut ourselves off entirely from what
    • human beings there is more than one scientist or, at least,
    • twenty-eighth and thirty-fifth years, human beings
    • are consumed as foodstuffs by animals and human beings and
    • longer. And when you come across certain beings in the
    • you that the beings belong together; where the one goes the
  • Title: Driving Force: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • themselves to be God-given beings of Earth. And the authority
    • man exists in certain divine Beings before a man comes down
    • human being with the divine-spiritual Beings was no longer
    • does it signify for us as human beings that we become
  • Title: Healing Factors for the Social Organism: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • human beings are extremely dulled in regard to these paradoxes,
    • nothing other than what human beings want to hear from out of
    • theological and religious writings. Because human beings do not
    • view human beings are brought up to believe in immortality.
    • uncomfortable than most human beings want to have it and, above
    • doctrinary sense that human beings are materialistic. One
    • actually meant when one says: human beings think
    • wrongly because materialism is not right; human beings do indeed
    • can experience two things. You can experience that human beings
    • that the majority of human beings become materialistic in that
    • instincts of human beings regarding immortality, that materialism
    • religious confessions have furthered in the human beings within
    • one has to say: there are already a large number of human beings
    • life to conclude with physical death. All those human beings,
    • and handing over earthly life to very different beings than what
    • human beings are.
    • concerned with matters that are realities in human beings
    • these false views in the human beings themselves, and leading
    • the longing of human beings is ever and again not to look at such
    • what is “so comfortable” in human beings.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Healing Factors for the Social Organism: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • the animals — the human beings we shall disregard, which
    • hypothetically, it is what the divine beings have separated from
    • its shell, The gods, the divine beings are no longer within it,
    • humanity — creating spiritual divine beings. Elemental
    • beings, certainly: a lower order of spiritual beings, that is
    • another matter; but what the actual creative spiritual beings are
    • destiny of human beings through their karma, to have to go very
    • creative gods. The human beings, in their being, are the bearers
    • direct the gaze of the human beings up into abstract,
    • live in human beings, and that this ancient word is a truth: the
    • development. Today, human beings downright get gooseflesh when
    • spiritual-soul beings, and similarises oneself to the element of
    • beings immediately withdraw in fright, because today everything
    • activity would be more highly developed in human beings, which
    • human-like beings that are upon them, there radiates the divine
    • because this radiates out from the bodies of the human beings?
    • beings are the bearers of the divine-spiritual element. But if
    • beings who constitute the highest kingdom of nature there, is the
    • spiritual-physical beings, just that which is intimately with the
    • the sense-feelings down into gravity. Human beings have indeed
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthroposophy/Civilization
    Matching lines:
    • human beings, you are all asleep,” Indeed he would say:
    • spiritual beings in our bodies; we knew that we were human
    • beings, because in our bodies we could distinguish ourselves
    • spiritual human beings. But then we know nothing of ourselves,
  • Title: Human Soul/Evolution: Lecture I: The Human Soul in Relation to World Evolution
    Matching lines:
    • memory picture. Since we, as human beings, are not quite
    • us now consider the problem from another aspect. We are beings
  • Title: Human Soul/Evolution: Lecture II: The True Nature of Memory - 1
    Matching lines:
    • said that where physical man has arms spiritual beings have
    • replace spiritual beings with a kind of symbol in the form of a
    • fact, most of the movements done by human beings are done
    • become, as it were, spiritual beings. They are — if I may
    • The sense organs become, as it were, independent beings which
  • Title: Human Soul/Evolution: Lecture III: The True Nature of Memory - 2
    Matching lines:
    • human beings we have an organism; within this organism
    • observe human beings in regard to both soul and body will
  • Title: Human Soul/Evolution: Lecture IV: The Human Soul in Relation to Moon and Stars
    Matching lines:
    • is external to the beings and objects which surround him. It
    • world we discover elemental beings and also beings of the
    • spiritual beings, but we also learn to distinguish
    • ourselves from all other beings.
    • beings, angels, archangels and so on. Out of the wisdom itself
    • shines on us; as human beings we perceive things around us
    • beings with the organs of light which we now possess. We are
    • Formerly we were tiny human beings there below and we looked up
    • because we, as human earth beings, press through
    • attained spiritual sight, we perceive other beings. We can only
    • As human beings we are born into the physical world. Before
    • but not to beholding the beings that surround us in the
    • external world — elemental beings and spirits of the higher
    • all the beings on earth who are capable of propagation.
  • Title: Human Soul/Evolution: Lecture V: The Human Soul in Relation Sun and Moon
    Matching lines:
    • When we, as ensouled beings between birth and death, let the
    • they followed divine commands. They were, so to speak, beings
    • human beings, whose instinctive clairvoyance enables them to
    • and also higher beings in everything, because he brought
    • beings. In the laws of nature there is only what applies to
    • communion with divine beings. The initiates achieved this
    • that, human beings are imitating the work of Ahriman. Our task
    • want the destruction of the earth. But if human beings are to
    • remained so obscure because human beings could not find a way
  • Title: Human Soul/Evolution: Lecture VI: The Formation of the Etheric and the Astral Heart
    Matching lines:
    • death. But long before this we were spiritual-soul beings in a
    • together is due to an outside cause. As human beings we must,
  • Title: Human Soul/Evolution: Lecture VII: Modern and Ancient Spiritual Exercises
    Matching lines:
    • human beings who lived during the period described in my
    • thunder, in every star, in the beings of the different
    • soul. They perceived spiritual beings, even if of a lower kind,
    • ancient times, if we believe that the spiritual beings
    • natural for him to do, he was conscious of the spiritual beings
  • Title: Human Soul/Evolution: Lecture VIII: The Elementary World and its Beings
    Matching lines:
    • The Elementary World and its Beings
    • beings. Man draws together these forces to form his ether body
    • rediscover the elemental beings contained in everything of a
    • Thus, in the solid earth element live spiritual beings of an
    • beings. Even a person of extreme astuteness
    • intellectually is no match for these beings who, as
    • do these beings consist of cleverness, of super
    • how many of these astute beings a suitable earthy object
    • beings is a difficult task. If one tries to count them as one
    • something like that. Thus, these beings defy being counted. It
    • super-intelligent beings show a mastery over the intellect even
    • elemental beings dwelling in the fluid element — i.e., in
    • really backward compared with these beings. We may take
    • their foliage. But these beings go with the fluid which as sap
    • elemental beings of air have developed to a high degree what
    • is analyzed, and so on. But elemental spiritual beings
    • beings were pushed to one side, as it were. While the intellect
    • much they could do; and because the elemental beings
    • leave the intellect to man, they also held back the beings of
    • already of it happening — that these elemental beings will
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Human Soul/Evolution: Lecture IX: The Contrasting World-Conceptions of East and West
    Matching lines:
    • although the human beings were not undergoing education from
    • of activity for those divine spiritual beings who were
    • beings withdrew from man when he woke up. When he slept they
    • beings carried out their activity in the head. When man woke in
    • spiritual beings regulated his nerve processes and worked right
    • body. In general, the human beings were not clearly aware of
    • inspiration. In other words, the divine spiritual beings did
    • inspiration. Divine spiritual beings could completely regulate
    • brought about a mutual trust among human beings and also
    • mankind the Gods, the spiritual beings, were drawn, as it were,
    • spiritual beings, became a belief in ghosts.
    • is the pure spiritual beholding of divine spiritual beings.
    • for divine spiritual beings. This was something of which people
    • beings, was within the human head. We differentiate threefold
    • plan, to enable human beings to recognize, out of their own
    • beings — not, however, during sleep — he must
  • Title: Philosophy, Cosmology and Religion: Lecture I: The Three Steps of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • As human beings who address themselves as “I,” we
  • Title: Philosophy, Cosmology and Religion: Lecture II: Soul Exercises in Thinking, Feeling, and Willing
    Matching lines:
    • with the spiritual beings. As we live by ourselves in our own
    • outer spiritual world with all the beings who first revealed
    • beings of the outer spiritual world, with human souls either
    • physical existence and also with those spiritual beings who are
    • unlike human beings, they never have a physical and etheric
    • can be had with those divine beings that earlier reveal
  • Title: Philosophy, Cosmology and Religion: Lecture III: The Imaginative, Inspirative, and Intuitive Method of Cognition
    Matching lines:
    • experiences as revelations of spiritual beings with what
    • as if on waves of an etheric world-ocean, real beings are
    • physical cosmos, but also proceeds from the spiritual beings
    • into how spiritual beings in the cosmos work into man, and the
    • outer world what those beings were accomplishing in the etheric
    • surrounding him, he beheld simultaneously the spiritual beings
    • beings that came down to us in derivative forms in the content
    • own being within the other spiritual beings of the cosmos,
    • we immerse ourselves with our ego in the spiritual beings
  • Title: Philosophy, Cosmology and Religion: Lecture IV: Cognition and Will Exercises
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual beings who rule there. When, however, a person
    • forming of concepts really is, as we human beings experience it
    • spirit being, one is outside in the world of spiritual beings
    • he is in a position to be within other spiritual beings, as
    • spirit beings must be brought back to earth and described. In
    • an extent brought about by spiritual beings. But the
    • other spiritual beings. We have special need of this method of
  • Title: Philosophy, Cosmology and Religion: Lecture V: The Soul's Experiences in Sleep
    Matching lines:
    • with spiritual beings who dwell in the cosmos and never live in
    • soul becomes familiar with those beings of whom it was said in
    • beings corresponding to the stars. Here in the sense world in
    • beings. The soul lives within these spiritual beings of the
    • spiritual star-beings. The soul experiences such
    • better correspondence to the single spiritual beings if
    • consisting of other spiritual beings. What it unconsciously
    • during the night among star-beings. Especially there comes
    • cognizes these spiritual beings who correspond to the sun or
    • that the impulse comes from the spiritual beings whose
    • spiritual beings, who correspond to the physical moon,
  • Title: Philosophy, Cosmology and Religion: Lecture VI: The Transition from the Soul-Spiritual Existence in Human Development to the Sensory-Physical
    Matching lines:
    • nature a reflection of cosmic beings. Thus, even in the state
    • cosmos around him that contains soul-spiritual beings. Man
    • experiences the life of other beings, of other human
    • souls and spiritual beings who do not enter physical
    • existence. He lives into these beings, so that he experiences a
    • being-together with other beings. I should like to call this
    • being-together with other beings at this stage of pre-earthly
    • countless spiritual beings of the most varied hierarchies
    • beings, among whom man experiences himself as soul and spirit.
    • spiritual-divine beings around me. Now it appears to me as if
    • these divine beings are beginning to cease to show their
    • beings which seem to be on their way to star-existence.
    • subjective. Hitherto, he has lived within other beings. Now,
    • revelations, when the cosmic beings had already withdrawn from
  • Title: Philosophy, Cosmology and Religion: Lecture VII: Christ in His Relationship to Mankind and the Riddle of Death
    Matching lines:
    • This was the soul condition of human beings in ancient epochs
    • the first Christian centuries when human beings were still more
  • Title: Philosophy, Cosmology and Religion: Lecture VIII: Ordinary and Higher Consciousness
    Matching lines:
    • that we as human beings sum up as our “self” when
    • conceptual life, with thinking. As human beings we are always
    • abundantly clear that we as human beings attain our ego
  • Title: Philosophy, Cosmology and Religion: Lecture X: The Experience of the Soul's Will Nature
    Matching lines:
    • beings we must deteriorate, as beings of will we must restore
    • what has been worn down. As feeling beings, we bring about an
    • inwardly from these inclinations. Spiritual beings can live
    • experiencing those spiritual beings who have their physical
    • do not see the physical replicas of the spiritual beings
    • in question, we behold the beings themselves. We do not look
    • with those spiritual beings of the highest rank, whose physical
    • the companionship with spiritual beings of the highest kind,
    • the other beings of the starry worlds and finds in turn the
    • of the impulses given to man by the beings of the stars, he is
  • Title: Occult Reading/Hearing: Lecture I: Human Being and his Relationship to the World
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual world that human beings who are seers here on the
    • feelings of other human beings; through the karma of the
    • books are rejected by most human beings to-day. For what ought
    • world, healthy judgment as regards the events and beings of the
    • and beings of the physical plane and the processes connected
    • do so if we remain in the usual state of human beings on the
    • are the Elemental Beings, where are the Beings of the higher
    • the spiritual Beings who are around him. He is in the spiritual
    • Then, gradually, the beings and happenings of the spiritual
    • thinking of those elemental Beings who actually have their life
  • Title: Occult Reading/Hearing: Lecture II: Identification with the Signs and Spiritual Realities of the Imaginative World
    Matching lines:
    • it is Maya, illusion, to assume that as human beings of
    • reality, as human beings of soul-and-spirit, we live in the
    • fleeting, more fluctuating beings and happenings of the
    • important reason, recognised by the Beings of the spiritual
    • clairvoyance and just to see pictures as we see beings on the
    • Divine Beings whom we have learnt to know as the higher
  • Title: Occult Reading/Hearing: Lecture III: Inner Experiences and 'Moods' of Soul as the Vowels and Consonants of the Spiritual World
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual Beings who are not physically incarnate. He is really
    • coarse to perceive these delicately weaving beings and
    • existence as human beings, living as we do within the
    • fluctuating web of spiritual Beings which we dare not carry
    • spiritual Beings and happenings, which are always around us; we
    • contact only the shadow-pictures of these spiritual Beings. And
    • experience them. They have to be experienced by Beings stronger
    • than we are, by Beings who can endure them in their
    • sense than hitherto, of the Beings of the next higher
    • we belong to the environment of the physical beings around us.
    • A feeling of kinship with the Beings of the higher Hierarchies
    • and then wait for what the Beings of the higher worlds have to
    • only to be able to identify ourselves with other beings but
    • also to be able to transform ourselves into other beings, so
    • metamorphose ourselves into other beings, actually to become
    • able to metamorphose ourselves into other beings. Gradually we
    • the physiognomy of spiritual Beings behind it. And it is good
    • diverse gestures of the spiritual Beings behind nature.
    • acquiring loving interest for all the beings that are around
    • are also able to transform ourselves into the beings around us.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Occult Reading/Hearing: Lecture IV: Inner Mobility of Thought
    Matching lines:
    • transforming ourselves into other beings. And then I tried to
    • other beings but in such a way that the threads of inner
    • other forms, processes and beings of the spiritual world. In
    • You are within separate beings.’ Without this feeling of
    • for example, of the Beings of the higher Hierarchies. Along the
    • that we learn to understand these Beings of the Hierarchies. We
    • the Beings of the Hierarchy of Archangeloi.
    • the Beings of the higher Hierarchies. When, therefore, a man no
    • the life-process which makes us living beings. The physical
    • the beings we are on the physical plane. But when, in the sense
    • constitutes a relationship to other human beings is transmitted
    • beings, so in the spiritual world we have to look back to the
    • the perception of spiritual beings and happenings when we
    • with spiritual beings. As long as we bear a physical and an
    • beings and processes of the spiritual world? But then
    • human beings filled with the living consciousness that
  • Title: Imaginative Cognition and Inspired Cognition
    Matching lines:
    • beings only when free impulses living in us spring out of
    • world. Therefore, it is only as beings of will that we can
  • Title: Occult Psychology: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • often, however, a mere mask for certain artful egoistic interests of individual human beings. It
  • Title: Occult Psychology: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • concepts, we should become loveless beings, empty of love, with dry, stony natures. Nothing, in
  • Title: i Spirituality: Lecture 1: Historical Symptomology, the Year 790, Alcuin, Greeks, Platonism, Aristotelianism, East, West, Middle, Ego
    Matching lines:
    • for human beings through ideas.
    • of human beings; into the configuration of human actions and so on.
    • the full I-consciousness of human beings. In the spiritual life of the ancient Orient, of which
    • philosophy it would have been magnificent. If the human beings living in Central Europe had
    • separate areas. The unity of human beings all over the earth is due to the fact that they combine
    • intense sense, is necessary for the good of human beings even though there is a reaction against
    • points to what has to happen in reality — and human beings are indeed realities — so
    • however, he only attains when he pursues for his fellow human beings the simple presentation
  • Title: New Spirituality: Lecture 2: The New Spirituality and the Christ Experiance of the Twentieth Century - 1
    Matching lines:
    • importance. For it is not simply a matter of individual human beings thinking in an egotistical
    • and from the most varied points of view, how differently the human beings of the
    • have pointed to different things that are peculiar to the human beings of the East, Central
    • human beings in human form who only appear to be human beings of the kind that are subject to
    • body — but there are other beings incarnated here, beings who use these people in order to
    • not simply reincarnated human beings but are the bearers of beings who have taken an extremely
    • of their evolution. Now these beings do not make use of the whole human organism but use chiefly
    • the metabolic system of these Western human beings. Of the three members of the human nature they
    • use the metabolic system and do so in such a way that, through these human beings, they work into
    • completely different spirituality is working into present-day human beings and it will be an
    • everywhere and without exception human beings are subject to repeated lives on earth. This would
    • deceptive that beings other than human beings are incorporated in human form, in a part of the
    • system and in the sensory-nervous system. There are in fact three kinds of beings of this nature
    • The first kind of beings are beings that have a
    • — are themselves bearers of such premature beings; but the pupilship to such beings lies
    • beings, therefore, incarnate through the rhythmic system of
    • The third kind of beings that work in the West are
    • conception and birth, we come into physical existence — and to turn human beings more or
    • So, while the first kind of beings had an affinity
    • stereotype, a copy of their nation, their race. This last class of beings incarnates in the West
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: New Spirituality: Lecture 3: The New Spirituality and the Christ Experiance of the Twentieth Century - 2
    Matching lines:
    • beings: how, on the one side, certain beings interfere through individuals of the West —
    • beings that have progressed in an irregular way, that are more advanced than humanity, but for
    • their own interests incarnate into human beings in order to work against the true impulse of the
    • we find in the East that certain beings, that had their real significance in the far distant
    • through human beings themselves, but by appearing to them. We spoke of how these beings influence
    • Eastern human beings, be it more or less consciously, by virtue of the particular
    • consciousness of certain human beings of the East — perhaps by working during sleep into
    • a kind of earth-boundness has, in a certain sense, been prepared in such human beings as I
    • personalities who, under the influence of beings from the past who appear to them in
    • imaginations, put into practice in present cultural development what these beings introduce. If
    • one wants to understand how the human beings of the European Centre are wedged in, as it were,
    • Hellenistic culture there developed, as we know, what took hold of the human beings of the Centre
    • which can only be characterized by saying: Human beings of Germanic nature penetrated into the
    • provides a foothold for beings of the kind I described yesterday,
    • human beings who have permeated themselves to a lesser degree with the Roman element than have
    • the Anglo-Saxon race, and because of this those beings which incarnate here have far greater
    • — which makes it possible for such beings as I described yesterday to incarnate in these
    • other human beings. It does not refer to nations; it does not refer to the vast masses of people
    • these beings, who then secure for the human body in which they incarnate a certain position of
    • The characteristic of the human beings of the West,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: New Spirituality: Lecture 4: The New Spirituality and the Christ Experiance of the Twentieth Century - 3
    Matching lines:
    • other hand, the feeling of those spiritual beings who, as imaginations, as spirits of the East,
    • that if human beings are educated to this middle mood they will also represent a social community
    • human beings and not through outer measures.
    • beings live together.
    • We modern human beings must certainly also endeavour to lift ourselves up to inspiration; an
    • beings of the Centre; from what, between economics and the reconstructing spirit-life, stands in
    • beings. But he has something else in him, not just Goethe. And what is it that Herman Grimm has
    • human beings.
  • Title: New Spirituality: Lecture 5: The New Spirituality and the Christ Experiance of the Twentieth Century - 4
    Matching lines:
    • the fifteenth century. All human beings, or at least those who strove for knowledge, had some
    • nature, they sensed, they perceived, how spiritual elemental beings worked in the individual
    • at present only in the small circle of anthroposophically-striving human beings but which must
    • become more and more general. Nature's manifestations spoke to ancient human beings in such a way
    • every plant. In the way people came to know the manifestations and beings of nature they also
    • know truly again when they say: In ancient times divine-spiritual beings spoke from the
    • works silently. But beings will speak to the human being — beings who will appeal, to him
    • beings but where he will o take hold of the divine-spiritual in supersensible knowledge and will,
    • that the divine-spiritual spoke through nature, whether through the lower elemental beings in
    • these the dead nature seen by the human being of today — he saw spiritual elemental beings,
    • up to the divine-spiritual beings of the higher Hierarchies. He saw all this, as it were, through
    • nature. But nature no longer speaks of these divine-spiritual beings. We have to grasp them as
    • demonic beings; so, too, must the human being of present times learn to see demonic beings in
    • beings have not diverted into machines, are still in human beings themselves and manifest as the
    • destructive beings
    • economic life just as in ancient times elemental beings (elementarische Geistigkeit)
    • no significance at all for nature or for what man produces, but only for human beings
    • Human beings have developed the intellect so that
    • for human beings, for this is what they brought into the physical world through the blood. And
    • general way valid for all human beings. In the years between seven and fourteen, in which the
  • Title: New Spirituality: Lecture 6: The New Spirituality and the Christ Experiance of the Twentieth Century - 5
    Matching lines:
    • simply knew that in the human beings that were sent as children from the spiritual worlds into
    • recognize the intentions of the gods regarding human beings, for they had experienced this before
    • beings such as these who were the first ones able to speak about the Mystery of Golgotha. One can
    • blood then gave way to the medieval wave. Human beings then had nothing, or they had less and
    • Jesus: a Jesuology. Even though Jesus was seen as one reaching beyond all human beings, that
    • soul-constitution of those human beings living at the dawn of our modern civilization. In this
    • still exist. Human beings can still just about understand it. They set down this understanding in
    • Mystery of Golgotha. And the real connection of human beings with the Mystery of Golgotha is
    • worked with such a powerful force that other human beings followed them, as the child follows the
  • Title: New Spirituality: Lecture 7: The New Spirituality and the Christ Experiance of the Twentieth Century - 6
    Matching lines:
    • but is experienced by individual human beings whose karma enables them to grow beyond the trivial
    • riddle — the riddle that the human beings are, after all, cosmic beings. This feeling
    • beings are not prepared for Him. But they can be prepared only in the way I have just
    • talk of spirituality, was fundamentally a lie. Deep need will have to make human beings' search
    • be found to the degree in which human beings are able to feel the Christ-impulse in their souls.
    • will not come. He will appear again to human beings when those who are counted as his followers
  • Title: Abbreviated Title: Lecture I:
    Matching lines:
    • birth is short only in the case of human beings who have applied their life
    • their ancestors' friends and relations, and so on. Human beings must
    • will realise that, to a certain extent, you help the spiritual beings to
  • Title: "Heaven and Earth will pass away but my words will not pass away"
    Matching lines:
    • though you are perfectly unaware of this dreamer, other Beings know
    • him, and they are the Beings of the Hierarchy of Angeloi — and
    • becomes ideas for the Angeloi Beings, and they change these to
    • the plants. His dull imaginations are transmitted by the Beings of the
    • consciousness, gives the Beings of the Hierarchy of Archai the material
    • and human beings; we ourselves — as mankind — would find it
    • Beings of the hierarchy of Archangeloi on Jupiter — the
    • in a future age will be grasped and reformed by the Beings of the
    • moon — but used by those Beings who were in advance of man in
    • not alike. These human beings differ fundamentally, and that is the
    • man who microcosmically examines living beings cannot penetrate to
  • Title: Tree of Life/Knowledge: Lecture I: Tree of Life - I
    Matching lines:
    • at its starting point have been formed by human beings themselves. It
    • beings had been preserved who had not been taken away from sharing in
  • Title: Tree of Life/Knowledge: Lecture II: Tree of Life - II
    Matching lines:
    • Spiritual beings are not there because they actually ought not to be
    • the Ahrimanic beings when they seem to wish to have nothing to do
    • beings where they are in their element and knowing that they only
    • during the day are shadows of living beings, as I have often
    • should know that it was all elemental living beings. That is what we
    • centre, the Ahrimanic and Luciferic beings at the sides. So that in
  • Title: Tree of Life/Knowledge: Lecture III: The Power of Thought
    Matching lines:
    • human beings.
    • one-sidedness. It came about that certain beings of the Hierarchy of
    • that certain beings from the Hierarchy of the Angeloi, who were human
    • actually Moon-beings. Their remaining behind consisted in this. The
    • host of Luciferic beings who then in their further development
    • ], were to the ancient Romans actual beings, who
    • beings come down into matter, but could not conceive how the divine
  • Title: Tree of Life/Knowledge: Lecture IV: Harmonizing Thinking, Feeling and Willing
    Matching lines:
    • beings of the hierarchy of the Archangeloi, at the time of the
    • however, in us human beings a connection between these two centres
    • in which we, as human beings, apprehend our thinking and conceiving
    • is connected with the fact that certain Luciferic beings of the
    • by the normally progressive divine-spiritual beings but we perceive
    • been misled by Luciferic beings in the way referred to, we should not
    • temptation in the sense of the divine spiritual beings we should
    • way from other human beings.
    • Luciferic beings had taken part in the splitting off, but not in the
    • understood, be embodied in a single human beings.
    • or Mahatmas. No matter how many unnamed Beings and personalities
    • proceeding from such Beings is only significant for the one who
    • that responsibility is never laid upon beings who are introduced to
    • beings, but one must not appeal to them as authorities. That is a
    • references to all sorts of Mahatmas and beings who stand behind it.
  • Title: Tree of Life/Knowledge: Lecture V: Tree of Knowledge - I
    Matching lines:
    • fact, what other beings up above are seeing, and that his
    • things; he is everything. If all objects and beings of the earth were
  • Title: Tree of Life/Knowledge: Lecture VI: Tree of Knowledge - II
    Matching lines:
    • divine-spiritual beings had planned. But we know that
    • Luciferic-Ahrimanic beings have asserted themselves. And here we can
    • could not experience as human beings if we had not this projection
    • We men as physically incarnated beings
    • higher beings, Angels, Archangels, let their thoughts flow into him
  • Title: World Downfall and Resurrection
    Matching lines:
    • world saw blood flowing from animals or from human beings, he
    • themselves created. These other Divinities are the Beings
    • beings or of animals, the Gods have been deprived of it. The
    • beings who subsequently had insinuated themselves into the
    • Human beings are as if possessed — possessed by the evil
    • beings continue to come into existence through propagation. But
    • offered to human beings in the form of education. Greek culture
  • Title: Lecture: Art As A Bridge Between The Sensible And The Supersensible
    Matching lines:
    • common spiritual life, aiming to represent all human beings as equal
    • development of the consciousness soul, human beings became more and more
    • human beings became less and less capable of understanding each other in
    • of the last centuries human beings have turned away more and more from
    • beings continuously to what is materialistic. And the question that
    • once more of calling forth a common understanding between beings that
    • live only as soul-spiritual beings, and beings that live here on the
    • can be accounted physical forms, what do the dead see of human beings?
    • Well, the dead see nothing at all of human beings, with the exception of
    • all beings no longer possessing a body in which there are physical eyes,
    • also for supersensible beings in being asymmetrical, in especially
    • human beings turning away from spiritual life. A sound return to
    • reality. In this manner, human beings have torn themselves away from a
    • manner human beings of older epochs possessed —
    • acquire understanding for the many-sidedness of human beings, and gain
    • purpose that exists for the human beings of the future. We must strive
    • while ago, would reveal themselves in our time to human beings from the
    • appropriate for a sixteen-year-old Gretchen, but for mature human beings.
  • Title: Imperialism: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • somewhat disrespectfully, were beings of a divine nature. For it was
    • mere bureaucrats, but higher beings who accompanied him and did what
    • they did with the power of higher beings.
  • Title: Imperialism: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • the divine-spiritual beings in human form, but as real, genuine
    • beings amongst the visible people on earth. First must come the age
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 1
    Matching lines:
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 2
    Matching lines:
    • Where the sentient beings, powerful in will,
    • beings. And we must therefore be quite clear about the
    • the wide expanse of beings in space
    • living human beings. In ordinary life it is often the most
    • he killed thinking. Feeling also lives in human beings in the
    • feeling human beings. This is not easy. With thinking it is
    • feeling human beings. Only by facing ourselves directly with
    • self-knowledge as feeling human beings, then we will always
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 3
    Matching lines:
    • the wide expanse of beings in space
    • prayerfully, with reverence and devotion, to the beings with
    • Guiding beings of your spirit.
    • Guiding beings of your spirit
    • spirit's guiding beings in the spiritual world. Inner activity
    • “Guiding beings of your spirit”
    • Guiding beings of your spirit.
    • Guiding beings of your spirit.
    • Guiding beings of your spirit.
    • Guiding beings of your spirit.
    • Guiding beings of your spirit.
    • beings who guide us through the ether; the living powers who
    • Guiding beings of your spirit.
    • soul where reverence for the higher beings requires such a
    • Guiding beings
    • Guiding beings of your spirit.
    • sentient Beings, strong in will
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 4
    Matching lines:
    • Guiding beings of your spirit.
    • we develop into true human beings.
    • belongs to the godly beings in shining garments moving over the
    • They want to make us into beings who live among them. The deep
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 5
    Matching lines:
    • to human beings. So here we stand, apart, looking inwards at
    • are beings of air, that what we hold within us we let out
    • in which we exist as earthly beings. Whereas we always carry
    • the spiritual beings who live in the circulating air. The
    • beings are in the light. One must imagine that in this
    • and waves around it, in this space many beings are present, as
    • many as there are human beings on the earth. They all
    • two spots, a and b, are drawn]. The real human beings are all
    • I merge with the light in my thinking, light-beings grasp hold
    • light-beings' will. They want to draw man to them through his
    • light-beings who are around us are those who at every moment of
    • existence wish to rend human beings from the earth and
    • These light-beings will be found enticing us ever and again. At
    • light-beings who want to pull human beings away from the earth
    • the tempting beings appear in the light of the sun who want to
    • pull us away from the earth. For these beings are in continuous
    • light-beings, that is when we want to escape from them, if we
    • remember that we are supposed to be human beings. We may not
    • separated from all other beings. But we human beings can only
    • because there are certain spiritual beings on neighboring
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 6
    Matching lines:
    • them as we speak of the other beings of the nature-kingdoms,
    • beings. If we completely fill ourselves with inner dedicated
    • manifested itself on earth poorly because human beings have
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 7
    Matching lines:
    • cosmic shining in which all the spirit-beings glow; and how
    • been human beings on the earth.
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 8
    Matching lines:
    • like human beings; we say, as we become inwardly aware: this is
    • world as soul-spiritual beings. There the thoughts which we
  • Title: First Class, Vol. I: Lesson 9
    Matching lines:
    • admonition which directs human beings to the ancient holy words
    • only spiritual beings in the spiritual world, and they must be
    • yourselves as human beings standing amidst the earth's forces.
    • How water-beings are the framers of your being.
    • beings who are in the air are permeated with morality.
    • underlined], comrades, beings similar to us.
    • movements of the planets, that is, for the spiritual beings who
    • How water-beings are the
  • Title: First Class, Vol. II: Lesson 10
    Matching lines:
    • universe, and say to yourself: as human beings we are related
    • beings. In a novel we read of the deeds of men. When we look at
    • deeds of the spiritual beings who brought it all
    • how we are taught by spiritual beings in pre-earthly
  • Title: First Class, Vol. II: Lesson 11
    Matching lines:
    • the beings of the higher hierarchies themselves, at first
    • from those beings who are with us humans: the angeloi, and in
    • which the godly beings themselves speak, and should let
    • itself be taught by the beings we have always referred to as
    • the cosmic foundations and flow up through human beings. We
    • beings with whom we wish to be in communion. The temple is
    • beings with whom we wish to be in communion as humanity's
  • Title: First Class, Vol. II: Lesson 12
    Matching lines:
    • spirit-beings. And it is just this transferring to a condition
    • in which other beings speak to us that creates the condition
    • from the beings who will be identified later in the mantra.
    • Threshold, and then to the beings who belong to us from the
    • the human beings [lower rays].
    • thought by beings from the ranks of the Exusiai. And when we
    • being thought by divine beings. And it is in this being
    • thought by divine beings that our higher being
    • spiritual world. That is where the beings of the hierarchies
    • I, then we must experience it together with the beings from the
    • true I exists in the same realms as these beings of the higher
    • one of the beings of the Hierarchies urgently
  • Title: First Class, Vol. II: Lesson 13
    Matching lines:
    • rise up to the region where the beings of the third hierarchy
    • tells us to be attentive to what the beings related to us
    • Threshold again admonishes us to be attentive to the beings
    • us to listen attentively to the beings related to us from the
    • beings of the third hierarchy.
    • Likewise do we come into contact with the beings of
    • created between everything in our humanity and the beings of
    • sleeping? Those beings who connect with us for the purpose of
    • movement when we are sleeping. They are the Thrones, beings
    • world of the Cherubim, the wisdom filled beings who live and
  • Title: First Class, Vol. II: Lesson 14
    Matching lines:
    • we associate with the beings of the three nature kingdoms and
    • of those spiritual beings who possess the inspiration of
  • Title: First Class, Vol. II: Lesson 15
    Matching lines:
    • which rings out to human beings from all sides of cosmic
    • events and cosmic beings, if they can truly understand with
    • inner heart and soul what certain cosmic beings and events
    • hearts and souls into the phenomena and beings and events of
    • that as long as we are earthly beings we must always return
    • over the abyss as earthly beings and that we do not want the
    • earthly beings, for only with the spirit should we wish to be
    • side; in us the voices which pull human beings in different
    • the higher spiritual beings as we do about the three kingdoms
    • enables us to be human beings within the earthly realm.
    • beings with our spiritual-psychical humanity, as we feel when
    • beings among other physical beings, so must we learn to be
    • spirit-soul beings among other spirit-soul beings.
    • we have learned to know the beings within the three kingdoms
    • be natural for us to belong to that world and to the beings
    • realize that we are among these beings of the higher
    • hierarchies, just as we do in respect to the beings of the
    • admonishment, questioning. But now the beings of the second
    • in us, acts in us as though we were cosmic beings, beings
    • Threshold raises his questions. The beings of the first
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: First Class, Vol. II: Lesson 16
    Matching lines:
    • events and beings of the world to all those who have the
    • for human beings of today and the future, what in the ancient
    • other human souls and with the beings of the higher
    • cosmic souls of the beings of the higher hierarchies, and
    • human beings, stand between the resounding of the demand for
    • self-knowledge from all the cosmic events and beings, and the
  • Title: First Class, Vol. II: Lesson 17
    Matching lines:
    • the Guardian says, but also what the beings of the higher
    • the I, then we see how the beings of the third hierarchy —
    • into their own angelic beings.
    • hierarchies; we have a conception of how the spiritual beings act
    • it is absorbed, breathed in by the angelic beings. Now we learn
    • spiritual domain, where it is breathed in by the beings of the
    • And then we perceive how the beings of the third hierarchy have
    • in the rainbow — weaving, living in one another; the beings
    • They breathe these colors. The thoughts of the beings of the
    • We observe how these beings of the third hierarchy, permeated
    • with these cosmic thoughts, turn to the beings of the second
    • spirit-beings appear, the residents of the sun, who only appear
    • the gigantic cosmic image. Then the beings of the second
    • earthly life are awakened to existence by the beings of the
    • And we see how the beings of the second hierarchy receive from
    • the beings of the third hierarchy the thoughts already made
    • from the beings of the third hierarchy to what we call
    • beings of the second hierarchy. All these rays, the rays of the
    • stars, the rays of the sun, have been given what the beings of
    • earth — which were made living by the beings of the third
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: First Class, Vol. II: Lesson 18
    Matching lines:
    • objectively pays attention to all the beings and events in nature
    • cosmic bowl, which we met in the last lesson, the beings of the
    • multitudes of these beings, Angeloi, Archangeloi, Archai, turn to
    • human beings.
    • As witnesses to how the beings of the higher worlds
    • speak to each other, so penetrated with what the highest beings
    • the non-embodied beings live, where the spirits live their lives,
    • Nothingness. For in their reality all beings are only present in
    • Nothing we have wasted on the non-existent. And beings
    • pointing above to where the beings of the higher hierarchies
    • us by minerals, by plants, by animals, by physical human beings;
    • hear what the spiritual-illuminating,  divine-willing beings
    • The human beings think!
    • beings in their thinking.
    • The human beings think!
    • When human beings think.
    • Human beings think!
    • When human beings think.
    • for human beings' feeling. And they request from the Exusiai and
    • Kyriotetes what they need in order to guide human beings in their
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: First Class, Vol. II: Lesson 19
    Matching lines:
    • beings of the second hierarchy were saying to where the
    • beings of the first hierarchy speak. And now we are able to
    • And once we have heard how the beings of the
    • cosmic souls, which belong to the beings of the various
    • In the primal beings' source of light
    • the beings of the first hierarchy were giving us 
    • In the primal beings' source of light
    • In the primal beings' source of light
    • beings and cosmic events, everything which is evolves from
    • Words. Forces inscribe the thoughts into the cosmic beings,
    • In the primal beings' source of light
  • Title: First Class Lessons: Lesson XX (recapitulation)
    Matching lines:
    • realize that he lives and acts among spiritual beings and
    • Where sentient Beings, strong in will
    • Where sentient Beings, strong in will
    • From the distant beings in space
    • is different if we first hear these words from sensory beings,
    • From the distant beings in space
    • beings in our surroundings say, if we understand them
    • correctly; what all beings in the most distant past already
    • said to humanity, what all beings say to humanity in the
    • present, and what all beings will say to the human beings of
  • Title: First Class Lessons: Lesson XXI (recapitulation)
    Matching lines:
    • resound from all the beings and events of the world to
    • following words was said to human beings in the past, is said
    • human beings on the earth we see anything else but seeming.
    • then we should revere the leading beings of the higher
    • leading beings of the higher hierarchies. 
  • Title: First Class Lessons: Lesson XXII (recapitulation)
    Matching lines:
    • souls hear the words that human beings — if they have
    • ears to hear them — can hear from all the Beings of the
    • Beings of the spiritual world; after the Guardian has shown us
    • able to revere those guiding beings [1] who lead us from
    • Guiding Beings of your spirit.
    • Guiding Beings of your spirit.
    • Guiding Beings of your spirit.
    • Guiding Beings of your spirit.
    • “guiding Beings”, who are to guide us; then the
    • all the beings by gravity, forces arise which also draw us
    • beings:
    • spoken to humankind in the past by all the Beings and events,
    • places, the plural is used, “guiding Beings”. The
  • Title: First Class Lessons: Lesson XXIII (recapitulation)
    Matching lines:
    • spoken by all the Beings and processes of the world to the
    • world. And we are exhorted from all sides, from all the Beings
    • path to world-knowledge. Thus, all the Beings of nature and of
    • that is permeated by ahrimanic Beings who would cause us to
    • are formed as human beings out of the fluid element. It creates
    • our organs, that the water element forms us as human beings.
    • How water-beings are your being's sculptors.
    • water-beings form us, are our “sculptors”. When we
    • “helpers”, enabling us to be earthly beings. They
    • How water-beings are your being's sculptors.
    • How water-beings are your being's sculptors.
  • Title: First Class Lessons: Lesson XXIV (recapitulation)
    Matching lines:
    • the world which surround us as human beings. In the past, these
    • what we should strive for as human beings in order to achieve
    • admonishes us further: when, as feeling beings, we enter the
    • fluid element, in the world of the water-beings, that we should
    • beings, after having gone through the delusion of self-hood
  • Title: First Class Lessons: Lesson XXV (recapitulation)
    Matching lines:
    • the beings of the world the challenge speaks to us about what
  • Title: First Class Lessons: Lesson XXVI (recapitulation)
    Matching lines:
    • unbiased human beings, and which contains what all entities in
    • all these spoke to unbiased human beings in the past, speak at
    • human beings, the first words he speaks are:
    • point, listening to all the beings and all the processes of the



The Rudolf Steiner e.Lib is maintained by:
The e.Librarian: elibrarian@elib.com